· ec ron1cs® Using feedback in integrated circuits: page 67 A look at Yaou's tiny color tv set: page 81 Ground stations for military satellites: page 86 May 31 , 1965 75 cents A McGraw-Hill Publication Below: inductors that fit integrated circuits, page 62 FILTERS All types for frequencies from .I cycle to 400 MC. The bulk of UTC production is on special units designed to specific cus· tomers' needs. Illustrated below are some typical units and some unusual units as manufactured for special applications. We would be pleased to advise and quote to your special requirements. 400 - telemeterlnr, 3 db at a2%t 3±0xa17n1d./54 %x7020"40- db , LP filter within 1 db to 49 KC, from osttaoble85°toC.,.14d5b db at 55 KC. PULSE TRANSFORMERS From miniature block· Ing oscillator to 10 megawatt. Pulse current transformer 100 Amp. Precise wave shape pulse output, 2500 V. 3 Amps. Toroid, laminated, and cup structures from .1 cycle to 400 MC. + Tuned DO·T servo ampll· fier transformer, 400 - .5% distortion. Dual toroid, Q of 75 at 10 KC, and Q of 120 at 5 KC. Saturable reactors, reference transformers, magnetic amplifiers, combined unit. Voltare reference trans· former .05% accuracy. Input, output, two tuned interstages, peaking network, and BP filter, all in one case. POWER COMPONENTS Standard and high tern· perature ··· hermetic, molded, and en· capsulated. plus OVER 1,000 STOCK ITEMS with UTC High Reliability Multi·wlndlnc 140 VA, 6 KC power transformer 11/4 x 11/4 x 1" 400 - scope transformer, 20 KV output. UNITED TRANSFORMER CORP. 150 VARICK STREET, NEW YORK 13, N. Y. PACIFIC MFG. DIVISION: 3630 EASTHAM DRIVE, CULVER CITY, CALIF. EXPORT DIVISION : 13 EAST 40t h STREET, N EW YORK 16, N . Y. CABLE : " ARLAB " Circle 900 on reader service card If you are working with harmonic genera· tion, spectrum analysis can help you. Harmonic generating devices, such as the varactor and step recovery diodes, have become exceedingly popular because of their reliability and frequency stability. With the step recovery diode, for example, it's easy to obtain frequency generation in a single step from hundreds of milliwatts at S-band to tens of milliwatts at X-band. However, strong non-linear interactions are involved in the marriage of the diode into the circuit. Both the input and output circuits of the circuit must be tuned properly or parametric and noise oscillations can result. Formerly this tuning could only be accomplished by tedious trial and error methods. With spectrum analysis it is convenient and easy to optimize the diode into the circuit. The 2 gc sweep and the 4 gc image separation display all the signals from the circuit. Adjustment follows naturally. Improper adjustment of harmonic generator shows spurious signals (above) and final desired output (below) of 3.8 gc, Spectrum width, 200 me/cm. Vertical, 10 db/cm. If you're working in parametric amplification, spectrum anaylsis makes it easy for you to see the output, pump, idler and upper sideband frequencies on one display since signals from 10 me to 10 gc can be handled. This is especially useful because the spectrum displays the interdependence of adjustments for optimum gain and low noise operation, as well as suppression of the upper sideband and spurious signals. If you're working in distortion analysis, spectrum analysis offers new capabilities in such applications as high-frequency transistors used as amplifiers. The ana- I Electronics May 31 , 1965 lyzer's tuning range from 10 me to 40 gc, its sweep bandwidth to 2 gc and its image separation of 4 gc make it an extremely useful tool to find distortion and intermod· ulation products. Add to this a flat frequency response, completely calibrated controls and display dynamic range of 60 db, internal phase lock, high accuracy and resolution and x-y output for recording ..· and you come up with a truly versatile and helpful tool. Overdriving transistor amplifier at 150 me generates output with distortion products (above). Same amplifier operating normally (below) with second harmonic at 35 db down. Scales for both figures, 200 me/cm and 10 db/cm vertical. Note passband noise below 150 me. The new Hewlett-Packard 851/ 8551A Spectrum Analyzer is described in detail in hp Appli cation Note 63. A copy, along with complete perf ormance specifications, is available from your hp field engine er. Or write: Hewle tt-Packard, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, ( 415) 326-7000; Europe: 54 Route des Acacias, Geneva; Canada: 8270 Mayrand Street. Montreal. Data 9ubject to change without notice. HEWLETT. PACKARD A 11 extra measure of quality Circle 1 on reader service card 1 NOW! 10 Mc1000* Mc ................. . . . OSCILLATOR *With NEW Frequency Doubler Probe MODEL 13515A Features: ±0.002% Frequency Stability External AM and Pulse Modulation Waveguide-Below-Cutoff Output Attenuator Solid-State Power Supply The VHF Oscillator Model 3200A is designed for general purpose laboratory use including recei ver and amplifier t esting, driving bridges, slotted lines, antenna a nd fil t er networks, and as a local oscillator for het erodyne detector systems in the frequency range from 10 to 500 me. The pu sh-pull oscillator is housed in a r ugged aluminum casting for maximum stability and extremely low leakage; six frequency r a nges are provided fo r adequ ate ba ndspread on the slide-rule dial. Internal CW operat ion is provided ; AM a nd pulse modulation may be obtained through the use of a suitable external source. The RF output is coupled through a waveguide-below-cutoff variable attenuator; in addition, an electrical RF level vernier is included as a front panel control. An optional accessory Frequency Doubler Probe, Model 13515A incorporates a solid-state doubler circuit and provides additional frequency coverage from 500 to 1000 me. Specifications Model 3200A Radio Frequency Characteristics RF RANGE: 10 to 500 me RF ACCURACY : :!::2% (after 1/2 hour wa r mup) RF OUTPUT: Maximum Power: > 200 mw * ( 10-130 me) > 150 mw · (130-260 me) > 25 mw · (2 60-500 me) * Across external 50 ohm load Range; 0 to > 120 db attenu· ation from ma x im u m output Load Impedance: 50 ohms nominal RF STABILITY: Short Term : :!::0 .002 * (5 m inutes) Long Term : ± 0 .02 * (1 hour) Lin e Voltage : ± 0 .001 % · (5 volts) * After 4 hour warmup, under 0.2 mw load RF LEAKAGE: Sufficiently low to permit measurements at 1 µ v Amplitude Modulation Characteristics AM RANGE: 0 to 30% (External) < AM DISTORTION : 1 % at 30% AM EXTERNAL AM REQUIREMENTS: Approx. 30 volts RMS into 600 ohms for 30% AM Pulse Modulation Characteristics EXTERNAL PM REQUIREMENTS : 140 volts peak negative pulse into 2000 ohms for maximum power output; typically 10 volts peak (except 50 volts on 260-500 me range) for 1 mw peak power output Physical Characteristics DIMENSIONS : Height : 6 1/2 " Width : 7"/32 " Depth : 12 " / 32 " Power Requirements (16.5 cm) (19.8 cm) (31.8 cm) 105· 125/ 210 -250 volts , 50-60 cps, 30 watts Price: 3200A: $475.00 F.O.B . Rockaway, New Jersey Specifications Model 13515A Radio Frequency Characteristics RF RANGE : 500 to 1000 me · * With 3200A operating 250-500 me RF OUTPUT: Maximum Power: > 4 mw· < * Across externa l 50 ohm load with VSWR 1.1 HARMONIC SUPPRESSION : Fundamental :> 16 db * Higher Order: > 16 db * (500-800 me) > 14 db· (800- 1000 me) · Below desired signal Price: 13515A: $95.00 F.O.B. Rockaway, New Jersey GREEN POND ROAD ROCKAWAY, NEW JERSEY 07866 2 Circle 2 on reader service card Electronics I May 31 , 1965 Electronics May 31, 1965 Volume 38, Number 11 Electronics Review Page 31 31 32 32 33 33 Bouncing beam Visible man Like clockwork Draftsman's helper Sign language Point system threatened 34 The tax cut 34 Pasting up circuits 36 Multifunction packs 37 Quick turnaround 38 Soaring market 39 New star for ABC Page 4 8 10 15 17 43 126 161 162 167 Readers Comment People Meetings Editorial Electronics Newsletter Washington Newsletter New Products New Books Technical Abstracts New Literature ' Electronics Abroad 169 Counterattack 169 Air show 170 Advances in components 170 Trade with the East 171 Floating relays 171 Fog index 172 Dial L for Lagos 172 Digital dialogue 173 Electron tracer Probing the News 111 Saturn V's best friend 116 Creative engineers, by multiple choice 121 Solutions to the riddle of jungle communications Technical articles I. Design Integrated circuits 62 Inductors that fit integrated circuits Contrary to popular belief, small inductors are available Steven Slenker, Piconics, Inc. Solid state 67 Feedback: perils and potentials in designing integrated circuits Methods of coping with feedback and putting it to work Vasil Uzunoglu, Johns Hopkins University Circuit design 72 Designer's casebook Photodiodes control pulse intervals; continuously variable delay line for frequencies below 100 Mc; foil and styrofoam polarize radar beam II. Applications Military electronics 76 Detonators that tune out stray r-f Ferrites can absorb radiation that might fire electroexplosive devices Stanley M. Adelman Sr., Picatinny Arsenal, N.J. Consumer electronics 81 From Japan, a startling new color tv set It has a single gun tube and solid state circuitry Y. Sugihara and A. Horaguchi, Yaou Electric Co. Space electronics 86 Ground stations for the military's communication satellite system They'll tie together a network of 24 nearly synchronous orbiting relays John F. Mason, military electronics editor Titre R registered U.S. Patent Office; © copyright 1965 by McGraw-Hill, Inc. All rights reserved, including the right to reproduce the contents of this publication, in whole or in part. Ill. Manufacturing Production 94 Dip soldering in miniature--a new way to assemble modules Melting the solder first protects semiconductor devices from thermal shock Herbert M. Isaacson, General Electric Co. Electronics Editor: Lewis H. Young Senior editors Technical: Samuel Weber News: Kemp Anderson, Jr. Senior associate editors: John F. Mason, George Sideris Department editors Advanced technology: Joan Blum Avionics: W.J. Evanzia Circuit design: Michael Elia Components: Michael F. Tomaino Computers: Wallace B. Riley Consumer electronics: Richard Lipkin Instrumentation: Carl Moskowitz Manufacturing: George Sideris Military electronics: John F. Mason New products: William P. O'Brien Solid state: Jerome Eimbinder Space electronics: Peter R. Sigmund Staff writer: Stanley Zarowin Regional editors Boston: Thomas Maguire, editor; Robin Carlson Los Angeles: William B. Wallace, editor; June Long San Francisco: Laurence D. Shergalis, editor; Mary Jo Jadin London: Derek Barlow, editor Copy editors Howard Rausch, Sally Powell, Walter Barney Graphic design Art director: Saul Sussman Assistant art director: Donna M. Marchyn Editorial production: Ann Mella Production editor: Arthur C. Miller Edltorlal secretaries: Claire Benell, Mary D'Angelo, Lynn Emery, Kay Fontana, Carolyn Michnowicz, Lorraine Rossi, Lorraine Werner McGraw-Hiii news service Director: John Wilhelm; Atlanta: Fran Ridgeway; Chicago: Bruce Cross: Cleveland: Arthur Zimmerman; Dallas: Marvin Reid; Detroit: Donald MacDonald; Los Angeles: Michael Murphy, Ron Lovell; San Francisco: Margaret Ralston, Ed. Addeo; Seattle: Ray Bloomberg; Washington: Arthur L. Moore, Glen Bayless, Charles Gardner, Herbert W. Cheshire, Seth Payne McGraw-Hiii world news service Bonn: Richard Mikton; Brussels: Arthur Erikson; London: John Shinn: Mexico City: Wesley Perry; Milan: Bruce Bendow; Moscow: Donald Winston; Paris: Dan Smith; Rio de Janeiro: Leslie Warren; Tokyo: Marvin Petal, Charles Cohen Circulation manager: Hugh J. Quinn Reprints: T.M. Egan Publisher: C.C. Randolph Electronics: May 31, 1965, Vol. 38, No. 11 Printed at 99 North Broadway, Albany, N.Y. Second class postage paid at Albany, N.Y. Sub.s~riptions are solicited only from those .actively engaged in the field of the publication. Pos1t1on and .company connection must be indicated on orders. Subscription prices: United Statot) and Possessions and Canada, $6.00 one year, $9.00 two years. $12.00 three years. All other cc:>i.mtnes $20.00 one year. Single copies, Umted States and Possessions and Canada 75¢. Single copies all other countries $1.50. Published every other Monday by McGraw.Hill Inc. 330 West 42nd Street New York, N.Y.10036. Founder: James H. McGraw, 1860·1948. ' Subscribers: The Publisher, upon written request to our New York office from any subscriber, agrees to refund that part of the subscription price applying to copies not yet mailed. Please send change of address notices, subscription orders or complaints to Fulfillment Manager, Electronics, at the address below. Change of address notices should provide old as well as new address, including postal zone number if any. If possible, attach address label from recent issue. Allow one month for change to become effective. Postmaster: Please send Form 3579 to Fulfillment Manager, Electronics, P.O. Box 430, Hightstown New Jersey 08520 4 Readers Comment Amplification requested To the Editor: 'Vith reference to the article "Stable differential amplifier designed without choppers," by David F. Hilbiber, [Jan. 25, p. 73], I would like to point out that an amplifl.er using exactly th e same basic principle of temperature-drift compensation was exhibited by STC at Zurich, Switzerland, in December, 1961, and is described in STC Application Report MK/ 173X (May, 1963). The circuit was as shown in fl.gure 3 of that report. This early amplifl.er was purely experimental, and design was not fully optimized. Nevertheless it was possible to reduce the over-all voltage drift, between 25°C and 85°C, to less than 16µ.V (measured as the maximum departure from the 25 °C value at any temperature within that range and referred to the input). A feature of the amplifl.er, which simplified the process of adjusting experimentally for minimum drift, was provided by the two 470K resistors cross-connected between the emitter and collector circuits of the two halves of the input transistor. These greatly reduce the effect of the "temperature-coefficient" adjustment on the zero of the system. If necessary a similar technique could be applied to the amplifl.er described by Hilbiber. One point which is not mentioned explicitly in the article is the fact that this method of voltage-drift reduction does nothing to reduce current drift. The amplifier is therefore restricted to operation from a relatively-low-impedance source if the full stability is to be realised in practice. It would be interesting to know how much its stability does vary with source resistance. E. L. Jones Chief Applications Engineer Semiconductor Division Standard Telephones and Cables Ltd. England · The method of temperature compensation described by STC Electronics I May 31, 1965 (Advertisement) Operating Temperature Range of Aluminum 'Lytic Capacitors Extended to -55 C, +125 C Did you know Sprague makes...? MAGNETIC LOGIC DEVICES MOLDED PULSE TRANSFORMERS Type 600D Extralytic® Capacitors are the first commercially-available aluminum electrolytics to extend their operating temperature range to -55 C, +125 Cat voltage ratings up to 150 volts d-c. Although Type 6000 Capacitors, a recent development of the Sprague Electric Company, cost only half that of corresponding tantalum foil units, they have comparable performance characteristics and offer the advantage of generally being smaller and significantly lighter than military-grade tantalum foil capacitors of equivalent ratings. Sprague Type 600D Extralytic Capacitors are only one-third the weight of their tantalum equivalents. In a case size of 3/ 8" x 2-3 / 16" it is possible to obtain a capacitance of 850 µF at 5 WVDC or 26 µF at 150 WVDC. This significant advancement in the manufacture of aluminum electrolytics was made possible by increased foil purity, improved oxide systems, and newly developed methods of etching that yield higher etch ratios. An improved capacitor seal design and the development of a unique new electrolyte are two other factors contributing to their outstanding performance characteristics. Extralytic Capacitors display excellent stability over their entire temperature range. Even at - 55 C, their capacitance drop is very small. The operating and shelf life of 600D Capacitors is comparable to or better than that of foil tantalum capacitors. For complete technical data, write for Engineering Bulletin 3455 to Technical Literature Service, Sprague Electric Company, 35 Marshall St., North Adams, Massachusetts 01248. '4SC· 4146 R l Circle 5 on reader service card Core-diode and core transistor magnetic shift registers and magnetic counters for switching and storage applications in computer and logic circuitry. Miniature Pulse Transformers with tough molded cases for increased protection against physical damage and severe atmospheric conditions. CIRCLE 278 ON READER SERVICE CARD SOMETHING NEW IN COUNTING TECHNIQUES Simple yet versatile, low-cost yet reliable counters available for predetermined (2 to 11) or selectable (5 through 10) counting cycles. DYNACOR® BOBBIN CORES CIRCLE 280 ON READER SERVICE CARD HERMETICALLY-SEALED T0-5 ENCASED SWITCH CORES Designed especially for high-speed, low-power switching up to 100 kc, adaptabi Iity with conventional transistor packaging techniques, and performance under MIL-S-21038 environmental conditions. CIRCLE 281 ON READER SERVICE CARD Series "300 " Cores with logical flux values in popular phys- ical sizes are ·stocked in production quantities for fast delivery. They're value engineered for quality with economy! CIRCLE 282 ON READER SERVICE CARD ELECTRONIC MODULES TO CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS ~n.wm.mi"f§f-f' fl~ mlmP C~supsrt~o~mu~·~pva~c~k1algciin~gi Products Division, where "specials" are continually being developed and produced with countless variations in electrica I characteristics and mechanical configurations. : · · .t · · ... For application engineering assistance (without obligation, of course I on any of the above products, write or call the Special Products Division, Sprague Electric Company, 35 Union Street, North Adams, Massachusetts. SPRAGUE® THE MARK OF RELIABILITY 'Sprague' and '@'are registered trademarks of the Sprague Electric Co. 5 Only I from Sprague is essentially the same as that given in two references in our article. The first was a paper entitled DOUBLE "Nanovolt transistor d-c amplifier" by R. D. Thornton and A. H. Hoffait in the IEEE Proceedings, August 1963, p. 1147. The second ref- FEATURE! erence was to an article by W. E. Earle in the Nov. 8, 1963 issue of Electronics, pages 66 to 70, entitled "Designing zero-drift differential amplifiers." ~ Like the others, however, the method of STC does not provide the means of determining the sing- ular operating point of minimum temperature dependence, without cut-and-try approaches. 5X The restriction of operation of transistor differential amplifier, to low impedance sources is well rec- Dynacor® Bobbin Cores ognized. Amplifier performances will degrade considerably if op- have 2 built-in reasons eration from sources higher than 104 ohms is considered. For this for long operating life reason the Fairchild Instrumenta- without degradation ..· = tion amplifier ADF-1 is specified only for Rs 350 ohms. This restriction arises from the OrouGH ARMAG®JACKET. Withstands am· bient temperatures to 180 Cand is compatible with poured potting compounds, permitting Dynacor Cores to be used with normal encapsulation techniques. fact that the behavior of hFE with temperahue is not as well ordered as that of VnE· However, if it is necessary to operate from high source impedance, it is possible to do so by providing the specified f}JET-SMOOTH BOBBIN. Finely-polished input resistance during the com- stainless steel, completely eliminating sharp pro· pensating operation. trusions, square corners, or other abrasive action It is duly noted that this com- on copper wire windings. Improved manufactur· pensation is useful only for the ing process results in a bobbin with a more uni· given source impedance. form radius than that of an ordinary machined D. F. Hilbiber bobbin. Fairchild Semiconductor Division, Dynacor Bobbin Cores are also available with ceramic bobbins Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corp. where needed. A large stock of popular sizes and flux values insures prompt delivery. Too personal Special cores to customer specifications are quickly and accurately processed. for complete technical data, To the Editor: Ted Maiman is a bit shook up (he's lost some of his spatial co- write for Engineering Bulletins on Dynacor Bobbin Cores to Technical Literature Service, Sprague Electric Company, 35 Marshall St., North Adams, Mass. herence, you might say) over a change one of your editors made in the article Ted wrote for your 35th anniversary issue. The change was the insertion of the first person ("I") in the part of the article referring to Maiman'~ SPRAGUE ® development of the first laser. As you know, Ted didn't directly refer to himself at all, when he wrote THE MARK OF RELIABILITY the original draft of that article ... and, when he saw the more pre- 'Spraaue' and '@· are registered trademarks ot the Spraaue Electric Co. 1$$1'·110·U sonalized tack your editor had taken, he asked that the 'T' be de- leted. Unfortunately, however, something went awry, and the "I" remained "I". As you know, the scientific community is afflicted with extraordinary public modesty. Many scientists won't even use the editorial "we" when referring to themselves, preferring to use the third person. "When Maiman developed the laser," says Maiman, etc. Awkward, of course, and about as impersonal as you could get ... but it's all part of tradition, or something. Both Ted and I realize that your editor was just trying to make Ted's article warmer and more personal . . . but Ted's scientifically sensitive skin already is getting pricked with darts (friendly, so far) over his sudden display of tradition-breaking. James B. Marine Public Recognition, Inc. Los Angeles Shock protection To the Editor: I was surprised to read "no more shock" [March 8, page 42]. It would appear from this that equipment which protects the user against electric shock is not in use in the home or in industry in the U. S. A. Here in the Republic of South Africa devices are manufactured by several companies and both single phase 220 volt and 3-phase 380-v units have been on the market for a number of years. Generally these have a sensitivity of 20 milliamperes (lower values are not unknown) as it has been established that because of inherent leakage currents due to hot plates, geysers etc., sensitivities of less than 20 milliamperes give rise to "nuisance tripping." It is of course most difficult to establish the lowest current which will cause a lethal shock, as this will vary from subject to subject and depend on the particular circumstances, but we would consider the figure of 9 milliamperes much too low and accept 20 milliamperes as adequate protection to human life. E. A. Hohls Dundee, Natal Republic of South Africa 6 Electronics I May 31, 1965 Dec-de Scaler '.'i{j. Extends the Range ..~~ of Frequency Measurements by a Factor of 10... up to a maximum of 100 Meis 0~~)( oo.. ........ ~,.,.. ..- ~ """~ ' Combine It with any counter For example, with the GR 1153-A 10-Mc Digital Frequency Meter to extend frequency-measuring capability to 100 Mc/s. · · . or frequency meter With the GR 1142-A 1.5-Mc Frequency Met~r for measurements to 15 Mc/s· · .. . even use it with a scope / Useful for stable sweep triggering when working with high-frequency signals ··· " o o use it whenever you need 10:1 frequency division below 100 Mc/s The new 1t 56-A Decade Scaler - a mere 1% inches high - is a completely self-contained, JOO-Mc directcounting, 10-to-1 frequency divider. Input sensitivity is .better than 100 mV, peak-to-peak. An attenuator provides four 50-ohm input positions (0. 1, 0.2, 0.5, and l V) and a 1 V, 500-ohm position. VSWR at input is less than 1.1 at l00 Mc/ s. A level control lets you set the trigger level for a wide variety of input signals and minimizes the effects of noise. Amplitude of the 20 mA square wave is t V into a 50-ohm load. Input and output connections can be made at either the front panel or at the rear of the Scaler. Price is $490 (in u .s.A.). Write for Complete Information IN CANADA: Toronto 247-2171. Montreal (Mt. Royal) 737-3673 IN EUROPE: Zurich, Switzerland - London. Engla nd GENERAL RADIO COMPANY WE ST C 0 NC 0 RD, MASS AC HU S E TT S BOSTON NEW YORK, N. Y., 964-2722 CHICAGO PHILADELPHIA WASHINGTON , O.C. SYRACUSE DALLAS SAN FRANCISCO LOS ANGELES . ORLANDO, FLA. CLEVELANO (W. Concord) 646-0550 (Ridgefield, N. J.) 943-3140 (Oak Park) 848-9400 (Ft. Wash ington) 646-8030 (Rockville, Md.) 946-tSOO 454·9323 FL 7-4031 (Los Altos) 948-8233 469-6201 425-4671 886-0150 Circle 7 on reader service card World's Highest Power TetrodeMachlett's ML-8545 The Machlett ML-8545 general" purpose, vapor-cooled tetrode delivers 16% more power with 25% less plate voltage (plate modulation service) than the closest competitive tube. It is capable of 300 kW continuous output as a Class C amplifier or oscillator at frequencies to 50 Mc. Maximum plate input is 420 kW. Applications include: High-power broadcast and communications; all-purpose rf generation; particle acceleration. For detai Is on the ML-8545 and the ML-8546 water-cooled version, write: The Machlett Laboratories, Inc., Springdale, Conn. 06879. An affiliate of Raytheon Company. ELECTRON TUBE .SPECIALIST 8 Circle 8 on reader service card People Robert C. Langford takes over this week as head of guidance and control research at the National Aeronautics and Space Aclminist r a ti on ' s new Electronics Research C e n t e r in Cambridge, Mass. The 44year-old scientist - administrator hopes to bring together some of the top talents in the aerospace field. The aim, he explains, is to create an atmosphere for "dialogue between scientists" because no individual has the breadth of knowledge needed for the aerospace field. Langford, who was born in Great Britain, has a doctorate in electrical engineering. Earlier in his career he worked on instruments for th e British jet airliner, the Comet. For four years Langford has been director of General Precision, Inc.'s Aerospace Research Center. The Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corp., in its first step toward "making the company as significant in instrumentation as it is in semiconduc· tors," recentlYi named Robert N. Noyce group vice president of the reorganized semiconductor and instrumentation divisions. The aim, explains Noyce, a 37year-old physicist who holds a doctorate from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, is to make specialized semiconductors available for higher-performance, lowercost instruments. The best way to do that, he adds, is to tie the two divisions together. vVith the change in organization, he says, "I hope to create an atmosphere in which any product idea will be well nurtured and have a chance to grow. Noyce adds that work being done now in the semiconductor labs is expected to resuIt in products other than semiconductors. I Electronics May 31, 1965 WARNING: Did you buy power semiconductors a year ago? Unless they were Westinghouse, chances are your warranty has already expired. You can be sure if it's Westinghouse Electronics I May 31, 1965 Circle 9 on reader service card 9 In Volume Production! Meetings 5 Mc DTI. LOGIC CIRCUITS The basic member of the Sprague series of DTL Logic Modules is the UC-1001B NAND/NOR Gate (see schematic), with typical propagation time delay of l 0 nsec per stage over a temperature range of -55 C to +125 C. Other DTL Logic Ceracircuits include SCT Flip-Flop, Buffer-Driver, Exclusive OR/Half-Adder, 8Diode Gate, and 5-Diode Gate. To facilitate contact packaging and as- sembly on printed wiring boards, all 5 Mc DTL Modules are encapsulated in one standard case, 1.0# wide x 0.4# high x o.r thick. CUSTOM-TAILORED CERACIRCUITS Ceracircuit Ceramic-base Microcircuits provide the circuit designer with desirable features - component familiarity, design versatility, increased reliability, circuit economy. Thin-film technology permits wide ranges of resistance and capacitance values, holding close tolerances without high-cost penalties. Each passive component keeps its identity, allowing conventional design procedures. For complete technical data, write to Technical Literature Service, Sprague Electric Co., 35 Marshall St., North Adams, Mass. 01248. ·spraa:ue' and ·@·are reaistered trademarks of the Spraaue Electric Co . 10 · Circle 10 on reader service card Photographic Techniques and Measurements for Engineers, SPSE; Hotel Plaza, N.Y.C., June 3·4. Physics of Quantum Electronics Conference, ONR; San Juan, Puerto Rico, June 28-30. Biomedical Computer Applications Conference, BIO/New York Academy of Sciences; Waldorf-Astoria, N.Y.C., June 3-5. IEEE Annual Communications Convention (Including GLOBECOM VII), CTG/IEEE; University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo., June 7-9. National Electronic Packaging and Production Conference (NEP/CON'65), EPP; Long Beach Arena , Long Beach , Calif., June 8·10. National Symposium on Aircraft Noise, Federal Aviation Agency; International Hotel, J. F. Kennedy International Airport, N.Y.C., June 9. Broadcast and TV Receivers Conference, G-BTR/IEEE; O' Hare Inn, Des Plaines, Ill., June 14-15. Midwest Symposium on Circuit Theory, G-CT /IEEE; Colorado State University, Ft. Collins, Colo. , June 14-15. Ocean Science and Ocean Engineering National Conference/Exposition, ASLO, MTS; Washington Hilton Hotel, Washington, June 14-17. International Data Processing Conference and Business Exposition, DPMA; Benjamin Franklin Hotel and Convention Hall, Philadelphia, June 29July 2. Microwave Applications of Semiconductors Meeting, IERE-IEE; University College, London, June 30· July 2. Biomedical Engineering Symposium, IEEE, US Naval Hosp.; San Diego , Calif., July 6-8. Technical Communications Conference, CSU; Colorado State Univ. Campus, Fort Collins, Col. , July 6·10. Nuclear and Space Radiation Effects Conference, G-NS; Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., July 12-15. Chemistry and Metallurgy of Semiconductors, Gordon Research Conferences, Univ. of Rhode Island; Proctor Academy, Andover, New Hampshire, July 12·16. Educational Technology Conference, American Management Association; Americana Hotel, N.Y.C., July 12·16. Simulation, A Management Tool, AMA; AMA Headquarters, N.Y.C., June 16-18. National Navigational Meeting, Institute of Navigation; Edgewater Inn Marina Hotel, Long Beach , Calif., June 21-23. Solid State Device Research Conference. IEEE; Princeton Univ., Princeton , N.J., June 21-23. Aerospace Technical Conference and Exhibit, PTGAS/IEEE; Shamrock-Hilton Hotel, Houston, Tex., June 21-24. Joint Automatic Control Conference (JACC), ASME, IEEE, ISA, AIAA, AICE; Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N.Y., June 22·25. Electronic Standards Committee F-1 Meeting, ASTM; Randolph House, Syracuse, N.Y., June 23·24. Fluid Mechanics & Heat Transfer Symposium, USAF, Lockheed Co.; Lockheed Research Labs, Palo Alto, Calif., June 24·25. Summer Power Meeting, G·P/IEEE; Detroit, Mich., June 27-July 2. Electromagnetic Compatibility National Symposium, G-EMC/IEEE; WaldorfAstoria Hotel, New York, June 28-30. Nuclear & Space Radiation Effects Annual Conference, G-NS/IEEE; University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., July 12-16. Call for papers National Communications Symposium, Mohawk Valley Section of IEEE; Utica, N. Y. , Oct. 11-13. June 7 is deadline for submission of five copies of 100 word abstract and five copies of 500 word summary to Mr. George E. Burnette, Technical Program Chairman, Communications Div. (EMCT), Rome Air Development Center, Griffiss AFB, N. Y. International ISA Aerospace Instrumentation Symposium, ISA, College of Aeronautics; College of Aeronautics, Cranfield, England, March 21-24, 1966. Sept. 15 is deadline for submission of a 300-500 word summary to Mr. E. K. Merewether, Chairman, International Affairs Committee, ISA Aerospace Industry Div., 4515 Canoga Avenue, Woodland Hills, Calif. Electronics I May 31, 1965 Spanning the Spectrum of Systems and Instrumentation ASTRODATA's capabilities span a very broad spectrum of systems and instrumentation applications. Examples: a high-speed digital data system samples information from rocket engine tests at 15,000 channels per second, conditions, amplifies and digitizes analog data and records the results on tape with high accuracy, for entry into an off-line computer. Or, a system under computer control for acquiring test data from a mach 15 wind-tunnel; performance of this over-all system indicates end-toend uncertainty, using 2.5 mv full-scale signals, is less than 0.75 µv, or 0.025% of full scale (3 sigma) . As far as we know, that's the most accurate low-level data system ever built. Or, a computer- centered system, used for the remote control of an astronomical telescope. This system acquires 30 channels of analog information from the telescope and transmits data received on various experiments as they are conducted, to an on-line computer. Or, a hybrid computer system used for complex simulation studies. This hybrid system, the largest ever built, has over 400 operational amplifiers, 30 function generators, 40 multipliers and 60 summing amplifiers - all solidstate, field-proven equipment. For more information on ASTRODATA's extensive experience in data acquisition and processing, telemetry, range timing instrumentation or hybrid computer techniques, please write for our 20-page brochure, "Systems Experience." ..A.. s or~<> I>.A.."X".A. P.O. Box 3003 · 240 E. Palais Road, Anaheim, California· 92803 Electronics J May 31, 1965 Circle 11 on reader service card 11 News Briefs For potting sealed units specify Dow Corning® 3118 RTV encapsulant to assure reliable performance. This deepsection-curing compound is completely reversion resistant without post cure. It's easy to use, free flowing and easy to mix. Because it cures without heat and does not produce volatiles or exothermic heat during cure, specify this material where equipment must operate in confined environments, 12 CIRCLE 290 ON READER-SERVICE; CARD Where high strength is a factor in encapsulation, Dow Corning® 3120 RTV encapsulant has a tensile strength of 650 psi. It has excellent damping qualities that absorb mechanical shock and vibration. The low shrinkage characteristic inherent in all these encapsulants insures that no internal stresses develop ... memory planes or similarly sensi- tive devices will not be crushed or deranged. Specify this medium viscosity, deep-section- curing compound where maximum protection from shock and vibration is required. · CIRCLE 2 9 1 ON READER-SERVICE CARD Now, a family of six new Dow Corning® RTV encapsulants Offers a wide processing choice Six new encapsulants of varying viscosities and characteristics have been developed by Dow Corning to provide for the selection of the material best suited to your electronic application or processing requirements. All are room temperature vulcanizing pourable silicone rubber compounds designed for potting, encapsulating and embedding. Dow Corning® 3110 RTV encapsulant is a low viscosity compound that cures in deep sections and can be color coded. Fourteen different color pigments are available ... have no effect on the properties of the silicone rubber. All encapsulants in this series will remain rubbery from -50 to 250 C (-67 to 482 F), all have excellent di-' electric and good heat transfer properties. They cure without heat to form a rubber jacket that efficiently pro· tects components and assemblies from dust, moisture, weathering, oxi· dation and corrosive atmospheres. Repairability of encapsulated com· ponents is simple. The compound can be cut away for access and resealed with fresh encapsulant after repairs are made. Other uses include: (1) coating of printed circuit boards, (2) precoating of assemblies prior to embedment in rigid compounds, and (3) mold making. The properties of these materials suggest almost endless additional uses. CIRCLE 289 ON READER-SERVICE CARD For a transparent encapsulation, specify Slygard® 184 resin. It is a solventless, low viscosity fluid that cures, in deep sections, in 24 hours at room temperature ... needs no post cure. Serviceable over a wide temperature range, it is designed for electronic packaging applications requiring low dielectric losses and self-extinguishing characteristics. Its companion product, Sylgard® 182 resin which cures at 65 C, is specified where longer pot life can give processing cost savings. CIRCLE 292 ON READER-SERVICE CARD We'll be pleased to forward full information on these and other materials that aid reliability and performance. For details or prompt technical assistance write to Dept. 3917, Electronic Products Division, Dow Corning Corporation, Midland, Michigan 48641. For a free sample, write on company letterhead describing your application . . . or phone for the name of the 1Dow Corning representative m your area~ DOW CORNING 13 F/ 1- 13564·A(2) The first DVM with integrated circuits higher accuracy and stability at lower cost MODEL 7100 DUAL-SLOPE INTEGRATING* DIGITAL VOLT-OHM-RATIOMETER · the only DVM with new Dual-Slope Integrating which makes inaccuracies self-canceling · the only DVM available that takes advantage of high stability integrated circuitry · the only integrating DVM in its price range. No other digital vQltmeter offers the precision,stability and noise immunity at the low price of Fairchild's Model 7100. The unique Dual-Slope Integrating technique, newly developed by Fairchild, makes the accuracy of the Model 7100 virtually independent of long-term drift or instability. Yet the price is low, because of the economy of integrated circuit construction and simplified circuit design. Here are some of the other key reasons why the Dual-Slope Integrating DVM (DSI/DVM) sets a new standard in cost/performance ratios: The Model 7100 is available with any single test capability or any combination of tests. ·Measures voltage, resistance and ratio ·High-performance readout: 0.01 % accuracy, 10µ. V resolution ·Digital display plus BCD readout · 4-digit readout with a fifth-digit over-range ·Ranges : 10µ.V to lOOOV; 1 ohm to 15.000 megohms 0.0001 :1 to 1 .5000:1 voltage ratio · 1n-cabinet space available for custom adaptation to systems ·Dimensions: 5 ~ " x 17" x 18" D. C. Volts - Ohms - Ratio Any single test . . ......... $1900.00 Any two tests . . . . . . . . . . . . 2250.00 All three tests . . . . . . . . . . . 2500.00 Plus manual range plug-in. 75.00 Optional plug-in modules include auto ranging, high input impedance and AC to DC converter. FAIRCl-llLCJ INSTRUMENTATION A DIVISION Of FAJRCH l lO CAMCRA AND INSTRUMCNT C O RP O RA TIO N For complete details on the Model 7100 write for comprehensive data sheet or contact the nearest Fairchild representative (below). FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR INSTRUMENTATION REPRESENTATIVES ALABAMA Huntsville: Gentry Associates, Inc., 534-9771. ARIZONA Scottsdale: G. S. Marshall, 946·4276. CALIFORNIA Los Angeles: Fairchild Semiconductor, 464-7464/Palo Alto: Fairchild Sales Office and Factory, 962-2451/San Diego: G. S. Marshall, 278-6350 / San Marino: G. S. Marshall, 681-3292. COLORADO Denver: Hyer Electronics. 771-5285. CONNECTICUT Greenwich: Circuit Sales, 869-2244. FLORIDA Orlando: Gentry Associates. Inc.. 424-0730/St. Petersburg: Fairchild Semiconductor, 867-1824. GEORGIA Atlanta: Gentry Associates. Inc., 233-3816. ILLINOIS Oak Park: Fairchild Semiconductor, 848-5985. IOWA Cedar Rapids: Engineering Services Co.. 366-1591 . MARYLAND Bethesda: Bartlett Associates. Inc.. 656-3061. MASSACHU· SETTS Watertown: Circuit Sales, 926-1031. MICHIGAN Detroit: WKM Associates, Inc., 892-2500. MINNESOTA St. Paul: Northport Engineering, Inc., 698-3941. MISSOURI Kansas City: Engineering Services Co., 363-6000/St. Louis: Engineering Services Co., 726·2233. NEW MEXICO Albuquerque: Hyer Elec tronics, 268-6744 . NEW YORK Elmsford: SBM Associa tes. Inc .. 592-8850/Long Island: COB Enterprises. 692·5200 / Massapequa, L.I.: Fairchild Semiconductor, 799-4590/Rochcstcr: SBM Associates, Inc.. 271-7430/Syrocusc: SBM Associates, Inc., 454 9377. NORTH CAROLINA Burlington: GerHry Associates, Inc ., 227-7916. OHIO Cleveland: WKM Associates, Inc., 885-5616/Dayton: WKM Associa tes, Inc., 298-7203. PENNSYLVANIA Pittsburgh: WKM Associates, Inc., 892-2953/ Wayne: Bartlett Associates, Inc .. 688-7325. TEXAS Dallas: Norvell Associates, Inc ., FL 7-6451 / H ous ton: N orvell Associates, In c., MO 5-0558. WASHINGTON Bellevue: Cane-Jessup Co. Inc., GL 4·0691. CANADA - ONTARIO Ottawa: Whittaker Electronics Ltd., 722-7658/Weston: Whittaker Electronics Ltd., 247-7454. QUEBEC Roxboro: Whittake r Elec tronics Ltd.. 648-3000. *PA1PIT P r'N OI NG 8 44 CHARLESTON RD., PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA, 962·24 51 8 TWX : 4 15-492 -94 14 8 FAIRCHI LD I NSTRUMENTATION, A DIVISION OF FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT COR P. 14 Circle 14 on reader service card I E1ectronics May 31 , 1965 Electronics I May 31, 1965 Editorial The long night is ending For the first time in nearly two and a half years, a spirit of optimism pervades the electronics industry. Some of it undoubtedly springs from the boom in color television sets-and the associated prosperity of tube and component suppliers. As the summer starts, sales of color sets are exceeding the rosiest predictions made during the winter months. Some of the healthiest signs of optimism are showing up in the military electronics segment which has suffered almost depression conditions for nearly 30 months. Many companies say the long night of recession is nearing its end. There is no increased spending behind the feeling of encouragement. Rather, the optimism springs from the realization that the industry can live with the reduced level of spending and the changed direction of military procurement. A lot of companies have finally adapted to the new conditions. They are leaner, having pared their engineering staffs so there is little extravagant specialization. They are more aggressive marketers. They are doing a lot more planning. And they are putting some of their own money into research and development. Despite the cutbacks in spending, there is plenty of military money around for companies oriented in the right direction. That doesn't mean the days of easy government money have reh1rned. On the contrary, the services are notably short of the giant sums they used to have for sweeping changes. To stretch their dollars farther, the military men shun making the big change in a lot of electronic equipment. More and more, the military is buying equipment off-the-shelf that meets military specifica- tions, rather than having it new-built. Belatedly, the government has learned it doesn't need ruggedized equipment, built to withstand the extremes of heat and cold, for ground support gear that spends its entire life in an air-conditioned trailer. Incidentally, such purchases have resulted in better quality too. To nobody's surprise, the tenth, hundredth or hundred and fiftieth device built is always better than the first or second. Buying offthe-shelf, the military is getting gear whose manufacturing bugs were ironed out before the order was placed. At the same time, the services have realized that some of their electronic equipment can be modernized at a far smaller cost than that required to replace it. The glow of optimism has spread even to the microwave portion of the industry where sales statistics still leave little cause for joy. Conditions are better. A shakeout of companies has relaxed the cut-throat competition that drove the price of components and systems far below cost. And the overcapacity that existed has been reduced. Probably the driving force behind today's microwave optimism is the prospect for rapid technological advances in the field. Solid state is about to sweep the microwave business. In almost every company, engineers are working on a lot of exciting new devices and the businessmen remind you that an advance of technology like this usually spurs sales too. Though the last 30 months have been near catastrophic for many companies and many engineers, the hardships may have been worthwhile. If engineers remember the lessons of those months they will never again fall into the trap of becoming technicians in a narrow specialization solely for a big paycheck that vanishes when the project is over. And perhaps companies have learned they cannot leave their well-being and futures to the government. They have to do their own planning; they have to spend some of their own money to develop products they can sell to the government and elsewhere; and they have to be concerned with efficiency. With its newfound optimism, today's electronics industry is stronger than it was before the cutback in defense spending brought on the long night. 15 This Pc1:B relay switches 20 amperes, costs only $3.90* each, is available from leading parts distributors ..· and it's this small Here is a real space-saving power relay -ideal for applications where limited space is a factor. Three KR3 relays will fit in the space required for one 20ampere relay of most other makes. The KR3 occupies only little more than one and a half cubic inches. I nstallation is simple, too. Standard KR3 relays have a convenient stud and mounting tab-and the contact terminals will accept Y-1 " quick-connects or solder connections. Field-proved for more than a year, the KR3 is available for immediate shipment from authorized P&B distributors. Tests show mechanical life will exceed one million operations ... and the twin contacts are rated at 20 amperes at 115V AC, 60 cycles resistive or 28V DC, 1 HP 115/ 230V 60 cycles. Relays ordered from the factory can be supplied in clear, high-impact polycarbonate case with octal plug. For complete information, call your nearest P&B sales representative or write direct. Remember .. . you can buy cheaper relays but you cannot buy P&B quality for Jess. ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL: Insulation Resistance: 1000 megohms. Expected Life: 1 million mechanical operations, min. I Breakdown Voltage : SOOY rms 60 cycles bet. all elements. Temperature Range AC and DC: -45"C min. Open Relay AC: DC: ++s70s"·Cc max. max. CONTACTS: A rrangements: SPST-N 0-08 (1 Form X) only. Rating: 20 amps @ l 15V AC, 60 cycles resistive. or 28V DC; 1 HP l l 5/230V 60 cycles. COILS : Voltage: DC: to l lOV AC: to 230V Power: DC: 1.2 watts min. AC: 2.0 volt-amps. Resistance: 16,500 ohms maximum. Duty: Continuous. MOUNTING: Open: One 6-32 stud and 1Alf locating tab on 'Ii.sit centers, Enclosed: Octal socket. · Unit price for 6 to 115V AC models. Quantity discounts available. RIDE THE AMF MONORAIL AT THE NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 16 Circle 16 on reader service card POTTER & BRUMFIELD Division of American Machine & Foundry Company, Princeton, Indiana In Canada: Potter & Brumfield, Division of AMF Canada Ltd., Guelph, Ont. E)(port; AMF International, 261 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. Electronics I May 31, 1965 Electronics Newsletter May31, 1965 Integrated circuits find more buyers Business has suddenly picked up in integrated circuits. Many instrument makers will soon offer new products with a few integrated circuits, though most are still frustrated because the kind of analog circuitry they need is not available yet. On the West Coast, the Hewlett-Packard Co., the United States' biggest maker of instruments, has just about decided it must have its own integrated-circuit manufacturing facility. H-P sees no other ways to guard its instrument-design secrets. A few IC makers are rushing development work on linear circuits, hoping to head off Hewlett-Packard's investment in IC manufacturing equipment. If H-P adds an integrated-circuit capability, producers of circuits are afraid a trend might be started eliminating a larger potential market. But the price of admission into the IC-manufacturing field is steep. H-P planners think an instrument company must have annual sales of at least $125 million to justify its own IC facilities. Connector makers seek better tests New tests and guidelines designed to establish the reliability of connectors have been prepared by the industry. The new standards and tests, prompted by complaints from both military and industrial users, were drafted by a committee representing the connector industry, under the aegis of the Electronic Industries Association. The report is being reviewed by the Defense Electronic Supply Center in Dayton, Ohio. Laser losing favor with eye surgeons Initial enthusiasm for the laser as a tool in eye surgery has cooled in some medical circles. The use of lasers to weld detached retinas will be discussed June 3 to 5 in Houston at the International Symposium on Retinal Detachment. Researchers at the Retina Foundation in Boston will report on a comparative study of the laser versus a xenon lamp system; they conclude that in the pulsed ruby lasers available today, the energy density is too high, the light too nearly monochromatic and the control requirements too complex. Bill raises limit on arms buying The Senate and House have resolved their differences on one of the defense authorization hills for the fiscal year starting July 1, and have fixed a $15.4-hillion ceiling that is higher than either had originally voted. The bill-covering the purchase of planes, ships and missiles, and research and development-sets a limit on appropriations for procurement and R&D that will be voted later. The bill includes $99 million for buying 10 E-2A Hawkeye carrierhased early-warning aircraft. The Senate had knocked out this item because the plane's electronic subsystems had run into development problems. But the money was restored after the Defense Department gave assurance that solutions are in sight. The hill also includes $150 million for a nuclear missile frigate that was not sought by Defense Secretary Robert S. McNamara, and $134 million for two nuclear attack submarines in addition to the four McNamara requested. It included an extra $7 million to begin project-definition work on a new manned bomber. 17 Electronics Newsletter Raytheon to buy 6th firm in year The Raytheon Co. continues on the acquisition road to diversification. Raytheon will buy the assets and business of the Dage-Bell Corp. of Michigan City, Ind., which manufactures closed-circuit and broadcast television equipment for educational and other markets. In its sixth acquisition during the past 12 months, Raytheon will pay about $4 million for Dage-Bell. California court voids pay-tv ban A California court has found unconstitutional the state's referendum which banned pay television. The ruling, still open to appeal, may breathe life into Subscription Television of California, Inc., which had been in operation when the system was outlawed last November by the initiative measure. Short circuits mar Pegasus I action Pegasus I, the satellite that's orbiting the earth collecting data on the danger posed by micrometeroids in space, has been operating at half capacity for the last few months. The National Aeronautics and Space Administration says 207 of Pegasus' sensing panels aren't working because of short circuits; when one capacitor shorts, it blocks data from other nearby capacitors. Pegasus II, fired last week into a 300-mile orbit similar to Pegasus I's, has been redesigned to avoid the short-circuiting problem. Each capacitor has been fitted with a 200-milliampere fuse, so that if one capacitor fails it won't affect its neighbor. U.S. to merge science agencies Three Commerce Department agencies will be merged into a single scientific office, similar in organization to the National Aeronautics and Space Administration or the Atomic Energy Commission, as the first step in what President Johnson has called a "functional reorganization of government." The agency will be called the Environmental Science Services Administration and will be made up of the Weather Bureau, the Coast and Geodetic Survey and the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory. The new office will oversee major civilian efforts in meterology, hydrology, climatology, seismology, geodesy, geomagnetism, oceanography, hydrography, aeronomy, and telecommunications. \ Record that plays for hours studied The Raytheon Co. is investigating a technique for making a recording system that can hold several hours of sound on a single record. The grooves are much narrower than those of records that rotate at 33% revolutions per minute, and the pickup stylus is mounted directly in a stresssensitive integrated circuit that converts the mechanical energy of the stylus into electrical energy. In conventional pickups, a piezoelectric material or coils convert mechanic~! into electrical energy. Addendum 18 The Air Force is working on a suitcase-size communication package to receive and transmit in all bands between very low frequencies and the gigacycle range. The unique system, which is being developed at WrightPatterson Air Force Base, Ohio, would have a maximum output of 1,000 watts. Electronics I May 31, 1965 from SYLVAN IA Electronic Components Group INTEGRATED CIRCUITS New 20-megacycle "OR" J-K flip-flop simplifies system design Newest addition to the SUHL (Sylvania Universal High-level Logic) line of integrated circuits is this new SF-60 J-K Hip-Hop that provides the OR function on both J and K sides. The extent to which this new circuit can simplify systems functions, re- duce can count and lower cost is suggested by the typical arithmetic shift register shown on page 4. Its particular suitability foi· this application is, of course, related directly to its Dual 2-input AND gates which are wired 0 R'ed for both the Jand K sides (see schematic). This new J-K flip-Hop incorporates all of the high-performance charac- teristics of SUHL logic and offers the computer circuit designer much needed flexibility. Characteristics Here in summary form are the outstanding characteristics of the new SF-60 series J-K flip-Hop (OR input). Operates at clock speeds up to 20 me. Has a determinate state on the output for every input condition. Complementing is done internally; thus, all inputs are usable as data inputs. Triggers on clock edges as long as 200 nsec. Triggers on negative edge of clock which inhibits input terminals as well as other gates in the system. Raceless, since inhibiting of the input terminals is done by the clock directly, not through feedback. Insensitive to noise on the clock line. SF-60 J-K FLIP-FLOP SET Vee Toggles if inputs are at logic 1. Provides D.C. Set, which can be activated while the clock is low so that following elements are inhibited. Low loading factor (data inputs are LO gate load, clock is 2.0 gate loads). High noise immunity, excellent radiation resistance, high fanout, capacitance drive, low power - plus all the other characteristics for which SUHL has become known. CIRCLE NUMBER 300 Lin-+--+-~ l2o-+--I---" CLOCK GROUND This issue in capsule Electroluminescence - hermetic seal provides reliability needed for space flight. Photoconductors-new street-light· ing cell features Blue Dot. Integrated Circuits-w1RED-0R functions can be achieved at relatively low cost with new SUHL unit. Microwave Diodes-new mixer diode covers the Ku-Band, has lower noise figure. CRT'S-6-gun tube exemplifies custom approach to display problems. Readouts- new series of solid -state translator/drivers for gas-glow tubes. Diodes-2-nanosecond unit is workhorse for switching, clamping, chopping. READOUTS EL units hermetic-sealed for space ride · a.a.a. The only fully solid-state readout system has been selected for inclusion in one of the nation's major space programs. The electroluminescent units being supplied by Sylvania will be made up of five-digit panels, hermetically sealed to assure protection to phosphors that can be sensitive to moisture. By its inherent nature, EL's characteristics are particularly suited to aerospace application. With its sandwich-type compactness it takes up only a minimum of valuable space. Because of its light weight and low power requirement, it neither consumes much power nor adds substantially to the total weight of the airborne missile. Due to their solid-state nature, EL substrates are both extra-reliable and capable of withstanding heavy Gforces. All of the electroluminescent panels were subjected to a stringent list of environmental conditions before shipment. To test EL performance under temperature extremes, all of these units were required to function perfectly during a temperature cycle running from -55°C to +94°C. A 4-pound axial pull was also applied to verify the integrity of all leads. Separate sealing and humidity tests, both stringent, verified that all units had true hermetic seals. The panels were then given a 50-G, 6millisecond shock-mounted test. All of these special tests were over and above Sylvania's own quality control program. PRODUCT MANAGER'S CORNER Two for the seesaw Over the past several years a major change has taken place in the means and method of quoting on simple device requirements. It is no longer a fifteen-minute task. Properly done it could easily consume several mandays. Whatever happened to the "good old days" when a fine cigar cost $.15, TV was just "blooming" and one-page specifications were in vogue? I'm afraid they have vanished, like the cigar store Indian, to be replaced by full-blown documents bristling with A.Q.L.'s. This change has turned a quote into a proposal and all because specifications are now so broad in scope and complexity that an adequate response to an R.F.Q. turns into a major effort. Space Age Electronics and associated space programs demand assurance levels previously not required. The result "Space Age Specifications" and some very interesting problems for the customer-vendor seesaw. The customer is faced with the task of attempting to buy components having zero failure rates, at standard prices, with immediate delivery. This sounds perfectly normal (well, almost) except that specifications which are required to produce this reliability are not conducive to short deliveries or standard prices. The vendor must consider such things as yields, traceability, process controls, test plans, expensive test equipment, life racks, etc., etc., only to discover that there are only ten "widgits" per satellite with a few more for spares. How can this type environment produce a "low"-cost item? It cannot. However it is possible to obtain the required assurance levels in these quantities and still maintain reasonable costs by establishing faceto-face customer-vendor meetings which would permit an item-by-item appraisal before the specification is sent out for bid. This cooperative effort will always produce the best results by reducing the number of revisions and requotes. Only a short time ago, having a specification over two pages long on a simple component was being "pushy," but now two pages just covers the introduction. Possibly a little dramatic, but the fact remains that our industry is being swamped with bundles of documents with an R.F.Q. attached. It is quite apparent that complex proposals are now established as a way of life in the microwave semiconductor industry. We at Sylvania have had to recognize this fact and solicit the support of all factory departments to be able to make meaningful proposals. If these specifications are not compatible with the vendor or his product, spec changes are made and new quotes are required. Close cooperation of customer and vendor in establishing specifications is still the best solution to the problem of requoting to "Revision 8." 5#'~µ__ . M. E. GROLL PHOTOCONDUCTORS Sylvania Blue Dot reliability comes to street-lighting control Conservatively rated at 0.5 watts on demand, with a breakdown voltage rating of 600 volts, Sylvania's new SRP-4204 photoconductive cell easily meets the power handling requirements for automatic lighting controls. In addition, cell characteristics are tailored to controller relay operating requirements and testing is accomplished under simulated north-sky conditions. An end-on design, the cell employs a hermetically sealed metal and glass envelope 11,4 inch in diameter with a 2-pin base. The cell's metal and glass encapsulation provides a true hermetic seal. This protection from moisture, a frequent cause of failure in outdoor usage, is fmther enhanced by the exclusive Sylvania Blue Dot indicator. The Blue Dot is built-in quality assurance, both at the time of installation as well as in use, that the atmosphere within the envelope is dry. Should the envelope become damaged and moisture enter, the Blue Dot will change color to pink. Its extremely high sensitivity provides an early warning, permitting replacement before equipment malfunction. Mechanical ruggedness is another feature of the SRP-4204. Contributing to this property, as well as the cell's ability to meet its demand power rating, is high-alumina ceramic as the substrate for the photosensitive material. Important characteristics of the Sylvania SRP-4204 include: Cell Voltage 600 volts max. Resistance 25,000 ohms at lFC* Dissipation 0.5 W Demand max. 0.3 W Continuous max. Construction glass/ metal 1.25" diameter *Simulated north sky illumination . CIRCLE NUMBER 301 INTEGRATED CIRCUITS Simple shift right-shift left register circuit D.C. SET / > SERIAL DATA INPUT (SHIFT RIGHT) SERIAL DATA (SHIFT IRNIPGUHTT( LL, s .--- J~ I Ji SR>O ~ K1 K2 0 [=> c SHIFT RIGHT./.... SHIFT LEFT / SHIFT PULSE·/ (CLOCK) The 20-megacycle shift right-shift left register above can be built with just four SF-60 integrated circuits. The SF-60 is the new SUHL J-K flip-flop (OR input) described on page one of this issue of IDEAS. [ L2 S L1 J2 I r----i Ji SF-60 t-----1 K1 K2 0 M1 CM2 c l IL2 s L1 J2 I r--J1 ~ 4 K1 SF-60 K2 0 M1 [M2 C 1 This register is the newest addition to the growing examples of how the benefits of SUHL (Sylvania Universal High-level Logic) can be put to work to simplify systems design. And the list keeps growing day by day. [ L2 S L1 J2 I~ ... - ,--- Ji SF-60 .,...___ K1 K2 M1 OH~- [ M2 C SERIAL DATA INPUT (SHIFT LEFT) SERIAL DATA INPUT (SHIFT LEFT) The circuit shown can be used as a count-up/count-down counter or as an accumulator in the arithmetic portion of a computer. CIRCLE NUMBER 302 SUHL line offers a low-cost approach to "wired-OR" circuitry ~------SG--11-0 S-ERI-ES,I I I I rL--------- ____ .JI ----, I I I I I I L.---------- I .JI SG-170 SERIES ,-----------,I SG-50 SERIES I I I I I I ,----- ---, L----_.1..1..---...II I I I I I I I I I L----------.JI SG-150 SERIES The logic diagrams shown demonstrate how the low-cost SG-170 series OR Expanders can produce up to eight gates wired OR'd together. Where the highest wired-OR is required use the Sylvania SG-llO or the SG-50 series quad OR gate with the SG-150 quad OR expander. Either way, the fan-out capability of the gate is retained and lower can count results. The SUHL family offers a whole series of gates for accomplishing wired-OR's of 2 to 8 gates. Power savings can be as high as 55% without any change in fan-out, or significant sacrifice in speed. SUHL circuits include: SG-100 Expandable Triple 3-Input OR Gate. The SG-110, Expandable Dual 4-Input OR Gate. The SG-50, Expandable Quad 2-Input OR Gate. The SG-150 Quad 2-Input OR Expander. And the SG-170 Dual 4-Input OR Expander. CIRCLE NUMBER 303 SYLVANIA'S COMPLETE LINE OF DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS FUNCTION Dual 4-lnput Nand/Nor Gate Expandable Quad 2-lnput OR Gate Si ngle 8 -lnput Nand/Nor Gate Exclusive-OR with Complement Expandable Triple 3-lnput OR Gate Expandable Dual 4 -lnput OR Gate Expandable Single 8-lnput Nand/Nor Gate Line Driver (Double Fan-out Minimums) Quad 2-lnput Nand/Nor Gate Quad 2-lnput OR Expander Dual 4-lnput OR Expander Dual 4-lnput AND Expander Set-Reset Flip-Flop Two-Phase SR Clocked Flip-Flop Single-Phase SRT Flip-Flop J-K Flip-Flop - ssM·IcLITtoAR12Ys0 c FMO P1* 5 MS* FO 7 SG -4 0 SG -41 SG -5 0 SG-51 SG -6 0 SG -61 SG-90 SG -91 · SG-100 SG-101 SG-110 SG-111 SG-120 SG -121 SG -1 3 0 SG -131 SG -1 4 0 SG-141 SG-150 SG-151 SG -1 7 0 SG-171 SG-180 SG -181 SF-10 SF-11 SF-20 SF-21 SF-30 SF-31 SF-50 SF-51 GROUND SYSTEM ANoD· cINtDoU1SsT0RcIAL FOIP1*2 IS* FO 6 SG-42 SG-43 SG -52 SG -53 SG -6 2 SG -6 3 SG-92 SG-93 SG -1 0 2 SG -1 0 3 SG -1 1 2 SG-113 SG-122 SG-123 SG -1 3 2 SG-133 SG -1 4 2 SG -1 4 3 SG -1 5 2 SG -153 SG-172 SG -1 7 3 SG -1 8 2 SG-183 SF-12 SF-13 SF-22 SF-23 SF-32 SF-33 SF-52 SF-53 * MP-Military Prime, MS-Military Standard, IP-Industrial Prime, IS-Industrial Standard MICROWAVE DIODES New low-noise, high-temperature coverage for the Ku-band Sylvania's newest mixer diode (D-5282) covers all of Ku-band in a matched holder with an unusually 4.0 high degree of efficiency. Recom- mended for high-temperature use, this silicon point contact series oper3.5 ates over a temperature range of - 65° to + 150°C. Its noise figure is as low as 7.5 db max., the result of sili- con epitaxial construction. 3.0 Ku-band comparison with a stand- ard high-temperature 1N78 proves the difference. ( see curve ) The device's broad band capability is the result of a special glass pin bead inside the diode package itself. To get this frequency coverage, Sylvania's new diode features an un- 2.0 dercut compensated center pin sealed in a special glass support. This glass bead is fused to the coaxial cartridge providing the advantage of both a 1.5 hermetic seal and a low-loss dielec- tric material necessary for broad band performance. The new mixer diode's RF impe- 1.0 dance, with typical VSWR values of 1.5 max., provides unusual holder matching possibilities. Across the en- tire 12.4-18 GHZ band, VSWR is spec- .5 ified to be no greater than 2.5 max. Reliable operation of the D-5282 series is assured by a true hermetic glass-to-metal seal. CIRCLE NUMBER 304 VSWR VS FREQUENCY Type D-5282 13 14 15 16 17 18 GH, CRT's ·~------~~~~--~ Problem: Design a CRT with six simultaneous, precisely zoned l" x 8" traces, each trace to be independent of the others. Given this assignment, Sylvania custom-built a tube based largely on the design and placement of six guns in a specially engineered tube mount. The individual guns within the Multi-gun CRT zones 6 related inputs mount were placed to be parallel within 1° of each other. The guns were electrostatically focused and deflected for zone display application. Each gun then provided an area one-inch high by eight-inches wide in which the six independent signals were displayed. The horizontal-to-vertical trace alignments of each gun were 90°, plus or minus 1°. A monoaccelerator design assured maximum pattern linearity as well as deflection factor uniformity. In short, the SC-3814 tube was near-perfect - because it had to be, and because Sylvania produced it. Theoretically, there is no limit to the number of guns .that can be put into a single tube. Sylvania has made multi-gun CRT's with face diameters ranging from 3 to 16 inches, and in lengths of 8 to 36 inches. Generally speaking, multi-gun tubes are used where: I. There is a need for simultaneous displays. 2. Time sharing of the single beam is not feasible. 3. Space is limited, and parallel stacked tubes cannot be used. 4. There is a need for superimposing spots, as in tracking applications. 5. A larger display area is needed, as in spectrum analyzing where the trace length can be increased by using more than one gun, each covering a part of the screen. CIRCLE NUMBER 305 GAS-GLOW READOUTS Standard translator/drivers? Or custom solutions? Now Sylvania offers both With the introduction of a new series of solid-state translator/ driver modules, NS-142 and NS-143, Sylvania offers you a ready and reliable solution for the conversion from a fourbit binary code to a digital readout on a planar gas-glow numeric tube. Sylvania will also undertake custom design problems involving special codes. The use of the diode logic circuits and silicon controlled switches results in a solid-state design with many advantages. These modules require a logic level input of only 6 volts at 2 ma maximum per data bit, and are capable of driving gas-glow readouts up to 21h inches. They are compact, measuring approximately 31ha" x 2W' x l", and are constructed on plug-in printed circuit boards. Both units consist of a logic translator and switching circuit. In addition, the NS-143 features a storage or memory circuit that enables the display of -one character while the next is being compiled. CIRCLE NUMBER 306 Positive Supply Voltage Current Readout Supply Voltage Current· ELECTRICAL DATA 6.o voe 7.0 Ma Logic Levels Voltage Current 170 voe 8 to 20 Ma Memory (NS-143 Only) Reset Voltage Reset Current * !'lote: Current depends on size readout used. o and +6 voe 2.0 Ma 6.o voe 5.0 Ma DIODES FORWARD CHARACTERISTICS ooo~tE~±±±~~cz:ti§~§o.1Mv1·c IOO -'- 1fl 10 REVERSE LEAKAGE CHARACTERISTtCt TYPICAL · +I~ ~ llllNIMUV · +1so·c 0.1 o.s o.· o.s o· 0.1 o.e o.e 1.0 1.1 1.z fOllWMO VOUAOI: -(VOi.Ti) I ¥ 0.00I 0 IO TYPICAL. · u·:_...... ~ ~ =::i: MINllllUll 25 ·C 20 :so 40 ltlVUH YOLTAGl:-{VOLTat ~ IO CAPACITANCE n VOLTAGE 5.0 r----r----r-----r-----T----. I ,. 1.o ""' I 150 llV SIGNAL l£V£L) l .O t - - - - - + - - - - + - - - - + - - - - t - - - - - 1 MAJllllUlll-4----+----I MUUllUM ·. 0 ~0_ ___.,.2o---~~o---.~.o----'-0---",o.o llf:VfRSE VOLTAG£-IYOLTS1 2-nanosecond silicon epitaxial diode switch is ready-made for projects that can't wait Here's a reminder that might prove timely for the computer circuit project that has to get out in a hurry. The workhorse diode for switching, clamping, chipping, clipping functions is the Sylvania 1N3731. The 1N3731 and its family types are available in quantity on an off-the-shelf basis. Chief reason for its plenitude is its popularity which, in turn, stems from its unusual combination of characteristics. Its speed ( 2 nanoseconds typical), its dissipation ( 400 milliwatts), its forward current ( 100 milliamps at 1 volt) and its peak inverse voltage ( 100 volts minimum) still represent the best parameters combined in a single unit. Reliability is an inherent quality of Sylvania's epitaxial process. And reliability is fwther enhanced by rugged one-piece construction and a double hermetic seal, 100% ZygCo tested. Note that two types have QA approval. Check either your Sylvania Distributor or Sales Representative for immediate delivery. You'll find the 1N3731 and its family types available in standard pack or reel. If you have a custom packaging requirement let us hear about it. 1N3731 1N3604 1N3064* 1N914t 1N914A 1N916 1N916A 1N4087 Avg. Fwd. Current mA (min.) 275 75 115 75 75 75 75 75 Fwd. Current at + 1 v ma (min.) 100 50 10 10 20 10 20 30 Reverse Current µ.A (max.) 0.05 at -50 v 0.05 at -50 v 0.1 at -50 v .025 at -20 v .025 at -20 v .025 at -20 v .025 at -20 v .09 at -50 v Capaat coitavnce µ.µ.I (max.) 2.0 2.0 2.0 4 .0 4.0 2.0 2.0 1.8 Reverse Recovery time nsec. (max.) 3.0 2.0 4.0 4 .0 4 .0 4.0 4 .0 5.0 Reverse Peak Voltage v(min.) 100 75 75 100 100 100 100 60 CIRCLE NUMBER 307 *USN 1N3064 tJAN 1N914 - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - - -- ~- - · - - - - - - - ~~) HOT LINE INQUIRY SERVICE Use Sylvania's "Hot Line" in· quiry service, especially if you require full particulars on any item in a hurry. It's easy and it's free. Circle the reader service number(s) you're most interested in; then fill in your name, title, company and ad· dress. We'll do the rest and see you get further information almost by return mail. BUSINESS REPLY MAIL No Postage Stamp Necessary if Mailed in the United States POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY SYLVANIA ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP Sylvania Electric Products Inc. 1100 Main Street Buffalo, New York 14209 FIRST CLASS Permit No. 2833 Buffalo, N. Y. Dept. 555 SILICON RECTIFIERS Bullet-shaped epoxy package identifies polarity REVERSE VOLTAGE-VOLTS 1000 800 600 400 200 CONTROL LEO AVALANCHE BREAKOOWN TYPICAL NON·CONTROLLED AVALANCHE BREAKDOWN 10 ~ :<E ~ i,_I ~ 1oo..a.,. ::l ~ CONTROLLED AVALANCHE RECTIFIER 1 Ampere, Molded Package (Readings at 25°C) ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS SR SR SR SR SR 6517 6588 6589 6590 6591 Peak Reverse Voltage RMS Input Voltage Max. DC Forward Voltage Drop @ la Max. DC Rev. Current @ PRY Max. DC Rev. Current @ loo·c 200 400 600 800 1000 140 280 420 560 710 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 50 50 50 50 50 ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Max. Peak Rev. Working Voltage Max. Peak Forward Current Max. Fwd. Peak, Non-Recurrent Surge Max. Fwd. Peak, Recurrent Surge 200 400 600 800 1000 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 50 50 50 50 50 20 20 20 20 20 Unit Volts Volts Volts µA µA Volts Amps Amps Amps NEW 1·AMPERE RECTIFIER Molded Package (Readings at 25°C) ELECTRICAL SR SR CHARACTIRISTICS 6592 6593 Unit Peak Reverse Voltage 800 1000 Volts RMS Input Voltage 560 710 Volts Max. DC Forward Voltage Drop @ la 1.0 1.0 Volts Max. DC Rev. Current @ PRV 1.0 1.0 µA Max. DC Rev. Current @ loo·c 50 50 µA ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Max. Peak Rev. Working Voltage 800 1000 Volts Max. Peak Forward Current 1.0 1.0 Amps Max. Fwd. Peak, Non-Recurrent Max. Fwd. Peak, Recurrent 30 30 Amps 10 10 Amps Available now from Sylvania is a broad line of silicon rectifiers for application in the commercial, computor, military and entertainment fields. These devices have peak reverse voltages up to 1,000 volts, forward rectified current to 1 amp, and power dissipation of 1 watt. The units are available in a bullet-shaped, molded epoxy package with the cathode lead in the pointed end for easy identification of polarity. Extensive tests have been conducted on life, moisture, shock and temperature, to assure quality, and reliability has been designed and manufactured into these units. Included in this broad line is a series of controlled avalanche rectifiers for high-surge application capable of handling 1,000 amp surges. CIRCLE NUMBER 308 These units have peak reverse voltages of 200 to 1,000 volts, with peak forward current of 1 amp. The forward peak non-recurrent surge is rated at 50 amps and forward peak recurrent surge at 20 amps. Whatever rectifier is required in your circuit application, call upon Sylvania's quality product to assure reliability in your design. SYLVANIA SUBSIDIARYOF GTn E GENERAL TELEPHONE & ELECTRONICS . .t& NEW CAPABILITIES IN: ELECTRONIC TUBES · SEMICONDUCTORS · MICROWAVE DEVICES · SPECIAL COMPONENTS · DISPLAY DEVICES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------------~----- NAME _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ TITLE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ COMPANY _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~ ADDRESS----------------------~ CITY _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~STATE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~ Circle Numbers Corresponding to Product Item ( 300 305 301 306 302 307 303 304 308 ) \,_ D Please have a Sales Engineer call ~~ HOT LINE INQUIRY SERVICE Need information in a hurry? Clip the card and mail it. Be sure to fill in all information requested. We'll rush you full particulars on any item indicated. You can also get information using the publication's card elsewhere in this issue. Use of the card shown here will simplify handling and save time. Who put the ''Cad'' on TV? New Cerro Cadmium Ball Anodes more "throwing" power better, faster plating. Leading television and stereo set manufacturers did it! They use cadmium plating on chassis an d vital components for superior corrosion resistance and sales-stimulating eye appeal. Cadmium plating is also specified on military-grade gear which must operate reliably in environments that would humble other platings. Leading fastener manufacturers, too,feature cadmium plating - both they and their customers know its intrinsic value. Cerro produces quality cadmium high in the Peruvian Andes ... and availability is excellent. To find out more about Cerro cadmium or the other high-purity, nonferrous metals we produce, contact us. CERRO SALES CORPORATION S UBSIDI A RY OF CERRO CORPORATION 300 Park Avenu e, New York, N.Y. 10022 Electronics I May 31, 1965 Circle 27 on reader service card 27 ' CONSIDER YOUR HARNESSING OPERATION ··· Mr. Executive ... Would you like to save money while improving the product? (Take only a minute to read this unique, no cost offer of a survey and report) There is available at Gudebrod a wealth of experience, gained in a specialized attention to the harnessing of wire cables since the earliest days of electronic equipment. Gudebrod has the latest information on tools and techniques, the latest information on materials and layout, the latest information on government requirements and industry trends. There is no comparable source for such information in the industry. Some companies, in the course of normal business have taken advantage of this Gudebrod experience and knowledge. You, too, can benefit from them. We can recommend ways in which to improve the operation of your harness room-and ways to save money at the same time. Here is what we proposethere are three parts. First, we arrange, at your convenience, to have a Gudebrod representative make a thorough survey of your harness operation -specifications, methods, materials. Then, this survey is sent to the Gudebrod Home Office for review by an experienced consultant. Finally (and most important), a Consultant's Report (as illustrated on the left hand page) is delivered to you. This will contain special, written, confidential recommendations on how your harnessing can be improved, how you can save money. With self-interest, Gudebrod believes that by improving the state of the art throughout the industry, they will also improve their own business atmosphere. In your own concern for your company, why not talk to us about a survey of your harness operation-to improve it-to save money? To repeat-you will be involved in no cost or obligation. UDEBRDD BROS. SILK C0.1 INC. ~~~ 12 SOUTH 12th STREET , PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 1S107 Area Code 215, WA 2-1122 Circle 29 on reader service card . . . up to your neck? . . . trying to find a weak signal in a gooey background of noise. The story is told that when the first crude version of the Dicke Microwave Radiometer the heart of most present day radio telescopes - was being tested, one of the division heads expressed doubt that a piece of electronic hardware could be cajoled into responding to ordinary thermal radiation at microwave frequencies. The noise level in the primitive receivers of that time was at least 10 db above ambient thermal radiation levels, and it had been claimed that the Dicke radiometer had a sensitivity of 1/ 2 °C. To make his point, this well-known physicist took his lighted cigar and held it up to the input wave guide of the receiver. When to his surprise the meter banged off scale, he smiled like a Cheshire cat in a cage full of ducklings. Possible applications for the lock-in amplifier technique are almost endless, but in some scientific fields the amplifier is not even known, much less appreciated. The biological sciences offer many interesting challenges. Has anyone ever shone a light in a cat's eyes to see if it elicits a motor response? If the light were chopped at 5 cycles/ sec. and a lock-in amplifier were connected to an appropriate strain gauge, this response could be studied, not only under conditions of very weak signal, but also as a function of chopping frequency. The heart of the radiometer was the lock-in amplifier, and the technique of fishing a small signal out of a thick porridge of noise became known thereafter as the "lock-in amplifier technique." After the initial success with a lock-in amplifier the technique was used in a variety of places, including nuclear magnetic resonance measurements and microwave spectroscopy experiments. The practitioners of this black art have now increased to a reasonably large number, but a far larger number of scientists in all fields are still up to their necks trying to find a weak signal in a gooey background of noise. Do astronomers realize that the lock-in amplifier can be used to "see" dim stars during the day? A rotating transparent disc carrying many tiny opaque spots can be used to modulate the light from the star while ignoring the background light. These are only two of many possible applications of the lock-in amplifier technique. If you have a problem which you think might be solved by this instrument , our staff of experts would be happy to assist you. ~urprisingly, in spite of the increased use of the lock-in amplifier technique during the past 18 years, it has only recently become possible to buy such an amplifier. Should one wish to add such an instrument to his quality research line, we would be glad to offer him a choice of units (ranging from $990.00 to $2100.00) and some application help (free!). \t\ p~;~c:J~~· 'A~'PuED Transistorized Lock-In Amplifier - Model HR-8 RESEARCH CORP., Dept. o, Box 565, Princeton, N. !./Tel. (6091 799-1222 30 Circle 30 on reader service card I Electronics May 31 , 1965 May 31, 1965 Electronics Review Volume 38 Number 11 Advanced technology Bouncing beam The development of an optical delay line that introduces virtually no distortion to the data it stores is expected to open new areas of research in the microwave, computer and radar fields. In the delay line developed by the other mirror. The period of delay-10 microseconds in the prototype-can be adjusted by changing the number of reflections or the distance between the mirrors. Since the large bandwidth of laser beams lets them store a huge amount of information, the system may be developed into a new type of computer memory. The delay line has a frequency response in the gigacycle range, Optical delay line introduces lO·microsecond delay as laser beam bounces back and forth between two concave mirrors. Bell Telephone Laboratories researchers Donald Herriott and Harry Schulte, a two-mile long laser beam is "folded" into a 10foot long space by bouncing the beam back and forth more than 1,000 times between two concave mirrors. Back and forth. The mirrors are curved so that a laser b eam entering through a hole, or an un silvered area on one mirror, is bounced between the mirrors and then exits through another hole in two or three orders of magnitude greater than that of electronic or ultrasonic delay lines. The limiting characteristic of the optical delay line is the speed with which the input laser can b e modulated. Conventional delays are limited by the delaying medium-a vibrating crystal, a transmission line-and the distortion introduced by the characteristics of the medimn. Medical electronics Visible man In some modern operating rooms, computers are being used to monitor a patient's heart, blood pressure and other physical functions. The instrument alerts the surgeon quickly to danger signals, but it's up to him to make a diagnosis and take corrective action such as increasing oxygen flow or administering drugs. Within a decade, though, the computer may do the whole job. Human maze. No two human bodies are exactly alike, and each is a complex maze of interdependent functions, facts which make it difficult to program a computer to fit everyone. Biomedical researchers want to construct a universal mathematical model of a human, but at present their data is insufficient. To collect data, they are pinning their hopes on a device no bigger than a dime, which would be implanted in human bodies to monitor body functions and telemeter the information to an exterior receiver. Research on tiny and reliable transducers-transmitters for insertion in the body is being done by the Case Institute of Technology in Cleveland, by the Franklin Institute Research Laboratories in Philadelphia and by the Air Force. The aim is to develop a device that can fun ction for several months inside th e body, without disrupting the body's activities. So far, such f-m transmitting devices have been implanted only in animals, but within a year, researchers hope to tes t the units inside humans. The major problem was finding a material that wouldn't be rejected by the body. Case Institute is experimenting with transducers 31 Electronics Review covered with silastic rubber, while Franklin is working on paraffincovered devices. In both cases, researchers say, the transmitters have functioned well for several months in rats and monkeys. Source of power. Case, in an effort to extend the useful life of the transmitter, is experimenting with a technique for supplying power from outside the body with a radio-wave technique. Under the system, an inductive core in the transmitter would receive the power from an outside radio field. So far, the transmitter can only operate while the radio field is being applied, but scientists hope to be able to store a sufficient charge in the transmitter to extend its operation for some time. Other researchers are seeking ways to power the transmitters from temperature differences in the body, from chemical potentials, from body-fluid fuel cells and from mechanical converters, such as piezoelectric transducers attached to moving muscles. Space electronics Like clockwork Space telemetry systems have two particularly vulnerable points: the power supply and the commutator. If the power fails, the satellite won't transmit any data and the craft will become a hunk of junk in orbit. The commutator, which periodically samples each data channel so a concentrated stream of information can be sent to earth, can introduce signal leakage, unwanted capacitance and transient noises. Engineers at TR'V Space Technology Laboratories in Redondo Beach, Calif., believe they've found a way to overcome these problems by introducing redundancy to increase reliability. The laboratories are part of Tmi\r, Inc. Sampling themselves. Their approach is to design the telemetry system so it will use integrated cir- cuits that sample their own data and power themselves with tiny battery cells. If the power supply in one circuit fails, the others won't be affected. The input circuits take signals from a sensor, condition them and present them to the commutator. To eliminate the commutator, they have incorporated a clock circuit into each input circuit. The circuits are turned on and off by the clock at a rate required for sampling the sensor signals. TRW plans to go a step further. If a clocked comparator circuit is used to compare each transducer's signal level with a reference, the analog voltage generated by the transducer can be transmitted as a digital value. This approach overcomes the difficulty of switching low-level analog voltages. Each comparator circuit could be turned on and off by an individual power-supply circuit, which would be between a rechargeable battery cell and the comparator circuit. The comparator would feed data into the transmission system only while getting power from the battery. The power-supply circuit would also monitor the cell's output and connect the cell to the spacecraft's solar cells for recharging when necessary. Unique approach. Experimental integrated circuits to test the approaches are being made. Henry Low, director of TR,V's product engineering and microtechniques lab, considers this the most important use yet for microcircuits in telemetry systems; he adds that the approach can be applied to other types of equipment. The system capitalizes on a unique advantage of microcircuits -their ability to improve system performance by increasing the number of functions performed by a circuit. If the approach were tried with discrete-component circuits, the penalties in cost, weight, volume and power consumption would be high. But with microcircuits, such functional redundancy costs little. If a spacecraft has 100 data inputs served by a single power sup- ply, all data is lost if the power supply fails. If one of the microcircuit's power supplies should fail, however, the other 99 data lines would continue operating. Development of the system, Low says, proves the effectiveness of interdisciplinary design teams, which TRW favors. The idea for the system came out of a brainstorming session attended by telemetry engineers and members of the microelectronics staff. Computers Draftsman's helper Much of a draftsman's work consists of drudgery. Gradually, computers are being designed to take over a number of time-consuming routine tasks. Perspective, Inc., of Seattle, is offering a machine, called the Illustromat llOO, that takes data from any orthographic projection and swiftly draws the object in any three-dimension projection. And the Meiscon Corp., a subsidiary of the Control Data Corp., has developed a system that takes, from sketches, raw data on the framework of a building and then proceeds to design the steel skeleton in detail. Similar computeroperated drafting machines are being used by some automobile companies [Electronics, Nov. 16, 1964, p. 25). A drawing a minute. The Illustromat, which costs $52,500, consists of a tracing table, a control panel, a solid state analog computer and a motor-driven X-Y plotter. Within a minute, the machine can perform the work that would take a skilled draftsman an hour. The operator sets up, on the control panel, the perspective view he wants. With the plotter's double stylus, he then traces the orthographic view of the parts he wants to project. The styluses are connected to the plotter through the analog computer, which converts the two-dimensional information 32 I Elect ronics May 31, 1965 Electronics Review into three-dimensional data so it can direct the drawing of the perspective view. Aside from being able to draw a perspective view, the Illustromat can enlarge sections of a drawing, make a bird's-eye view from a topographical map, or produce a third orthographic projection from two other projections. In the Meiscon system, called Constructs, rough sketches are prepared by an engineer, showing the shapes and weights of all the steel in the building. This data is converted into digital form, feel into a computer and recorded on magnetic tape. The data is then analyzed by a large CDC 3600 compu tcr, forming a mathematical model of the building's framework. The model specifies the size of each beam and column and pinpoints the location of each bolt, rivet and welded area; directions also are given for cutting the steel in the fabricating shop. The data on the model is thei;i Drawing machine uses computer to convert orthographic drawings into three·dimensional sketches at any perspective. fed into an electromechanical plotter, built by Electronic Associates, Inc., of Long Branch, N. J., which produces the drawings for the construction men at the building site. The developer says the program can reduce three days' work to an hour and perform 40% of the drawing that's required in designing the steel structure. Consumer electronics Sign language Some traffic signs were "talking" bricRv in New York and Boston last ;11onth. Eventually, the Ford i\fotor Co., developer of the electronic signs, hopes to see them at roadsides all around the country. The talking-sign system, akin to an electronic backseat driver, consists of roadside transmitters and solid state tape recorders that are connected to a car's radio amplifier and contain prerecorded traffic signs, such as "curve ahead" or "dangerous crossing." The transmitters continuously broadcast one of several coded signals that correspond to one of several channels in the car's recorder. \i\lhen a car passes a transmitter, the signal is picked up by the car's antenna, automatically turning on the recorder and triggering the corresponding tape channel to play the traffic message over the radio's speaker. Advance warning. Although the system may appear unnecessarily complex for the simple task it performs-like using a digital computer to add up a shopping listthe talking traffic sign may be an effective tool on high-speed roadways. It could, for example, alert drivers to fog patches, icy surfaces, or an accident up the road. The system's biggest advantage is its ability to warn a driver of changes in highway conditions, even if rain or snow should blot out road signs. The tape recorder and receiver will cost about $35, Ford says, while the transmitter would evenhially cost no more than $10. The tape recorder is connected to a car radio's amplifier and loudspeaker. If the radio is on when a traffic signal comes in, a switch in the recorder momentarily opens the radio circuit, giving priority to the tape recorder. If the radio is off, the incoming signal turns on the radio's amplifier; when the car leaves the immediate area of the electron ic sign, the radio is shut off automatically. Rapid turn-on time is possible because today's transistor radios need no warming up before they begin to operate. No garble. Since the achrnl message is stored in the car, communication won't be interrupted or garbled by static or bad weather. The message track in th e tape recorder is selected by reed relay logic circuits that respond to the sign 's coded signals-carried on the 27.195 megacycle transmission band. Point system threatened Bidding for a share of the $50-million automotive-ignition market is a system that uses a light beam instead of breaker points. It's being offered by the Mallory Electric Co. of Detroit and is being tested on police cars, taxicabs, fork-lift trucks and racing cars. Photocell ignition might replace not only mechanical breaker-point systems, which dominate the market, but other ignition innovations as well. Both the silicon controlled rectifier ignition systems, which are still being tested [Electronics, Oct. 5, 1964, p. 68], and the recently introduced transistorized systems use breaker points. On most cars, points have to be replaced after every 10,000 or 15,000 miles. Mallory seems confident, despite the whopping $150 price, that the photocell system will pay for itself over long use through reduced gasoline consumption and savings on breaker-point replacements, and will give the driver a trouble-free ignition system. Turn on the light. A photocell breaker, a five-stage amplifier and the ignition coil make up the system. Turning the ignition key applies power to the amplifier and a small light bulb. As the starter turns over, a shaft rotates in the distributor housing. On the shaft, a horizontally mounted cap with slits around its I Electronics May 31, 1965 33 Electronics Review circumference rotates around a silicon photocell. The continously lighted bulb shines on the photocell as the slotted cap rotates. The photocell output pulse of 0.2 volts is amplified to 15 volts, 15 amperes, at typical pulsewidths of 1.2 milliseconds; the time between pulses is 2.3 milliseconds. These pulses are voltage-stepped within the ignition coil to about 35,000 volts, and the usual mechanical rotary switch distributes the firing voltage to each of the spark plugs. The ignition current delivered to the plugs is at 30. to 40 milliamperes, or about 33 millijoules, compared with conventional ignition system's 22 millijoules. The tax cut The electronics industry will get sizable benefit from excise tax cuts that may total $4.8 billion by 1969. President Johnson asked Congress for the cut May 17 and the bill is moving through the legislative body swiftly. The House Ways and Means Committee went beyond the President's $3.9-billion request by voting to eliminate excise taxes on passenger cars by 1969. Johnson wanted to reduce the 10% tax to 5% by 1967. Business costs will be reduced by the excise cuts on telephone, teletype and telegraph service and by the automobile industry's decision to reduce prices by the amount of the excise-tax reduction. Also, the cost of business entertainment may decrease as a result of the cut in taxes on cabaret tabs and on club dues. And the accounting costs involved in filing excisetax returns will be eliminated. Some increases. But some business costs may increase because of Johnson's requested $300 million yearly addition to transportation user taxes; this provision affects truckers and airlines. The following taxes directly affecting the electronics industry will be repealed on the following dates: · July 1, 1965: manufacturers' excises on consumer electronics. This 10% tax currently adds $135 million a year to the price of television sets and $90 million a year to radio and phonograph prices. · July 1, 1965: the 10% manufacturers' excise on business machines, including some Plectronic business machines. This tax totals $75 million a year, but the Treasury Department has no breakdown on the amount coming from electronics equipment. · Jan. 1, 1966: excises on telephone and teletypewriter services will be cut to 7% from 10%, saving users $730 million a year. In steps, the tax will be eliminated by Jan. 1, 1966-a further saving of $270 million. Also on Jan. 1, 1966, taxes on telegraph service and on wire and equipment services will be repealed. Sales gains. The results of the tax cuts, Treasury officials believe will be higher sales of electronic products, because of a lowering of prices to consumers. Although the manufacturer pays these taxes, he passes it on to consumers, and officials hope the pressure of competition will force manufachuers , in turn, to pass the tax savings on to consumers. Johnson set this tone when he called on business "to translate lower excise taxes promptly into lower retail prices for consumers." The effect on consumer electronics, according to Commerce Department officials, should be to boost sales by more than the proportion of the price cut. Their studies show that a :!.0% cut in television set prices, for instance, brings more than a 10% increase in sales. For the makers of telephone system equipment, officials believe the tax cut will have a substantial, if indirect, effect. The telephone industry has argued that the cut would stimulate telephone use enough to force a considerable rise in capital investment in the industry's facilities. Postponement of consumer purchases on television and other major products, officials concede, might be a problem between now and July 1 as consumers await the lower prices. For two major products-autos and air conditionersthe law tries to prevent a halt in purchases by making the tax cut retroactive to May 15. More advertising. For other products, officials suggest retailers might advertise more heavily in the interim to offset any buyer resist" ance. To prevent dealer postponement of inventory buying, the tax bill would provide for tax refunds on floor stocks as of June 30. Manufacturing Pasting up circuits Electrochemists at E. I. du Pont de Temours & Co. are working on a new class of material for hybrid microcircuits - etchable resistive and conductive pastes that are made of particles of metals and ceramics in a photosensitive binder. If the pastes are succf'ssful, such circuits, du Pont researchers say, could be made without the expensive step of vacuum deposition. Du Pont's customers would be manufacturers who now make monolithic hybrid circuits by forming high-value, precise thin-film resistors and their connections on top of silicon crystals that contain active devices. The resistors, expected to be used widely in linear integrated applications, are generally made by vacuum-depositing thin films and then etching them. Etchable pastes may also revolutionize the methods of attaching silicon dice-either transistors and diodes or integrated circuits-to substrates to form hybrid circuits. Ready in a year. Closer to fruition are several new pastes that du Pont's electrochemicals department is developing for screenprinted hybrid circuits. To the basic resistor and conductor pastes that du Pont now sells for such hybrids, the company will add compositions suitable for printed capacitors, inductors, conductor crossovers and glass encapsula- 34 Electronics I May 31, 1965 TRW zeners lor relief ol diode flake-out! OnlJ' TRW protects a1alnst Internal particles with an invisible shield. .C& · PROTECTS 24 HOURS ADAY! Siloxane polymer coating shields junction 100%. Proved in 30 billion Minuteman diode hours. 4 RELIEVES FLAKING I Eutectic alloy bond-no . . . flaky paste, no solder pre- forms, nothing to rattle around. FREE OFFER! We will put several large conductive particles in a · zener-on purpose-and send it to you for your trial examination. For fast, fast, fast relief, write us at 14520 Aviation Blvd., Lawndale, California, or call 213-679-4561 (Ext. 263). TRW zeners are products of TRW Semicon.. ductors Inc., a leading manufacturer of specialized semiconductor devices. Electronics I May 31, 1965 TRW SEMICONDUCTORS A SU651QIAAY OF· THOMPSON RAMQ WODl.DRIDGE INC, Circle 35 on reader service card 35 Electronics Review 500 Mc TV Now in production! TACO field-proven 15 db omni· ·directional transmitting antennas for INSTRUCTIONAL TELEVISION FIXED SERVICE In the 2500-2690 Mc range. SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDE: · 50 ohm impedance · Horizontal polarization · VSWR 1.3:1 max . · lightning protected · 15 db gain · Beacon light (optional) · Excellent color response As you shape your complete ETV system, be sure to include reliable, field-installa· tion-proved TACO antennas. Complete data on all ETV antennas, including parabolic and cylindrical parabolas for receiving or transmitting applications will be forwarded on request. TACO IETV A subsidiary of THE JERROLD CORPORATION TECHNICAL APPLIANCE CORPORATION Defense & Industrial Products Division SHERBURNE, N. Y. 36 Circle 36 on reader service card tion. These compounds should be ready within a year. The du Pont materials for screen-printed hybrids won't do for linear integrated circuits because those circuits can't be applied with the required precision. Screen-printed circuits are made by forcing paste through open patterns in a metal mesh. The material deposited on ceramic substrates is then £red to bind the material to the substrate and alloy the particles. Discrete components are added to the resistor network by soldering or welding. This process works £ne on a relatively large ceramic substrate. Resistors can be screened and £red to a tolerance of 10% and trimmed by mechanical abrasion to 1%. But the process is too crude for integrated circuits, which are typically one-hundredth the size of hybrid circuits. Top precision of screen printing is line width and spacing of 0.003 inch. If the etchable pastes are effective, the level of goemetrical precision-which determines component tolerances-would be raised several times. Glue a stamp. Another potential application for etchable pastes is registrative bonding of integrated circuits to substrates. Registrative bonding is akin to gluing a postage stamp on a letter-the terminals on the chip are bonded directly to conductors on the substrates, avoiding the need to use individual wire leads. Several companies have developed registrative bonding methods, but those now in commercial use have to provide thick bonding pads on the silicon chip for accurate location. Most companies making hybrid circuits would rather have a technique that permits any supplier's chips to be used for registrative bonding. The trick is to develop a material that will put exactly the right amount of solder at exactly the right place on the substrate to mate with the tiny thin-£lm terminals on the chips. Greater versatility. At present, resistors are the only mass-produced components for screenprinted circuits. Capacitors are sometimes made by screening electrodes on either side of the ceramic substrate, and a few hybrid-circuit makers have proprietary compositions for printed circuits. Inductors cannot be made. Yet in its labs, du Pont has printed oscillator circuits with screened capacitors and inductors. The new capacitor paste is a glass-bonded titanate, which can be applied in layers, alternating with electrode pastes, to make multilayer capacitors. Capacitors of up to 20,000 picofarads per square inch have been produced. Efforts are now being made to reduce the dissipation factor below the present level of 1% to 1.5%. \Vork on inductive materials has just begun. Already inductances of 100 microhenries have been obtained. The insulations for conductive crossovers have adequate voltage breakdown capacities-200 to 300 volts per mil-and the goal now is to make capacitance low. The encapsulating glasses, du Pont believes, would be used widely. They can be £red at low temperature, about 450°C, are impervious to moisture and reduce drift in resistor values. Integrated circuits Multifunction packs Texas Instruments Incorporated has added a seventh line to its family of silicon multifunction integrated circuits. Series 70, two forerunners of which were introduced last week at the meeting of the International Federation of Information Processors in New York, is aimed speci£cally at producers of large ground-based computers. Circuits SN7000 and SN7001 are dual logic gates operated in the unsaturated switching mode. They feature response speeds as fast as £ve nanoseconds; previous saturated logic gates made by TI had speeds in the order of 13 to 15 nanoseconds. Each integrated circuit contains a 3-input and a 2input gate. Electronics I May 31, 1965 50 components. Customers can use the new circuits for NOR or OR outputs, depending on which output leads are used. About 50 components are available for a variety of interconnection schemes. At first, units will be available in 16-lead Hatpack cases. Later, for further flexibility, TI plans to build 16- to 40-pin units in metal-ceramic plug-in packages. Charles Phipps, marketing manager, says TI expects a large demand this year. The SN7000s have power dissipation per gate of 40 milliwatts plus dissipation from output resistors of 25 milliwatts per output resistor. The SN700ls may have one, two or no output resistors. They will operate between 0° and 70°C. The Sr 7000 has four output resistors. "THIS BETTER BE GOOD!".... . . . I wouldn't have taken the time, if Standards hadn't sent you. As I understand it, you sold them an oscillator, which they think can help me! Did they fill you in? Yes - they tell me the final test on your new line of amplifiers seems to be chewing up a lot more time than you'd like. Time? Please! Every time the brass walks through here and sees those unshipped instruments, I get visions of my merit file being stuffed with nasty little notes! Big problem's been in checking for frequency response and harmonic distortion. Just too bloody long on each instrument! Avionics Quick turnaround When one of the new breed of mili · tary aircraft taxis into a maintenance shop for a periodic examination of its complex electronics hardware, it may stay there for a full day while technicians swarm over it, setting up test equipment and evaluating results. But tests for the supersonic F-111 should take only a few hours. The difference is in the computer-controlled diagnostic equipment that was tailored for the F-111 by the General Dynamics Corp., which designed both the plane and the testing package. With the F-111 order from the Air Force and avy exceeding $1 billion, it became economically sound to develop computer-controlled testing gear for one type of craft. Planning started early. While the F-111 design was still on the drawing board, General Dynamics' engineers began working on the testing package. As a result, the first set of equipment was delivered in March to the company's Ft. Worth division, while earlier this month the plane itself underwent its first test :Hight. Go-no-go. The test equipment's Electronics I May 31, 1965 Take the tests one at a time. Frequency response. Been feeding preset amplitudes at frequency steps, reading amplifier output and comparing? Have to go back to the signal source each time to check and reset its output amplitude at every frequency? Sure! Otherwise, I've got oscillator amplitude error in my gain figure. OK. You don't have to. The frequency response of the Krohn-Hite 446 oseillator is within 0,01 db up to 20 kc, within 0.05 db all the way to 100 kc. And amplitude stability within 0.01 % for a full hour! So, forget about resetting voltage every time you change frequency. Beautiful! Eliminating rechecking the source and re-setting will really speed things up. Now - what are you doing to the input signal when you measure harmonic distortion of the amplifier? Have to purify the oscillator output? Naturally! Not at all .. . use the 446 as your source and forget about harmonic distortion - it's less than 0.02% from 400 cps to 10 kc, 0.05% at 20 kc - 0.2% at 20 cps. Another thing - the 446 is available fully programmable for automatic check-out- including self-checking, "enable" and "completed" circuits. Brother - you've just saved me 8 hours an instrument! I'm going upstairs right now and pinch a 446. We can ship some amplifiers tonight! Hold it! They're right in the middle of DVM calibrations with their 446's. But 1'11 let you buy your own from me. D ammit, progress always costs! KROHN-HITE CORPORATION 580 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge 39, Mass, Area Code 617 491-3211 Pioneering in Quality Electronic lnstru:mettts Circle 37 on reader service card 37 l'Jatlnum, the miracle metal of 80 ~ uses, ia surprisingly economical to uae. Platinum metals resist high temperatures, prov¥e exceptional resistance to corrosion and erosion, perform catalytic actions. Yet, after years of aervice, the original metal can be recovered at a dollar value almost equal to original cost. This makes Platinum the soundest poeaible investment. Bishop's broad line of lab ware, tubing, wire, gauze, sheet, strip, aalts, and chemicals aredescribedin detail in our Catalog P-7. Request a copy. Also P-5B, CD-6 and P-12. J.Bl8HOP6CO. platinum works MALVERN, PENNSYLVANIA IN CANADAI Johnson Matthey& Mallory Limited 110 Industry Street, Toronto 16. IN THe U.IC.1 Johnson Matthey & Co., Limittid 'IS-BS Hatton Gankn, London E.C. l Electronics Review computer automatically sets up examinations for each of the plane's electronic systems. 'Vithin three or four minutes, the comparator reports, on a go-no-go basis, a system's ability to perform its task. Each test package costs $1.7 million. Six additional sets of equipment will be completed by S e p tem b er. Although this is the first time that a ground-support tes t package was designed concurrently with a craft's prime components, General Dynamics' engineers say they ran into no major obstacles. ·work on the tes t gear was performed at the company's electronics division in Roches ter, . Y. About 40% of the equipment was off-the-shelf gear- oscilloscopes, pulse generators, digital voltmeters. The res t had to be designed for the F-111 package. Eventually, the General Dynamics engineers hope, the tes ter will be modified so that it can diagnose the electronic problems of other aircraft. Soaring market A multimillion-dollar market for electronic navigation and communication equipment for airplanes will be opened if the Federal Aviation Agency goes ahead with plans for avionics requirements. What the FAA proposes, in effect, is that aircraft used for private, business or pleasure flying be required to install much the same navigation and communication equipment that now is being used in, or will soon be required for, commercial airliners. This would include two-way radios, very-high-frequency omnirange receivers (VOR) together with localizers, distance-measuring equipment (DME) and radar beacon transponders. Under the proposal, requirements would become effective gradually over a ten year period. 85,000 planes affected. The market is substantial. The FAA says there are some 85,000 such aircraft now in use, and it expects the number to grow to more than 105,000 within 10 years. According to FAA figures, 23% of the planes now in this field of aviation would need vhf radios, 78% would need distance-measuring gear and more than 50% would need vertical omnirange receivers. Comments on the F AA's proposal can be filed with the agency until July 28. o ruling is expected before year's end. Under the advance notice, three kinds of airspace are envisioned: controlled, uncontrolled, and area positive control (APC). The idea is to prevent any traffic jams by bringing general aviation under the same control as commercial aviation. Visual flight rules. The new rules for controlled airspace are intended to p ermit general-aviation pilots to operate under visual flight rules in APC airspace. These pilots would be exp ected to be proficient enough to receive and comply with air-traffic control instructions while operating in APC airspace but, unlike commercial pilots, they would not be required to hold a commercial rating. Planes used in general aviation would not have to meet any of the proposed equipment requirements if they remained in uncontrolled airspace and if they did not fly in and out of airports that are equipped with federal control towers. These exempt planes would be mostly small, pleasure craft. The airborne equipment requirements proposed by the FAA and the target dates are: vhf radio transmitter and receiver with 50kilocycle frequency, Jan. 1, 1966; VOR-localizer receivers with 100kc spacing, and perhaps DME, July 1, 1963. For APC airspace only, the same equipment would be required in addition to a 4096-code radar beacon transponder after July 1, 1968; and an automatic altitude reporting encoder capable of reporting 100-foot altitude increments to ground control facilities after Jan. 1, 1970. Neither of these last two pieces of equipment is yet operational, even in commercial aviation. Currently, the DME requirement for general aviation applies only to ~ Circle 38 on reader service card VOR-equipped civil aircraft operating above 24,000 feet over the continental United States. Under the FAA proposal, this requirement could be extended to all VOR-equipped civil aircraft operating at lower altitudes. Communications New star for ABC The law creating the Communica-· tions Satellite Corp. in 1962 states specifically that it does not preclude the creation of additional communications satellite systems "if required to meet unique government needs or if otherwise required in the national interest." The question before the Federal Communications Commission-put there by the American Broadcasting Co.is how to interpret that law. ABC wants to put up a television satellite. Leonard H. Goldenson, network president, envisions using the satellite to distribute programs of other networks. Hot potato. The issue has stirred up several Washington offices. The FCC, whose job it is to interpret the law, has asked Comsat to comment on the request. Comsat has held hurried discussions with ABC. And in the board rooms of the common carriers that now distribute most telecasts in the United States, the subject is presumably receiving careful attention. The major carrier, the American Telephone and Telegraph Co., owns 29% of Comsat's stock; presumably, AT&T is not anxious to lose any of the $50 million a year it receives for handling tv transmissions. If the issue boiled down to a choice between Comsat and · an independent system such as that proposed by ABC, presumably AT&T would favor Comsat. There is nothing in the law that prevents Comsat from entering the domestic communication business. Goldenson says ABC pays $15 m~llion a year to have its telecasts distributed by conventional landbased methods. A satellite system could b e created for a fraction of this cost and last for several years. I Electronics May 31, 1965 YOU CAN WITH BAUSCH & LOMB LIGHT WIRES AND YOU CAN DO MANY OTHER AMAZINGLY USEFUL THINGS TOO! Fiber Optics Light Switch counts objects at a rate of 400/ min, measures angular velocity, detects size of objects, acts as a limit switch, can be made sensitive to color with filters, monitors ambient light conditions, and be used in safety and burglar alarm systems. Catalog D-2057 gives the full story. · Slice the original beatn into several beatns. · Pipe the beams under, over and around all kinds of obstacles. · Pipe the beams into tiny openings. · Shape the circular beam so that it comes out the other end as a square 0, a circle O, a line __ or any shape you can think of ( ) · Monitor the face of a CRT tube or radar screen. · Safely pipe light into explosive areas. You can mold light to do your bidding for practically a ny applica tion Write for Catalog 32-2045. It has much information to excite your creativity . Bausch & Lomb, 61417 Bausch Street, Rochester, New York 14602. BAUSCH & LOMB Ci) Circle 39 on reader service card 39 Nsw linsar intsgratsd care-memory sense ampliDer.,, video differential New Series 55 high-frequency amplifiers lnputo----1 Input 0----11--1 Strobe 0----11-----10"'1 Input Signal Ground Figure I. Functional diagram shows that the SN5500 is a complete sense amplifier, including differential preamplifier, reference amplifier, strobe gate, and pulse-shaping output circuit. 50 .....c, 40 c c 30 ·;;; "' 20 0.1 T"""' 1.0 JO Frequency in me 40 me Figure 2. Frequency response of SN5510 integrated-circuit amplifier is flat from de to 40 me. Input I Input 2 Figure 3. Circuit diagram of SN5510 video differential amplifier shows differential output and common-mode feedback amplifier. This new series of TI linear integrated circuits ':', offers excellent high-frequency perform :rnce and low power dissipation. The first two networks in the series are SN5500, a sense amplifier for magnetic-core memory applications,. and the SN55 l 0, a video differential amplifier. SNSSOO The SN5500 is a complete sense am- plifier, including strobe gate and pulse-shaping output circuits as shown in the logic diagram, Figure 1. It detects bi-polar (positive or negative) differential input signals from a magneticcore memory, and provides the interface circuitry between memory and logic circuitry. The network is recommended for corememory applications with cycle times as low as two µ.sec . At 25°C, sensitivity is 15 to 19 mv. A strobe input activates the threshold detector during the "read" cycle and inhibits it during the "write" cycle. An internal one-shot pulse amplifier provides a standard-width, negative-going output pulse when triggered by the threshold detector. Overload recovery of the sense amplifier is 150 nsec, and output propagation delay is 75 nsec. Operating temperature range is -55° to + 125 °C. Seven circuits - including amplifiers, logic gates and strobe circuitry - are formed on a single silicon substrate. This reduces costs and improves reliability over that realized with discrete components or simpler integrated circuits. SN5510 This video amplifier features a flat fre- quency response and low phase-shift from de to 40 me, as shown in Figure 2. Typical singleended gain at mid-band is 40 db. Differential inputs (Figure 3) are provided which can be direct-coupled to ground. The differential outputs permit the amplifier to be used- as a high-frequency differential amplifier or as an operational amplifier. Common-mode feedback gives common-mode rejection ratios of 60 db or greater. Typical input impedance is 2000 ohms, and typical output impedance is less than 300 ohms. Series 55 amplifiers use transistors with fT as high as 1.2 Ge under low current and low Vee conditions. Circuit frequency response from de to 100 me is possible. The large numbers of elements on the two Master Slice bars make possible the fabrication 21226 ':'Patented by Tl of very complex circuits. Customized variations can be built economically simply by changing circuits rram Tl... ampliOor... high-gain oporational/difforontial ampliOors the metall ic interconnection patterns. Applications include all types of sense amplifiers, IF amplifiers up to 100 me, and video amplifiers. Circle 88 on the Reader Service Card for full information on Series 55 linear integrated circuits. Two new Series 52 operational/ differential amplifiers Two high-performance additions to the Series 52 line of linear integrated circuits from TI are the SN525A and SN526A. SN525AThis amplifier (Figure 4) features an open-loop gain of 88 db, yet it is unconditionally stable when used with two externa l capacitors in the frequencyresponse-shaping circuit. Typical differential input-voltage offset is only one millivolt. Two feedback loops provide a common-mode rejection ratio of 100 db. SN526A This general -purpose operational amplifier incorporates a class-B output stage formed by a complementary pair of npn and pnp transistors. The circuit is capable of a 10-v signal swing with a 600-ohm load. Output-current peak is 10 ma . Differential input offset is six millivolts maxi- mum over the full -55 ° to + J25 °C tempera- ture range. A Darlington-connected transistor pair gives an input impedance of two megohms. Common-mode feedback provides more than 75-db rejection to common-mode signals. Improved Network Bar The improved Series 52 bar features twice as many transistors as earlier versions - J0 npn a nd four pnp. There are 68 resistors totaling 300,000 ohms - making 82 components in all. Transistor pairs are close together for improved differential-input voltage offsets and temperature-dr ift characteristics. Improved collector saturation resistance provides high output current a nd voltage capability. Both SN525A and SN526A amplifiers allow ±5 v common-mode input signals before overloading, a nd there is no danger of latch-up from noise or output feedback. The chart shown in Figure 5 gives performance comparisons between the new devices a nd a typical a mplifier asse mbled from discrete components. as well as the SN52JA which was announced late in 1962. These new a mplifiers bring to six the number of standard devices in the Series 52 line. l n addition. Master Slice variations may be desig ned to meet special requirements. Circle 89 on the Reader Service Card for more information on Series 52 linear integrated circuits. Input I --+-----<> Output 1 ----o Output 2 Figure 4. Circuit diagram of SN525A differential amplifier shows the configuration for unconditional stability with an open-loop gain of 88 db. Characteristic Typ. DiscreteComponent Amplifier Gain, Open-loop, db Input-voltage Offset, mv Temp. Coefficient. Input-voltage Offset. JJV/ 0 c Input-current Offset, )Ja Common -mode Rejection , db Output-voltage Swing, v Output-current Peak, ma Input Impedance, megohm 94 1 5 0.2 92 ± 11 2 0.3 1962 SN521A 62 2 8 0.5 60 ±4.5 1 0.01 1965 SN525A 88 1 5 SN526A 60 3 10 0.3 0.03 100 80 ± 8 ± 5 1 10 0.07 2 Figure 5. Performance comparisons of discrete-component and integrated-circuit operational /differential amplifiers. TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED 13500 N . CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY P . 0 . BOX 5012 · DALLAS 22 . TEXAS SEMICONDUCTOR PLANTS IN BEDFORD. ENGLAND· NICE, FRANCE· DALLAS, TEXAS IR EPITAXIAL CONTROLLED RECTIFIERS PREMIUM PARAMETERS AT STANDARD PRICES These Premium Parameters Now Available in Production Quantities in 35, 70, 100 and 150 Ampere Ratings through 1300 Volts 1. HIGHEST VOLTAGES The only complete line up to 1300 volts rated (1400 volts transient). Available with extremely high dV/dt (1000 V/µsec.), short turn-off time, or 150°C. capability. Typical leakage currents: For the 70 ampere device, less than 100 microamperes at 25°C. 2. HIGHEST dl/dt Repetitive turn-on tests to 300 am· peres sho w rate of rise capabilit y in excess of 1000 amperes per microsecond . 3. HIGHEST TRANSIENT ABSORPTION CAPA· BILITY No transient protection required wh en used within powe r ratings . Effective clamping by bul k ava· lallche characteristics. 4. UNLIMITED FORWARD BREAKOVER RELIA· BILITY IR's SCR 's when subjected to any magnitude of transient forward voltage will turn on without any deterioration. 5. SHORTEST TURN-ON TIME Turn-on time is less than 2.0 microseconds to 100 ampere level. &. HIGHEST TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY Oper· ation at 150°C. without voltage derati ng . Devices also available with short turn-off time and dV/dt with voltage ratings through 1300 volts, at 150°C. Other characteristics: dV/dt, gate firing, holding current and turn-off are not sensitive to extreme temperature. 7. POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT Both forward and reverse breakover voltages increase with increasing temperature, providing increased safety at higher temperatures. New areas of application are virtually unlimited with IR's unmatchable combination of epitaxial SCR parameters. For further information and application assistance, con· tact your local International Rectifier sales office or write to 233 Kansas Street, El Segundo, California. .. .~. . NEW TIME-SAVING SCR CALCULATOR NOW AVAILABLE FROM INTERNATIONAL RECTIFIER This SCR Calculator provides a convenient compilation of common rectifier circuit design constants, and is a reference tool to help you determine qu ickly ... . . . what and how many controlled rectifiers are needed in a give n piece of rectifier equipment. ·.. the dV/ dt imposed by an R-C circuit on an SCR . , .. the range of phase shift a gate triggering circuit should have for a given amount of voltage control in common rectifier circuits when feeding both resistive and ind uctive loads. Price: $1 .00 postpaid Send check or money order lo Intern ational Rectifier Corporation, 233 Kansas Street, El Segundo, California. WORLD 'S LARGEST RECTIFIER SPECIALISTS :I:C#R® INTERNATIONAL RECTIFIER INTERNATIONAL RECTIFIER CORP·· EL SEGUNDO , CALIF., PHONE OR 8-6281 ·CABLE RECTUSA ·REGIONAL OFFICES IN NEW YORK CITY, CH 4-0748 · FORT LEE, N. J .. WI 7·3311 ·SYRACUSE, N. Y. HE 7·8495 · CAMBRIDGE, MASS.· UN 4-6520 ·ARDMORE, PA .· Ml 9 -3667. GR 3·3932 ·SILVER SPRING, MD.· JU 9·3305 ·MIAMI, FLA .· 445·5201 · CHICAGO, ILL., OR 6·4090 ·CLEVELAND, OHIO, 734·4100 · DAYTON, OHIO, 223·7691 ·HUNTINGTON WOODS, MICH., LI 8 · 1144 ·ST. LOUIS, MO., TE 8-6333 · MINNEAPOLIS, MINN., 920·1200 ·RICHARDSON, TEX .. A D J.2 504 ·LOS ANGELES , C ALI F., 750 -0550 ·IN CANADA : TORONTO, ONT .. 421 · 5970 ·MONTREAL , QUE., 861·0562 EUROPEAN GENERAL SALES OFFICE: 38 AVENUE DES ARTS, BRUSSELS 4, BELGIUM· TELEPHONE : 111774 42 Circle 42 on reader service card I Electronics May 31 , 1965 Washington Newsletter May 31, 1965 Electronics share of that $700 million is cut by Pentagon The electronics industry's already-small share of the $700 million voted by Congress to beef up procurement of military supplies for the war in Vietnam is being cut. The Defense Department originally earmarked $180 million for aircraft-the largest single electronics market-but that sum was cut to $54.7 million when the military reevaluated its needs. Part of the $54.7 million will be spent for additional UH-lB helicopters made by the Bell Helicopter division of Textron, Inc., and for a training version of the A-4E, a Douglas Aircraft Co. fighter-bomber that operates off aircraft carriers. The A-4E's now used for training purposes will be used in combat. Contract-dispersal policy is rebuffed Any move to spread federal research and development contracts more evenly around the country is going to have to wait for a broad Administration effort. The House's attempt to nudge it into law through a "dispersion amendment" to the National Aeronautics and Space Administration's authorization bill is being blocked by the Senate. The House inserted language to the effect that Congress wanted NASA to distribute its contracts on a geographical as well as on a technological basis. But the Senate Space Committee amended the bill again, to insure against any change that the existing value-for-money base of federal procurement policy might be "altered by an overriding consideration being given to a geographical distribution of government funds." Early Bird may go commercial soon The first commercial operation of a communications satellite will probably begin on June 8. That's the unofficial word in Washington. The Communications Satellite Corp., after a long delay, is expected to file its tariffs with the Federal Communications Commission this week. But instead of having to wait the full 30 days for them to become effective, Comsat probably will ask for-and receive-a June 8 date to begin commercial service with its Early Bird satellite. There is still confusion on what form the new tariffs will take. There is speculation that there will be a split tariff-one for television and another for other uses. The FCC finally has made public its April decision to grant Comsat authority to own and operate three ground stations in the United States for two years [Electronics, April 19, p. 33]. And Comsat has announced that random-orbit satellites will not be considered for the future communication system. Two choices are left for the operational system: three synchronous-orbit satellites or about 16 phased-orbit satellites. Congress to explore patent-rights fight The long-simmering controversy over patent rights growing out of government-financed research and development goes on the congressional front burner this week. On June 1, the Senate Judiciary Committee opens two weeks of hearings on three proposals to tighten present practices. A bill is expected to be ready for Congressional action by midsummer. The proposals the committee will consider are: · One by Sen. Leverett Saltonstall (R., Mass.), leaning toward tradi- 43 Washington Newsletter tional Defense Department policies of leaving patent rights in the hands of contractors, wherever possible. · One by Sen. Russell Long (D., La), providing for tight government ownership of virtually all such patent rights. · · One by Chairman John McClellan (D., Ark.), reflecting policies laid down by Presidents Kennedy and Johnson, setting up guidelines for patent proprietorship but generally easing the federal grip on patent rights. House to hear GAO critics Pentagon and defense contractor complaints about the General Accounting Office (GAO) have touched off a congressional hearing. The House Military Operations subcommittee wants to know whether GAO reports of waste, mismanagement and overpricing are exaggerated; whether GAO goes too far in invading contractor privacy; and whether GAO tries to enforce its own procurement standards on government and industry, though lacking necessary technical and business experience [Electronics, April 5, p. 129]. Industry witnesses will testify early next month. Even while under attack, GAO is considering seeking broader authority. It may ask Congress for stronger legal weapons to enforce its right to inspect records of companies working under negotiated contracts. Present law gives GAO auditors permission to look at "directly pertinent" records. But the issue of document relevance is a source of frequent controversy and is before the courts in a suit involving the HewlettPackard Co. [Electronics, Jan. 25, p. 34]. GAO feels that the case, even if decided in its favor, won't settle the issue definitely and says Congress may have to make the determination. Minuteman II force to increase by 800 The Air Force will carry out a $1-hillion program to increase the accuracy, range and power of the Minuteman intercontinental missile force. The Air Force plans to replace its 800 Minuteman I missiles with the more advanced Minuteman II. With the 200 new models it already has or soon will have, this will bring the force to 1,000 missiles. Originally, the Air Force had planned a 1,200-missile force, representing a mix of Minuteman I and II. But Defense Secretary Robert S. McNamara contended that qualitative improvements in Minuteman II would make the 1,200-missile force unnecessary. The Boeing Co. is the prime contractor for the missile; the Autonetics division of North American Aviation, Inc., will provide the guidance system and Sylvania Electric Products, Inc., a subsidiary of the General Telephone & Electronics Corp., the ground electronics system. The modernization will involve not only replacing the Minuteman I, hut also modifications in existing silos and launch control centers. Four test SST's may be ordered President Johnson is expected to approve shortly a recommendation that all four competitors for a development contract on a supersonic airliner he allowed to start building test planes. Under the plan, the President would seek $200 million from Congress for fiscal 1966 to finance work by the Boeing Co., Lockheed Aircraft Corp., General Electric Co. and Pratt & Whitney Co., a division of the United Aircraft Corp. Contracts would include a provision to halt work if any contractor clearly was developing a better version. 44 Electronics I May 31, 1965 You can cool with air... (if you have a lot of space) ' ' ' ''\ I ,",'', ' I I : I I I ...... ····· ·"=\"~'·· ···:~: I I I I I _,,' ,'I ·f£--·-',' or 00 0 0 0 00 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 use FREON® dielectric coolants (if you don't) FREON carries heat away hundreds of times better than air. Close-packed assemblies can operate efficiently at safe temperatures. FREON compounds have outstanding characteristics as heat transfer media .either by boiling or by convection. These inert coolants will work for you in your high-density electronic equipment-wherever you have a reliability problem from "hot spots" in power tubes, transistors, resistors, transformers, packaged electronics, etc. FREON coolants can make your design more compact-at low to moderate cost, while improving reliability through close thermal control. Electronics I May 31 , 1965 These five FREON dielectric coolants range in boiling point from +38.8°F. to +237.0°F., offering a wide range of use: FREON-114 CClF,CClF, FREON-113 CCJ,FCClF, FREON-215 CCI.CF,CF, FREON-112 CCI.FCCJ,F FREON-214 CClaCF,CF,Cl B .P . + 38.8°F. B.P. +117.6°F. B.P . +165.0°F. B.P. +199.0°F. B.P. +237.0°F. Send the coupon for complete techni- cal information based on our 33 years' experience with cooling problems. ~F:!!!a~® ·u. 11. 1. r·T. Of't. Better Things for Better Living ... through Chemiatrv ~----------------~ Du Pont Company Room, 2789 Wilmington, Delaware 19898 Please send me complete technical information on FREON dielectric coolants. City_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ State Zip_ _ __ Offer good in U . S.A. only. ~----------------~ Circle 45 on reader service card 45 TO YOUR EMOTION~ CORNING CYFM Capacitors : CYFM 10, 0.5-300pf ; CYFM 15, 220-1200 pf; CYFM 20, 560-5100 pf ; CYFM 30, 3600-10,000 pf; VDCW, 300 and 500 volts . ere's a chance to exer- I I cise your American sense of fair play and sportsmanship-and, at the same time, do a shrewd bitofcapacitorreliability buying. Specify CORNING® CYFM Capacitors. Is it that simple? Yes . Look at the rewards for you first. Our glass-dielectric CYFM capacitors give you stability that's invariable with time, temperature, and environment, and a TC that's always retraceable within 5 ppm on the curve. You get reliability that's inherent from the way they ' re made-in basically the same process that turns out our ultrahigh-reliability CORNING CYFR Capacitor. But you can save dollars on the CYFM because we don't put it through all the rigorous CYFR testing. pf for pf, you can't buy more stability and reliability for fewer dollars than you get in the CORNING CYFM Capacitor. Now, the emotional. Our CYFM lives constantly in the shadow of its glamorous Autonetics/Minuteman CYFR older brother. The CYFR has just successfully completed over 41 million unit test hours and 45 months of continuous testing!* You can well understand the frustration , the second-best, underdog feelings of the CYFM . Have a heart. Use your head. Specify CORNING CYFM Capacitors . You will make everybody happy-reliability engineers , comptrollers, and us. For complete data and for parts, send to Corning Glass Works, 3909 Electronics Dr., Raleigh, N. C., or call your Corning distributor. · Autonetics lot-acce ptanc e testi ng program . CORNING ELECTRONICS 46 Circle 46 on reader service card Electronics I May 31 , 1965 10 9 8 7 6 5 lW Pour .4 15 dB (typl 250 Mc/s J lW Pour 10 dB (min.) 400 Mc/s lW Pour 7.4 dB (typ) 600 Mc/s Another overlay breakthrough: 2N3866 now in mass production for CB to UHF fr=BOO Meis (typ) Another RCA breakthrough in "overlay" technology now brings you a new generation of transistors for 1 and 1.8 watts output across a broad band of frequencies from 27 Mc/s to above 400 Mc/s. RCA-2N3866-first of the new high-gain, high-frequency "overlay" family-offers a guaranteed minimum of 1 watt power output at 400 Mc/ s UOdB gain) from a 28-volt supply. Geared for pre-driver, driver and output applications from Citizen's Band to UHF, 2N3866-for operation from 8 to 28-volts -can bring a new combination of economy and " overlay" per· formance to all these applications: · Citizen's Band · Community Antenna TV · Sonobuoy · Military Tactical Communications · Rescue Beacons · Instrumentation · Portable Equipment · Mobile Units · Aircraft Communications · Microwave Power Sources. Discuss the new RCA-2N3866 and other RCA "overlay'.' transistors with your RCA Representative or your RCA Distributor. For tech· nical bulletins, write : RCA Electronic Components and Devices, Commercial Engineering, Section !Ns-s, Harrison, New Jersey. CHARACTERISTICS INCLUDE: = le 400 mA (max) = VCER 55V (max) = Cob 3 pF (max) at 30V Pr= sw (max) at Tc= 250 C . ®Also Available Through Your RCA Distributor The Most Trusted Name in Electronics Circle 47 on reader service card The next time, buy Weston Local service available coast to coast · Available off the shelf · Competitive prices · Same-day delivery · Fastest delivery on custom designs Ask for Weston ... Call your local Weston distributor or Sales-Servicenter today. QUALITY BY DESIGN ~WESTON INSTRUMENTS. INC. 614 Frellnghuysen Ave n ue1 N ewark, New Jersey 07114 48 Circle 48 on reader service card Electronics I May 31, 1965 New High-reliability aluminum electrolytics at new economical price If you think you have to pay a big premium fur high reliability in an electrolytic capacitor, the new Mallory type TI'Q has some pleasant surprises for you. The TI'Q is a different k.ind of miniature aluminum electrolytic. One thing that makes it different is the extra care we take in manufacturing it, using special electrolytes for good high and low temperature performance, and all-welded construction to assure reliability under vibration and shock conditions. And another is the quality control production and sampling tests it gets · - - - - - - - - -T-Y-P-IC-A-L-L-IF-E-T-E-S-T - - - - - - - - - . a.s..ywouhidcehccidaenyboeuansemeducfohroyroausrlsitptele- TTQ 2s mfd 50 WVDC cific reliability requirements. Our Quality Control Department main- 6 30 tains a record of test data on each lot. 5 ~I CAPACITANC ~ The result: Type TI'Q capacitors =" have an expected life of 10 years or 4 ~ 3 2 ::!: 01ss1PAilON fACiOR e 20 c .. Ill (jU ~ ~g ;i........... .. 10 more when operated at normal temperatures within rated conditions. Their DC leakage and equivalent series resistance are exceptionally low and stable. .Q. "' LIFE TEST 85°C The TI'Q comes in an aluminum case with special rubber end seal, 1.-------------------------------· 0 1000 2000 3000 0 4000 with Mylar* or thermoplastic sleeve if desired. Temperature range is -40°C to 85°C. Ratings are 300 H O URS mfd, 3 VDC to 2 mfd, 150 VDC. Seven case sizes from Pi" diameter, ..- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · lFYoil;"r ldoantga,tow%rit"edtioamMeatellro, r1yY2C"aploancgi-. tor Company, Indianapolis, Indiana 46206-a division of P. R. Mallory & Co. Inc. TTQ 0 0 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 DEGREES C ·nu Pont trademark Electronics I May 31, 1965 MALLORY Circle 49 on reader service card 49 ''a gift fromTupa the sun god?'' Dr. D. E. Noble, Motorola's Group Executive Vice President, submits a somewhat historical approach to integrated electronics, plus a little proselytizing. One can only imagine what the Brazilian native thought when he unearthed the first large piece of quartz crystal in Minas Gerais. Puzzled by the effects of double diffraction as he peered through the depths of the transparent crystal; he undoubtedly attributed the phenomenon to supernatural, sun-god magic. Whatever his thoughts. they certainly did not do justice ·to the true magic of the material, for the quartz crystal, in today's technology, represented not only hundreds of highly stable resonators, but material for morphological integrated circuits, as well. The usual integrated circuit is a slab of silicon crystal with materials in inseparable association diffused into the structure to form transistors, resistors, and capacitors. The true morphological integrated circuit, represented by the quartz crystal filter, however, is substantially different. It has no identifiable circuit component areas, performing its function by virtue of the structural or molecular arrangement of the material. Some knowledge of crystal electrical behavior has been with us for nearly two hundred years. First suggested by Coulomb, later defined as piezoelectricity by Hankel, and finally demonstrated in 1880 by the brothers Jacques and Pierre Curie, the quartz crystal integrated circuit has been a hard-working circuit element 50 I Electronics May 31, 1965 since World War I. It is interesting to note that, while approximately one-fifth of the quartz used in electronic devices is now man-made hydrothermally, the main source of natural crystal is still the Golconda Mine in Brazil. One of the best sources of man-made integrated circuits, I might add, is the Motorola laboratories in Arizona. Motorola is not only one of the largest manufacturers of quartz resonators and filters in the country, but is also a leader in the development, manufacture, and application of silicon integrated circuits. As a leader, we not only anticipate the trends, but seek to make contributions which lend significance to the trends. Motorola's Military Electronics Division is constantly exploring applications of the new integrated electronics technology to the design of military and space equipment. Some of these include: DIGICOM: A Chance To Dial-Twist The digital communications system we packaged for the Air Force at Dayton is a good starting point. A research vehicle, DIGICOM is a two-ter- minal, four-channel, PCM Telem- etry System using about 100 analog, and 200 digital integrated circuits. The Air Force loaned it back to us Complete Air Force DIGICOM equipm ent uses new hig h density ! I C paclwging. for display at our booth at the AFCEA show. Drop around (with or without your resume) and we'll demonstrate it for you. AFCEA, May 25, 26, 27: Bring Your Artillery Speaking of AFCEA, we are sponsoring a panel discussion there on integrated circuit applications. Participants will include prominent scientists in DOD, the Army, Navy, and Air Force - authorities on integrated electronics. I'll be acting as .moderator, and joining me from Motorola will be Dr. C. L. Hogan, an expert in the development and manufacture of integrated circuits, and Dr. R. E. Samuelson, a leader in I/C applications. ..... ' " ~~, -~ _. - ~- ', .· ~ Application of integ rated circ uitry is essential to NASA's n ew AROD syste m. AROD: A Unique Reversal We are currently involved with the NASA/ Marshall SFC Airborne Range and Orbit Determination (AROD) System. For logistical and other reasons, this NASA concept reverses the normal procedure by placing Doppler equipment in the vehicle, and a relatively simple transponder unit on the ground. To do this within the existing payload limitations requires extensive application of integrated circuitry aboard the space vehicle. RADEM: Private Radio Telephones You may recall our RADEM (Random Access, Delta Modulation) communications studies. Thin film integrated circuitry played a major role in this state-of-theart development. AM-UHF COMMUNICATIONS: A 4-in-1 Transceiver Spurred by an entirely different set of considerations is an ultra-reliable integrated circuit UHF transceiver featuring redundant circuitry, which we recently designed for the Navy. New standards of reli· ability for Na vy shipboard equipment are set by redunda nt ! I C transceiver. Four I/C technologies were employed: hybrid, thin film, monolithic and the combined monolithic/ thin film (compatible). APOLLO: l/E By The Yard We are under contract to NASA's Manned Space Center, Houston, to build an l/C version of the Apollo spacecraft up-data link. We have also been picked by North American Aviation to build the Apollo DTCS (Digital Test Command System). We anticipate the use of about 200,000 Motorola MECL Logic Circuits in the fabrication of these Acceptance Checkout Systems for many of the spaceborne systems. BARE YOUR TEETH Now, if participation in integrated circuit applications is something you've been waiting to get your teeth into, there might well be an opening for you in our Military Electronics Division. Incidentally, at Motorola, this work is not isolated; we permeate all of our labs with integrated electronics thinking. So no matter where you wind up with us, you'll get your chance to prove that Coulomb and Hankel were on the right track. Electronics I May 31, 1965 Military Electronics Division SCOTTSDALE. Arizona. 8201 E. McDowell Road CHICAGO 51 . Illinois . 1450 N . Cicero Avenue Ir--- --- --- --- - - ----- - ---------- ~ FREE ··. THE LATEST IN l/E THINKING : I If you're really interested in in tegrated electronics, let me send I I you t he complete and unexpurgated transcripts of our AFCEA I l I panel. And at the show, drop by booth 214. Also, don't be surprised if I toss in some recruiting propaganda, together with I : additional information about our latest advances in I/C appli- : cations. Attach this to your letterhead and mail to me at our : I Scottsdale address, Dept. 204. J L---------·-------------- ------- - 51 No matter how big the ferrite piece, WHEN MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SPECS ARE TIGHT ... SPECIFY STACKPOLE Stackpole makes them all: But gross size isn 't Stackpole's only claim to fame in Toroids over 6.000" OD x .500" Long ferrites. As one customer put it, " Your ferrite cores are more consistent from order to order than any of Cup Cores 2.500" OD x .960" 0 Hgt. your competitors." Rods to 1.000" D x 2.812" Long Over 30 grades. Isn't that what you're looking for? Sleeves to 4.050" OD x 2.500" long Rectangular Solids of nearly 6" Length x 4.175" Width x .750" Thick. f °' STACltPOLE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS O/V/SION ST. MARYS, PENNSYLVANIA 52 Circle 52 on reader service card Electronics I May 31 , 1965 1 Credit's good here ... over 1,000,000 times This new, attractive card reader can register over a 1,000,000 insertions of various credit-type cards and translate the ca rd information to electrical output circuits. It's fast . . . it's reliable .·. it's foolproof! Compact and rugged, the A·MP* Credit Card Reader can be used as an input device for credit handling systems, validating systems, security systems or other data collection and control applications. Available in either desk top or rack mount models, this versatile reader is supplied with either manual or automatic operation. Long, trouble-free operation is assured by the quality features built in this rugged unit. Electrical and mechanical interlocks provide foolproof operation . Redundant contacts with exclusive double wiping action insure a clean electrical surface for reliable sensing. Here's a sample of other quality features which are engineered into this new product. Electronics May 31 , 1965 e Semi-automatic or automatic card ejection e Reads plastic credit-type cards 2 Ys" x 3%" e 250 ma, 500 V operation e Pre-wired or wired to customer's specifications e Redundant contacts with double wiping action for reliable sensing e Long life-over 1,000,000 cycles e Compact size-5" x 6" x 2%" Check the applications this item might find in your system, then write for complete information. I A I V I p I I r----------------,------, ·Trademark of AMP INCORPORATED INDUSTRIAL I I SALES I f I N C 0 R P 0 RAT E D I DIVISION I I Harrisburg, Pennsylvania I I L----------------~------J A-MP* products and enginee rine assistance availa ble through subsidiary companies in: Australia · Canada · England · France · Holland · Italy · Japan · Mexico · Spain · West Germ any Circle 53 on reader service card 53 / ----- NRC EQUIPMENt/ HAND. IN MIC OCl~CUIT ~/fi_ \'I \ _ _ _ _...J Whether your microcircuit project requires a small bell jar coater for thin film re· search or complete deposition systems for high volume production, NRC has equip· ment that does the job. We start at the heart of any vacuum system - with the pumps, and build up from there, manufac· turing a whole range of coaters, heat sources, feedthroughs, pumping systems, and back-up equipment. The payoff comes in the performance. NRC evapora· tors produce the highest net pumping speed while .the process is underway, not just low pressure in an empty chamber. Net pumping speed in microelec· tronics can mean net profit for business. This busi· ness end of high vacuum is just one advantage in getting an NRC system . For detailed information on our complete line of evaporators and associated equipment for microelectronics, write or call today> Just a few of these products are listed below. EVAPORATORS · PUMPING STATIONS · POWER SUPPLIES · FEEDTHROUGHS · CRYSTAL PULLERS 'rUBULAR FURNACES · ELECTRON BEAM 11EAT SOURCES · LEAK DETECTORS 54 Circle 54 on reader service card ~ EQUIPMENT DIVISION · NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORA T/ON A SUBSIDIARY DF NORTON CDMPANDi·J;Ji·ID 160 Charlemont Street, Newton, Massachusetts 02161 ·-liiiiiiiii·iiil- Electronics / May 31 , 1965 Model 11 * diameter 1" * number of turns 11 * protrusion from panel Ya" * numbers snap into the window as each turn is completed * base price in 1-9 quantities, $7.75. Model 30 *diameter 11Kt * number of turns 10 * protrusion from panel 1" * numbers snap into the window as each turn is completed * base price in · 1-9 quantities, $5.75. 50 Spectral Multidial® turns-counting dials offer these unique features: Finely marked scale graduations enable the operator to read settings with high accuracy. Easy installation. No disassembly, extra panel drilling or mounting hardware required. Easy locking with a finger touch that grips or releases without disturbing the setting. Settings are unaffected by vibration or shock. Universal application to any type of multi-turn potentiometer or other device. Attractive satin chrome finish with black plastic turning knob. Available for ~ ". Kt and Ya" diameter shafts. Call your nearest Spectral distributor for immediate off-the-shelf delivery at factory prices, or write for complete specifications. ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 1704 South Del Mar Avenue San Gabriel, California Adams Court Plainview, L. I. New York Circle 55 on reader service card Sigma relay idea of the month A dual keying circuit that switches one load only when a second load is fully energized. s RI Re /(/ K2 C.2 This simple dual keyer utilizing two Sigma Series 41 relays, assures connection and disconnection of one load during the interval that a second load is on. For example, in keying a transmitter, it energizes the oscillator permitting it to stabilize in frequency before the final amplifier is switched on or off. Time constants for the circuit are chosen so that when S is closed, the contacts of relay K1 close before the contacts of relay K2; and when S is opened, the contacts of K1 open after the contacts of K2. C1 is large and R1 is small so that relay K1 has a fast pick-up and a slow drop-out. C2 is small and R2 is large, so that C2 has a slow pick-up and a fast drop-out. If you have a relay idea or can show us how to improve this one, we'd like to hear from you. Your idea could be the next one we publish. 56 Electronics J May 31, 1965 Sigma relays of the month New40 mw DPDT crystal-can relays. No pivots. No pushers. 100 million operations. - - - - - actual size New, low-friction Sigma Series 34 and 35 feature (1) balanced armature design, (2) flexure elements instead of conventiona l pivots, (3) directconnected contact members instead of pushers. Two new Sigma relays combine high sensitivity with exceptional mechanical life in true crystal-can size. The 35 , a general purpose relay, has a sensitivity of 40 mw. The 34, a magnetic latching relay, has a sensitivity of 40 mw (dual coil) and 20 mw (single coil). Typical mechanical life for each relay is 100 million operations. The outstanding, long-life performance of these highly sensitive relays is achieved through balanced armature construction . Flexure elements are used instead of conventional pivots, and direct connected contact members instead of pushers. This means the relays are free of the usual sources of friction and wear. As a result, longer, trouble-free, performance is assured even under severe environmental conditions. Both relays meet and exceed MIL-R-5757D requiremen ts. There are more superior features in Sigma Series 34 and 35 relays including TIG welded seal construction to eliminate flux contamination, and excellent shock and vibration immunity. Test all of these features for yourself against the type you may be using now-free of charge. Just send for the Sigma Series 34 and 35 bulletins and a free relay certificate. SIGM~ DIVISION Electronics J May 31, 1965 SIGM~ INSTRUMENTS INC Assured Reliability With Advanced Design/ Br.Jintree 85, Mass. Circle 57 on reader service card 57 New Solid State Operational Manifold! Fo·· a wide vli,riety of feeclback ope1-.ation.s., use its fc>'-··· plt._·g-in all-silic n Pll.ill:i1_~ick Diffe1·ential Ope1~ational Ail.'1.plifie1·s and self-coI-i.tained po,ver· suppl~7 witl"l. si·~l.plicit:r., accu··ac~--., econo·ny. DESCRIPTION Highly versatile, the new Philbrick l\Iodel MP benefits greatly by the inherentl y high reliability, small size, low drift and noise, light weight, and low power requirements of all-silicon solid state amplifiers. It contains : a Philbrick l\Iodel OSPR-30 power supply; a ca pti ve line cord , a jack panel on which circuitry ma y be co1weni entl y assembl ed ; a pair of accesso ry soc kets for Philbrick SP-sized plug-in operational units, such as the PSQ Quadratic Transconductor; and four plug-in differential operational amplifiers. "Starter kits" of tip jack hardware and passh·e electri cal components arc available for th e new user at small additional cost. Though l\Iodel l\IP is normally furnished with four economical Model P65AU amplifiers, any permutation or combination of Philbrick P-size amplifiers ma y be used. The amplifiers can be interchanged instantl y to fit the needs of an y gi ven application. l\lodel l\IP is sturdil y built, attractivel y packaged, and wired to Philbrick's usual high standards of quality. The simple sheet-aluminum enclosure \\"ith clear iridite finish on the panel provides effective shielding and solid mounting of electrical components - Dimensions are 11%" wide x 71/ s" deep x 4 3,4" high. Price $425.00 equipped with 4 P65AU and OSPR-30. CHARACTERISTICS For complete information , consult your nearest Philbrick Represcntati\'e or Philbrick Researches, Inc. 22 Allied Drive at Route 128 Dedham , Massachusetts 02026 Telephone: ( 617) 329-1600 TWX : ( 617) 326-57 54 Philbrick Engineering Representatives Ala.: Huntsville 536·8393 ; Ariz.: Phoenix 265·362 9; Cal.: Los Angeles 937-0780, Palo Alto 326-9800, San Diego 222-1121; Colo.: Denver 733-3701; Conn.: Stratford 378-0435; Fla.: Ft. Lauderdale 564-8000, Orlando 425-5505 ; Ill.: Chicago 676·1100 ; Ind.: Ind ianapoli s 356-4249; La.: New Orleans 242-5575; Md.: Baltimore 727-1999 ; Mass. : Wakefield 245-5100; Mich.: Detroit 838-7324 ; Minn.: Minneapolis 545-4481 ; Mo.: Kan sas City 381·2122 , St. Louis 966-3646 ; N.M.: Albuquerque 268-3941; N.Y.: DeWitt 446-0220, Lancaster TF 5-6188, Valley Stream 561-7791; N.C.: Winston -Salem 725-5384 ; Ohio: Dayton 298-9964, Westlake 871 -8000 ; Pa.: Norristown 735-3520, Pittsburgh 371-1231; Tex.: Dallas 526-8316, Houston 781 -1441 ; Utah: Salt Lake City 4664924; Va.: Alexandria 836·1800 ; Wash.: Seattle 7233320; EXP: N.Y.: New York 246-2133. CANADA: Que.: Montreal 482·9750, Ont.: Toronto RU 9:4325. 58 Circle 58 on reader service card ·"7 APPLICATIONS Model MP is useful in the laboratory for instrumentation, on-line analog data processing, circuit development breadboards, and for teaching feedback technology. A typical application in the biological laboratory is the differential instrument amplifier circuit illustrated. A variety of circuit structures described in Philbrick's many applications publications also can be constructed with the Model MP. electronic analog computing equipment for modelling, measuring, manipulating and much else PHILBRICK I Electronics May 31, 1965 AIRPAX announces the UGO·N Relay The UGON relay is a product of AIRPAX ELECTRONICS and in stock at Cambridge, Maryland. Production quantities and special designs will be built in the United States. This precision relay is offered by arrange· ment with Le Prototype Mecanique of L'Etang· La-Ville, France. This is a uniquely different precision non-polarized relay with some remarkable qualities. UGON·3 Sensitivity, 5 mw Volume, 2 cubic cm UGON MICRO Volume, 1 cubic cm UGON-7 > - Insulation Resistance, 10s megohms < Capacity, 1 picofarad UGON Magnetic Circuit The UGON relay has an extremely high sen· sitivity due to the uniquely high efficiency of the magnetic circuit. Extreme resistance to shock and vibration is also provided by the rotating armature, which is statically bal· anced and magnetically balanced. SENSITIVE The UGON relay appears to be the smallest non-polarized sensitive - or the most sensitive small - relay in the world . The unique mech· anism was invented in France and patented in the United States by Pierre Ugon . The operating power demand can be 5 milliwatts, or 200 MICROAMPS at 25 volts! METERING The entire UGON series of relays are precision instruments. The operate current is adjusted to a 5% tolerance, and this is maintained for the relay life, and during extremes of temperature and other environment change . In like manner, the release current is also held precisely, usually at 70% of operate. Thus, this is a measuring instrument. MINIATURE The UGON -3 standard has a volume of 2 cubic centimeters, and in this volume a coil resistance as high as 60,000 ohms is a practical reality. The small UGON MICRO size has a volume of about one cubic centimeter, and is arranged for printed circuit board assembly. The contacts are rated up to 700 ma and 50 V DC maximum with a 15-watt product, a practical power gain of 3000. HIGH SPEED The UGON relay is fast in spite of the extreme sensitivity. It can readily be driven up to an operate time of 1; 2 millisecond, and is only a few milliseconds, even near the operating threshold . This presents a favorable comparison with the average sensitive relay, which is likely to require 50 to 100 milliseconds. On AC the relay doubles frequency, and will follow a driving signal to above 800 cycles. ..................~~~"'-=-·~~,J~l.· -.-.~&.,~r.-4.................. Phone 301-228·4600 0 ~ p 0 f\,.. TWX 301-228-3558 CAMBRIDGE DIVISION· CAMBRIDGE, MARYLAND Electronics I May 31, 1965 Circle 59 on reader service card 59 Take an armchair tour of our resistor plant We were recently rather surprised to discover just how fanatical we've become on the subject of quality. Did you know, for example, that we test samples of every lot of our fixed carbon composition resistors in live steam? It's a fact. The resistors are exposed to steam pressure for four hours as an accelerated control test for moisture resistance. Th e comprehensive r eliability program at our Jeffers Electronics Divi11ion assures that all of our non-sh ielded indu ctors (and our shielded ones too) m ee t MIL-C-1 5305 specs. The heart·warrning eornebaeJr of the non-shielded induetor Don't get us wrong. On the issue of inductors now offer values through 1800 shielded versus non-shielded inductors, microhenries, in a case size of 0.156" x we're completely unprejudiced. 0.375". This size conforms to the new We'd be delighted to sell you either MIL standard MS90537 for shielded type. coils, which specifies a 0.157" x 0.385" We have felt distressed, however, to case size. think that you might be using shielded Step two: A suggestion. Consider inductors in more applications than you rearranging your components. This will need to. After all, while the non-shielded sometimes enable you to switch to non- Scenic v iew of our fr ee , 16~page. lavishly illustrated ,.Resistor Handbook." inductor may be thin-skinned, it does offer the advantages of lower cost, shielded inductors. Step three: We've prepared an essay higher reliability and higher stability. that deals with this whole subject at For a more comprehensive revelation of our fanaticism, we refer you to " The Speer Resistor Handbook." This colorful new 16-page illustrated brochure is actually an armchair tour of our entire resistor operation. You'll see how our resistors are made We've therefore taken steps to help greater length. It's entitled "Can Non- this useful inductor make the comeback Shielded Inductors Save You Money?" it deserves. and you can get a copy by merely mailing Step one: Our Jeffers Electronics Di- this coupon. vision has developed a number of non- shielded inductors that provide high inductance values in a small case size. r:-~~~~~~~~~~~~--..., Example? Our unshielded-molded jacket Speer Carbon Company DuBois, Pennsylvania and how we assure quality at Speer Carbon Co. is a Division of Air Re- every stage - in raw materials, duction Company, Inc. in manufacturing and in meeting military standards. You'll see the wide range of specifications we offer. And you'll see how our resistors have performed under il~ D Rush "Can Non-Shielded Inductors Save You Money?" D Ru sh " The Speer Resistor Handbook." D Arrange for me to receive reprints of "Component Comments." MIL-R-11 test conditions. Name-------------~ Do we have qourname? Browsing through "The Speer Resistor Handbook" is almost as fascinating as touring our plant Title _______________ Company _____________ in person. (And it's decidedly To receive reprints of "Component Address ______________ ___ easier on the feet.) If you'd like Comments," use the coupon. We'll place a copy just mail the coupon. you on our mailing list. City _______________ .__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~t:e~- _ _ _ _ _ --=i~ ~ 60 Circle 60 on reader service card I Electronics May 31, 1965 May31, 1965 J Highlightsofthisissue Technical Articles Inductors that fit integrated circuits: page 62 ___ __ Elec.t.. ron..i_c_s :=-.::::.:....._ .. :::::....__ When designing integrated circuits, many engineers leave out inductors and create elaborate circuits with as many as 20 com- ponents to take their place. Now this ap- proach is no longer necessary. Min iature inductors can be made for about 80% of all integrated circuit applications. For the cover, th is T0-5 transistor package, with 22 micro-inductors attached, was bathed in red light by photographer Vincent Pollizzotto. Feedback-perils and potentials in designing integrated circuits: page 67 If you work with integrated circuits, you ' ll have to learn to live with feedback. It can be an advantage as well as a disadvantage. Here are ways to put feedback to use to help improve performance. From Japan, a startling new color tv set: page 81 In the U.S., the boom is on in color tv, but only big sets are offered . A Japanese company has designed a small 71/ 2-in. set whose circuitry is all solid state. A single-gun picture tube helps keep the cost down. Putting together the ground stations for the military satellite system: page 86 Last August, after the Bay of Tonkin incident, the Defense Department finally decided to go all-out for its own communication satellite system . Eleven ground stations are being put together now to tie continental U.S. headquarters to military outposts around the world. Coming June 14 · Special report: the unijunction transistor comes into its own · How to specify potentiometers · Life sciences beckon the engineer Components Inductors that fit integrated circuits · Contrary to popular belief, small inductors are available and can be designed for microelectronics, eliminating the need for complicated R-C networks By Steven Slenker President, Piconics, Inc., North Billerica, Mass. Inductors, transformers and chokes are no longer the missing links in the chain of small components available for integrated circuits. Right now, tunable inductors not much larger than transistor dice are available for use in hybrid circuit design. Many designers, believing that such small units could not be made, have kept inductors out of integrated circuits. They have constructed elaborate circuits with as many as 20 components to do the job of a simple inductor. These circuits often have poorer electrical characteristics than an equivalent inductor. Miniature inductors can replace their much larger counterparts in about 80% of all circuit applications. They generally permit circuit reductions of 20% to 80%; the devices themselves are only 1/ l,OOOth the size of the smallest adjustable in- ductors previously made (see photos on p. 63). Tunable inductors with Q's of 50 and values of 100 microhenries have been made 0.070 inch in diameter and 0.155 inch long. Their most widespread application is in r-f and i-f amplifiers that operate between 1 megacycle and 1 gigacycle. Inductors hmable over a range of 5 to 7 nanohenries are being used in stripline amplifiers. Series chokes are being used in 2-Gc amplifiers. Low stray capacity, wide tuning range, and high stability permit their use in microwave applica- Author As a consultant on microelectronic circuit design, Steven Slenker encountered applications that required sophisticated inductance elements. The prototypes he made were so successful that he formed Piconics, Inc. to generate a complete line of microelectronic inductors, transformers and chokes. He received his basic engineering training and a master's degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1956. tions. In certain microwave circuits, microelectronic inductors achieve stabilities of ±8 ppm per degree centigrade. The inductance problem Designers of miniature components have taken several approaches to make inductors for integrated circuits. Thin-film inductors have proven unsatisfactory because of their low values of inductance and low Q's. Integrated R-C networks with resonant characteristics have had poor stability and poor Q. Mechanically resonant filters, such as piezoelectric and magnetostrictive devices, have extremely high Q's, but generally cannot be adjusted for the resonant frequency, and for Q. Some designers have combined small inductors which have low Q's with high gain integrated feedback networks to produce active tuned circuits whose performance is equivalent to or superior to that of circuit using conventional inductors. Electrical characteristics of inductors have been improved by using circuits that multiply Q. Maintaining permeability The problem of miniaturizing inductors lies in reducing the size of the device without reducing the permeability of the magnetic core. Permeability is a measure of how much a given material will enhance a magnetic field; it is given by the ratio of magnetic induction to magnetizing force. An inductor consists of several turns of wire around a core of magnetic material (see diagram on p. 64). This material has built-in magnetic fields, which can be thought of as tiny magnetic particles or magnetic dipoles. Current passing through the wire can be pictured as a sheet of current flowing around the core. To store energy in the material, the magnetic particles must be easily oriented by the current flowing through the wire, and the par- 62 I Electronics May 31, 1965 ticles must not exhibit a great loss of orientation. The magnetic particles in the core material may be held together by a binder-epoxy for powdered iron, ceramic for ferrite ores. The binder is necessary to insulate the conductive magnetic particles from each other, so as to prevent the flow of bucking or eddy currents within the core, which reduce the magnetic field and lower the Q. Core factors The permeability 0f the core is dependent upon the type of binder used, the ease with which the magnetic particles can be oriented, the amount of energy required to accomplish this orientation, and the time it takes for the magnetic particles to change from one magnetic orientation to another. The Q of an inductor may be defined as the ratio of the energy stored to the energy dissipated per cycle. The energy stored is in the form of the magnetic field; if a high permeability core is used, reducing the size of the core may not affect the permeability of the over-all device. Size reduction means using finer wire, which need not lower the Q of the inductor. Q may be maintained or even increased in some cases, if the effective permeability of the magnetic material can be increased. This can be accomplished by an extremely simple technique. If the wire-and thus the effective sheet current -is brought closer to the core, then the air gap between the current sheet and core is reduced (see diagram on p. 64). A greater portion of the medium inside the inductor can be filled with magnetic material, and the permeability of the medium with a smaller air gap will be increased. Three tunable devices, made as inductors or transformers. The two units, left, are available in values from 6 nanohenries to 6 millihenries. Experimental design is at right. Reducing the air gap This is the key to reducing the size of inductors: reduce the air gap and increase the average internal permeability of the core. When the size of the inductor is reduced, it is possible to obtain almost the same inductance and Q by increasing the sheet current density (by increasing the number of turns of wire), and obtaining better orientation of the magnetic particles in the core. The only parameter sacrificed is power rating. But in microelectronics, less power handling capacity is required. Standard inductances are usually operated at a small fraction of their available power handling capacity. The properties of magnetic materials have not been analyzed to prove the absolute limits of field enhancement that can be obtained. It is reasonable to expect that improved magnetic materials will permit even furth er size reductions of inductors, and will possibly improve electrical characteristics. Standard fixed inductors and transformers now available are 0.075 inch in diameter and 0.175 inch long, tunable units are 0.325 to 0.475 inch long and 0.095 inch in diameter. The smallest inductors made to date have cores that are 0.012 to 0.130 inch in diameter, and 0.030 to 0.150 inch long. The Q's of the smallest range from 7 to 25 in values to 5 Rod cores have diameters thinner than fine-line pencil lead, shown at bottom . Core materials are selected to optimize electrical parameters under varying operating conditions and at extremes of temperature. Standard tuned inductor is molded in diallyl phthalate. Unit withstands 125°C operating temperature. I Electronics May 31 , 1965 63 Typical values of tunable microelectronic inductors Inductance range in Microhenries Qmin at Lm·· D-c resistance in ohms l maz in ma F. in Mc l(d-c) for 5% ~ Lma L moz L min Q Mes 0.007 0.005 90 0.1 0.05 45 0.68 0.34 40 4.7 2.4 30 33.0 16 20 220.0 100 20 1500.0 400 10 5800.0 1160 10 50 0.001 300 25 0.1 100 25 0.7 70 7.9 4.7 50 2.5 11 50 0.79 40 50 0.25 275 30 0.25 800 15 3000 700 240 50 8 4.5 1.5 .6 burnout " " " 37 21 11 4 Fixed inductors have the same values; inductance is fixed at L m.,. F, is the self·resonant frequency. The last column shows value when d·c current Is increased 5% at Lm.,. At lower values, burnout occurs before the current can change the inductance by 5%. microhenries. The problem of actually constructing such small devices lies in production techniques for making small cores, winding wire around the core, threading cores and plastics to accuracies better than one ten thousandths of an inch, and molding devices to the same tolerances. Small package, big job Most large inductors used for i-f amplifiers have a Q of about 40 and values of inductance from 1 to 15 microhenries. Small devices have exactly the same electrical characteristics, except for slight reduction in Q-to 25 or 35. However, when placed in a circuit loaded by transistor impedance, this difference is generally undetectable. For all practical purposes, the small inductor does the same job as its larger counterpart. Reduction in size often enhances performance characteristics, rather than degrading them. The tuning range of adjustable units depends upon the value of inductance, and the core material (see table above). Generally, a tuning range of 2 to 1 can be provided. A tuning range of 5 to 1 can be achieved in devices that have large values of inductance; for example, a single inductor will tune from one millihenry to five millihenries. Gen- erally, microelement inductors can attain higher frequencies than conventional units. In circuits where the inductor is loaded by a transistor, transistor impedance is so low that the Q of the inductor can be varied over a wide range without measurable circuit gain or bandwidth changes. Little straying Microelectronic devices have lower stray capacitance than conventional devices because of a smaller surface area of wire. The effective dielectric thickness is not reduced proportionally. The stability of the .miniature inductor is the same as a conventional inductor operating under identical circums tances. Inductors can be made in microcircuit sizes with tempera ture coefficients in the range of ± 15 ppm t6 ± 300 ppm per degree centigrade. The tiny inductors do not have large magnetic fields and can be placed very close togeth er without causing parasitic generation or circuit oscillation. Two inductors can generally be placed close together, with their magnetic fields oriented for positive feedback, wi thout causing oscillation. In a 20-db gain stage, they can be as close together as LOSSY COATING 0000000000 WIRE WINDINGS 0000000000 CURRENT SHEET AIR GAP l+ - 1 l+-1 CB l+-1 [EJ [EJ CORE [±3 l+ - 1 1:±3 CORE [El l+ - 1 l+-1 l+ - 1 l+-1 [EJ l+-1 l+-1 0000000000 WIRE WINDINGS 0000000000 LOSSY COATING l+-1 l+-1 l+-1 l+-1 l+ - 1 l+ - 1 l+-1 tAIR GAP CURRENT SHEET Cross-section of inductor (left) with wire windings and magnetic dipoles oriented in the core. Simplified drawing at right shows how current passing through the wire can be visualized as a sheet of current flowing around the core. The key to making miniature inductors lies in reducing the air-gap space by bringing the sheet current closer to the core, thus obtaining better orientation of the magnetic dipoles. 64 Electronics I May 31 , 1965 IN >--f Sanders, Associates, Inc. Miniature thin-film i-f amplifier uses three tunable transformers. Basic circuit shown can be used from 500 kc to 100 Mc with appropriate changes in component values. I I ~Ul l ::r:. four times the diameter of the inductor cores, measured between coil axes and produce less than 1 db of gain change. This space shielding is extremely effective for high-density packaging, and eliminates the need for shielding hardware in most cases. Metal tuning tools or hand capacitance have no detuning effects on the devices. Mounting and bonding The inductors are encapsulated in epoxy or covered with varnish to keep the wire in a coil. These materials cannot be bonded by soldering, welding, brazing, or thermal compression. It is therefore necessary to fasten them with an adhesive, usually an epoxy cement. The leads themselves may be soldered or welded to the circuit. The materials used to construct the inductors withstand severe environments. Ferrite core inductors can take temperatures up to 125°C, and can be stored at 210°C. Inductors made with powdered iron cores operate at up to 85°C, and can take storage temperature up to 150°C. Materials used for insulating wires and for cementing and encapsulating the inductors are chemically compatible and will not cause corrosive reactions. The 'materials retain their dimensional stability. Basic building blocks The exact needs of all cirouit designers cannot be generalized, but a few basic circuits may satisfy almost a third of all applications. The first is the r-f or i-f amplifier, essential to any radio receiver. A typical miniaturized version is shown above. This basic amplifier circuit can be used from 500 kilocycles to 100 megacycles with changes in component values. The small tunable transformers used present no unusual problems. This miniaturized circuit performs as well as its conventional counterpart. The Q of the small devices is 25, slightly lower than larger types; but because transistor input impedances are extremely low, the increased loss in the transformer is not noticeable. The tunable transformers may be placed between transistor cans with little loss of extra space, as shown in the photo on page 66. Critical tuning simplified At very high frequencies of 200 Mc to 300 Mc, the complex nature of transistor impedance in a circuit requires that the coupling networks of interstage transformers used in r-f and i-f amplifiers be adjusted to optimize power transfer (see diagram on p. 66). This adjustment is usually made by I Electronics May 31, 1965 65 Two inductor coils identical in every respect except size. Core and wire are made from the same material, and turns of wire are identical. Large coil is 7.4 times the size of the miniaturized inductor. In this case, size reduction lowered Q from 82 in the larger coil to 19 for the smaller coil. Research into core materials and winding techniques has made it possible to reduce size without appreciable decrease in Q. Nfr----.f.-,-. rtJ IOOKC -------~0-CO-~ Sanders Associates. Inc. Inductors are positioned between amplifier stages in a microelectronic f-m receiver. TRANSMISSION LINE N = 1.5 TO I 3 TO I Variable turns ratio transformer is used to balance the load in a two-phase switching network. Vee --+----------------J TO AGC Miniature autotransformers in 300 Mc i-f amplifier circuit not only shrink circuit to a fraction of its normal size, but eliminate the tedious job of adjusting coupling networks. changing the turns ratio or tap point of the inductor. It was previously necessary to find this point, which is often critical to an eighth of a turn or less, by soldering and unsoldering the tap all around the edge of the inductor. This time-consuming process, next to impossible on the production line, was eliminated by using a miniature variable turns ratio transformer, which can be varied continuously by screw adjustment while other transformer parameters are maintained constant. The turns ratio can be varied by a minimum factor of 2 to 1 and in some cases by a larger factor. In another application using small inductors, it was possible to balance the load to a transmission line so that no reflections occurred. This circuit is shown above. Microelectronic inductors can be used to balance critical bridge circuits. They have been used successfully in the frequency range between 100 kc and 500 Mc. Adjustments can be made with the tiny tuning screw. Reliability and cost The reliability of small inductors should be greater than that of conventional units. Several military systems, using the inductors, have passed preliminary field tests, and no failures have been reported. Prices are still high, but units now selling for $4 should sell for 10 cents each within the next five years, if they follow the pattern of other microcomponent developments. Construction techniques for making the small devices lend themselves to a high degree of automation. 66 I Electronics May 31, 1965 Solid State Feedback: perils and potentials in designing integrated circuits It's inevitable, so why not learn to live with it? Here are analyses of the 4 basic types, methods for coping with them and ways of putting them to work By Vasil Uzunoglu Johns Hopkins University, Silver Spring, Md. In the tight little world of integrated circuits, feedback can enhance or des troy a sys tem's effectiveness. The designer mu st face the fact that feedback paths are inevitable. By learning how to cope with them, he can not only overcome their detrimental effects, but also put feedback to work for him. F eedback can come in one or a combination of four basic types: series-positive, series-negative, shunt-negative and shunt-positive. Using it, or designing against it, requires an understanding of these four categories. Series-positive feedback Series-positive feedback occurs when a contribution from the output is returned in phase with the input signal. Primary series-positive feedback paths are traced by the arrows in the integrated circuit on page 68. The feedback current results from voltages across resistors Rr,; and Ri,;:. In addition to the feedback current Hawing in the paths shown, a small additional feedback current may also How through R1 and R2. RE represents the emitter resistance of both Q1 and Q2; similarly RK The author Vasil Uzunoglu, a Greek, owned an industrial-control manufacturing plant in Turkey until 1955, when it was looted and burned by a mob. He came to work at Bell Telephone Laboratories, and now works in the microelectronics group of the Applied Physics Laboratory at Johns Hopkins University. His book, Semiconductor Network Analysis and Design, was published last year by the McGraw-Hill Book Co. He holds six patents. represents the collector resistance of both Q1 and Q2. Theoretically, in an ideal integrated circuit the resistance of both RE and Ri,;: would be zero; there would be no series feedback. However, finite resistance values for RE and RK are always produced during fabrication of the circuit. These resistance values include contributions from resistive interconnection paths and imperfect ohmic contacts. Both RE and RK appear as lumped resistances, whereas the diffused resistors of the circuit are distributed resistances contributed b y a resistivecapacitive distributed network. 1 etwork analysis1 of the circuit shows that the feedback voltage VE, developed across RE is (1) wh ere z _ 2z. sinh 'Y Li - cosh'Y - 1 (2) {31 , f32 = beta of Q1, Q2 i 1 = Q1 collector current i in = input current to base of Qi Z L1 = Qi collector load impedance Z 2in = input impedance of second stage as seen by first stage z. = .J R /jwC 'Y =.J j RwC w = 27rf R and C = resistance and capacitance of distributed network The phase shift contributed by ZL1 approximates 45° when values of y (or w) approach infinity. ~ With lumped components, the phase shift will always be 90° because either the input or the output is shunted by a capacitor. This means that less phase Electronics I May 31, 1965 67 ... ... ...RK vcs I R1 'l ZL1 i1 t .------, f I I · I I L . ________ I ...J,J."~J\ + J iin -+ I R2 t: -::- \ 1-., I .... .... ....>( 1 ~-~- --------------4 t ~ ...I... -::- -::- Two-stage integrated-circuit amplifier with temperature compensation. A typical power gain of 20 db is provided by the circuit at 80 Mc. Only three layers are needed to construct the device in monolithic form. shift occurs with the distributed R-C constants than would occur if the circuit consisted entirely of lumped components. With less phase shift, therefore, the problems created by series-positive feedback are reduced if the same amount of capacitance is present in both cases. However, in an oscillator circuit, the designer may wish to take advantage of this feedback and may even want higher values of R1, and RK. However, the value of RE cannot be increased without limit; if RE is too large, the current flowing through Q2 may be reduced sufficiently to halt oscillation. A helpful parameter in analyzing and comparing interaction effects in various integrated circuits is the feedback factor or return ratio. The feedback factor is a function of two phase shifts: that caused by the distributed resistors, and that contributed by the transistors. The expression3 for the phase shift cp is: "' = ei( mw / a ) ei8(w) (3) \\·here m = phase shift in excess of 45° measured at the 3-db point for the transistors cp(w) = phase shift contributed by the R-C distributed network. The study of all types of feedback in integrated circuits should include cp if a considerable arnuunt of excess phase shift is present. Working with complex feedback factor is complicated and requires rigorous mathematical treatment. Feedback voltage in this case is a fairly easy parameter to work with, particularly since at lower frequencies (up to a few megacycles per second) the expression for feedback voltage VE given in equation 1 reduces to: 1 (4) where RLl = Qi collector load resistance R2in = input resistance of next stage Even with very low values of Ri,:, the feedback voltage developed across RE can be very large, resulting in considerable positive feedback. Values of RE less than one ohm may be enough to cause appreciable feedback voltage and resulting instability, especially if the value of R~ in equation 4 is large. For linear operation, large feedback voltage is especially undesirable. If the circuit is to be used as a sinusoidal oscillator, a frequency selective network (crystal or tuned circuit) may be placed between the collector of Q1 and the base of Q2· The frequency-selective network must have a resonant frequency higher than the natural fundamental frequency of the amplifier. Since the frequency of oscillation is dependent upon the capacitance in the circuit, the integrated circuit can be used as a capacitance-sensing oscillator. In such an application, any capacitive change at the base of Q~ would vary the frequency of oscillation. In a space-medical application, for example, the circuit could be used to detect changes in moisture on an astronaut's body. Series-negative feedback If a third stage is added to the above circuit, as shown by the dashed lines, the feedback can be converted from series-positive to series-negative. The third stage behavior is similar to the first, and the emitter of Q:i should be connected to RE. This makes the feedback negative. Use of the third stage also removes the possibility of reduced input impedance resulting from the positive feedback. Shunt-negative feedback In the top, left circuit, on the next page, all resistors are provided by distributed resistor-capacitor construction. The shunt-negative feedback paths are through an array of feedback resistors connecting the load impedance Zr. with the bias impedance ZB. Without the presence of the feedback resistance RK, and when current is low, voltage gain is high and the values of Zs and ZL are large, the amplifier cutoff frequency is primarily determined by ZB 68 I Electronics May 31, 1965 and Z1.. Too low a valu e of RK is not desirable; valu es of a few hundred ohms can b e achieved in practice, but such low values produce a high current drain on the battery. Too high a value of RF is also detrimental since it limits the frequency response of the amplifier. Typical values for an amplifier useful to 10 megacycles per second are: RF= 8 to 10 kilohms, ZR= 30 to 40 kilohms, and = Zr. 1 kilohm. Because the network components are distributed rather than lumped, th e amplifier gain drops off at 3 db per octave instead of 6 db. Since the slope of the dropoff in gain is not as steep, the upper frequency limit is extended provided in both cases the effective value of capacitance is the same. The presence of distributed resistance instead of a pure res istor causes, of course, a reduction of the available gain-bandwidth product of the amplifier. Thus, while the existence of R" in distributed-component networks reduces the gain at all frequencies, it increases the frequency range of usable gain. The phase shift of 45° provided by the distributed network, as opposed to 90° with a lumped network, reduces phase distortion. Signal current to the transistor increases at higher frequencies, thus redu cing th e loss of gain. This additional signal current is a result of a reduction in the capacitive reactance component of Zs. Proper balance between Zs and Z8 can cancel the reduction of gain caused by Z8 as frequency increases. This makes the upper cu t-off frequency mainly dependent on Zr,. A high value of Zs is necessary to make the feedback effective which also minimizes the reduction in input impedance caused by th e shunt feedback. The upper left circuit shown is effective in achieving low-frequency compensation; that is, it extend s th e frequency respons e at low frequ encies. In video amplifiers, low-frequency compen sation is important b ecause amplitude distortion at low frequ encies is reflected as phase distortion a t high frequencies.4 For analysis of low-frequency compensation, this circuit can b e redrawn as shown at th e lower left. The key to proper design of this integrated-circuit amplifier is determin ation of the correct location of RK b etween R1, and RR. Th e b es t way to do it is to build the circuit with conventional passive components and the tran sistor in qu es tion. Then, one terminal of RK should be fixed across R8 , close Cs --11---'\M.r--~~~--+-1 + Vcs .--~~-.- ---if--, c, : I ....L Shunt-negative feedback flows from load impedance ZL of the integrated circuit to base·biasing im pedance Ze. Feedback current is conducted by an array of feedback resistors designated RF. A·c small-signal equivalent representation of the integrated circuit using lumped components. Capacitor c, has been added to improve the gain at low frequencies. r--""'V'VY----'+Vcs ~ ~ Conventional circuit components are used to determine where R,, should be located in the equivalent circuit. Several attempts may be required before the conventional circuit is duplicated in integrated-circuit form. Positive-shunt feedback current flows from Zm through RF to Zn. This useful type of feedback , when combined with series-negative feedback, can increase input impedance. Electronics I May 31, 1965 69 .---"INV--+ Vcs RL ---------'VI,.,_______ iz =Pif r · b Lumped constants (left) represent return path for positive-shunt feedback current. Location of RF is usually made close to the base of the transistor. At right is small- signal equivalent circuit for the integrated circuit above. to the base, and the other terminal should be circuit operation. In achieving higher input im- moved up and down RL until the operating point pedance, they reduce the loading on coupled cir- obtained with a trial integrated circuit is dupli- cuits. As before, trial and error is used in deter- cated. Then by proper choice of capacitance in the mining the location of RF between ZB and ZE. integrated circuit, the desired low-frequency com- This circuit, too, should be constructed with dis- pensation is obtained. Resistor RK includes a small crete resistors, then experimentally duplicated in portion of RB. The location of RK is difficult to ob- monolithic form. Many attempts may be necessary tain by computation because so many complex before the same operating conditions provided by functions are involved and so many feedback paths the discrete components are duplicated. exist. By experimental adjustment, this circuit can be To simplify further analysis of the circuit (p. 69, represented as shown above, left with lumped upper, left), the a-c small-signal equivalent circuit constants. For further study, the location of R~ is useful. This is shown on page 69. Compensating may be made close to the base of the transistor. capacitor C1 has been added to improve gain at In this circuit, the direct feedback from the col- low frequencies. By loop or node analysis, the equa- lector to the input is neglected. The small-signal tion for voltage gain is obtained: equivalent circuit is shown above. eout 1 R~i:Js~ -f3RKRL2+f3(RL2+RK)( ) ein = (Rs+l / Cs)(RK+f3RL2)+RinRK (5) where s = jw RK = feedback resistance This equation can be rewritten in the form: eout = K + s(s Z1) ein (s + p1)(s + P2) ( 6) By using loop equations and determinants, the = input impedance is calculated as Zin + {3(r. tZE)(ZT +RF+ EZB) + ZTB(RF + eZB) (IO) {3r. +RF+ eZB In this equation it is assumed that B > > 1, and the distributed base resistance rb' < < Bre +RF; rb' and the distributed emitter resistance re' are assumed to be in lumped form (this assumption is where K = amplification constant + + Z1 = {3RKRL2 {3(RL2 RK)RL1 fJRKRL2RL1C1 valid since transistor frequency cut-off points are higher than those of external parameters. Lumped (7) constants are assumed here only because the use of distributed constants would result in consider- Pi = l / RL1C1 p1 = 1/ RsCs (8) ably moi·e complex mathematics. Although the use of the lumped constants does affect the cal- The low-frequency response will be improved if Z1 is made equal to p2· This can be achieved if: {3(RL2 + RK)RL1 (9) fJRKRL2 culated value of Zin, the value of Z10 obtained is adequate for the designer's use to indicate the increase in driving point impedance. In arriving at equation 10, the term (1- £)ZB has been neglected because it can be assumed that nearly all the feed- back current flows through ZB, which is much Shunt-positive feedback smaller than (1 - £)ZB. A circuit similar to the one previously described The lower, right diagram, p. 69 shows another but with RF + Zn returned to ground rather than to feedback path. This path carries positive-shunt the emitter, will have no feedback through RF. Its feedback from ZE through RF to ZB. In conjunction input impedance is given by: with series-negative feedback through ZE, this feed- z. _ + back acts to increase the input impedance. The two · f3(r. ZT) · (RF+ EZB) + feedback actions may be used together to enhance + + 10 - {3(r. ZT) (RF EZB) (11) 70 Electronics I May 31, 1965 .-~~-~~~--~~~~~~-------~~~~....:..+vcs RK Rs -Z in Two-stage integrated circuit. All resistors except RE and RK are distributed resistances. Series-positive feedback is obtained if the Q. emitter current is greater than the emitter current for Qi. Series-negative feedback occurs when the Q. emitter current is less than Qi emitter current. Under normal operating conditions, larger input impedances will be obtained by the circuit whose impedances is defined by equation 10. This is useful at low operating frequencies since the impendances given in equation 10 may be expressed in pure resistance values. Temperature compensation for the circuit may be accomplished the same way as in conventional circuits-that is, a temperature-compensating diode may be used. The diode replaces a portion of £ZB. The circuit shown above, with improved temperature compensation over the previous two circuits mentioned, has other advantages too. The input current hi flowing into the base of transistor Qi is, in effect, the feedback current under normal operation, provided the open-loop input impedance (feedback not included) is low compared to the source impedance Rs, and the amplifier has high gain. Since the voltages across RE and ZF are nearly equal, the current gain and feedback current factor (also called return factor) can be written as: Current gain = -Ic2 [bl = zE+zF ZE (12) Feedback current factor = 1 1EF2 = zEz+EzF (13) An important advantage of this circuit is the simplicity with which it may be constructed on a double-diffused structure with only three layers.5 Extra biasing resistors are not required; this adds to the circuit's simplicity. All resistors as well as the transistor bases are made in the same diffusion step. This is normal practice in monolithic technology. With this method of fabrication, the junctions that form RLl and RL2 receive forward biasing. Care should be exercised to achieve good isolation between RLi and RL2. One way to improve the isolation between these two components is to locate them as far apart as possible. As shown in the above diagram, bulk resistance RK is employed between RLi and RL2 to provide sufficient isolation. Resistor RK actually also acts as a transmission line between the collectors of Qi and Q2 to provide forward transmission and phase shift. If RK provides a phase shift of 180° at normal frequencies, the signal supplied by RK to RL2 will be in phase with the signal RL2 receives from the collector of Q2. This is the desired method of operation for a distributed amplifier. Under such operating conditions, the output is: + eout = einGT(w) oeinG1(w) where {14) GT(w) = total amplification of both stages Gi(w) = amplification of first stage o = attenuation factor through RK The proper phase shift for RK to provide at low frequencies is 180°. In a typical monolithic semiconductor block using this circuit, typical power gains of 20 db and higher can be obtained at 80 Mc. Although power dissipation in the block is high, it has the advantage that it tends to reduce undesirable feedback between elements such as RE and either RLi or RL2, and also reduces shunting parasitic effects. The circuit also offers good thermal stability. In circuit operation, suppose the temperature increases, thereby increasing Bi and consequently I01. The increase in I01 reduces VcEi and therefore also reduces Ib2· In turn, IF drops, also reducing the biasing current Ibi· At the same time {32 in- creases, tending to increasing Ic2 or h 2. To com- pensate for this tendency, a zener diode with a positive temperature coefficient may be placed in series with either the base or the emitter. A zener diodes with breakdown voltage rating over 4.2 volts usually has a positive temperature coefficient. References 1. Vasil Uzunoglu, "Semiconductor Network Analysis and Design," McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1964, Chapter 3 . 2. Ibid, p. 44. 3. Vasil Uzunoglu, "A Transistor Equivalent Circuit," Proceedings of the IRE, Correspondence, December, 1961, pp. 1957-1958. 4. H.W. Bode, "Network Anaysis and Feedback Amplifier Design," D. Van Nostrand Co ., 1945. 5. J.R. Cricchi, Wesley N. Jones, "A Silicon Planar Double Diffused Mono!ithic Amplifier," Conference Proceedings, MIL·E·CON 7, Washington, Sept. 9-11, 1963. I Electronics May 31, 1965 71 Circuit design Designer's casebook Designer's casebook is a regular feature in Electronics. Readers are invited to submit novel circuit ideas, packaging schemes, or other unusual solutions to design problems. Descriptions should be short. We'll pay $50 for each item published. Photodiodes control pulse intervals By A. Kis Horvath Zurich, Switzerland t_.., The intensity of light on a pair of photodiodes, determining the amount of current that passes through them, can set pulse and interpulse periods at any value from 0.2 to 300 seconds in the circuit diagram shown at the bottom of this page. The elements of the circuit are a Schmitt trigger consisting of transistors Qi and Q2 and a capacitor C that is charged and discharged through photodiodes Di and D2, respectively. The sawtooth voltage, across the capacitor is coupled to the base of Qi by the emitter-follower Q3. (Sawtooth voltage amplitude depends on Schmitt trigger hysteresis). The capacitor charges when photodiode Di is illuminated and discharges when D2 is illuminated. The lamps are switched on and off alternately by the relay in the collector circuit of Q2· Pulse width tt is the time required for C to discharge from the Schmitt trigger's h1rn-on voltage to its turn-off voltage. The interval between pulses, t,., is the time it takes C to charge from the Schmitt's turn-off to its turn-on voltage. Free-running circuit produces square wave whose pulse and interpulse periods vary according to intensity of illumination on the photodiodes. Capacitor charging rate depends on the current through Di when it is illuminated; discharging rate depends on current through illuminated D2· The current through the photodiode is a function of illumination intensity and not (in the linear region of the V-I characteristics) on the voltage impressed across it. Illumination intensity can be varied by changing the distance between a diode and its lamp or by the power applied to the lamp filament. The light from adjacent lamp-diode channels must be isolated. The capacitor voltage can be made extremely linear by replacing the Q3 emitter-follower with a field effect transistor circuit. If sufficient power is available, incandescent lamps could be energized from the d-c source. -2ov o-c K1 (CONTACTS) 03 ~GHT~H~J- - -------12c-!N1170 K4 (COIL) OUTPUT 6 VOLTS A·C c + 250µF R6 0.5K Photodiodes D1 and D2 in this circuit were collector-base junctions of 2N1393 phototransistors. When capacitor voltage is too low, Q, is off, Q. conducts, and the relay is energized, connecting 6-volts a-c to lamp DS1 and illuminating D1· Capacitor charges to a voltage sufficient to turn on Q,, which turns off Q. and deenergizes Ki. 72 I Electronics May 31, 1965 Continuously variable delay line for frequencies below 100 Mc lllllHllllHllllllllllllllllJIJI By H. Brueckmann and D.V. Campbell Army Electronics Laboratories, Fort Monmouth, N. J. The disassembled variable delay line in the photograph at the right (similar to the trombone-shaped line stretcher) is useful at frequencies below 100 megacycles per second for phasing the elements of antenna arrays, measuring delay and phase, measuring vswr, or delaying signals in fast computers. At frequencies below 100 Mc, this line stretcher is better than other variable delay lines because it has truly continuous control of delay or electrical stub length without change in characteristic impedance; reduced size, making a line stretcher at hf and vhf practical; low attenuation per unit time delay; relatively high power-handling capability; reliability through the absence of the sliding contacts; and little variation of delay with frequency. The design was based on the fact that in a line whose propagation medium is air, the characteristic impedance does not change if the air is replaced by a medium with a relative permeability equal to its relative dielectric constant. However, the propagation velocity of the line varies inversely with the square root of their product, v = 1/(1u)'; and the time required for a signal to travel through a unit length of the line is, t = (1u)·. The bottom of the photo of the disassembled experimental model shows the outer conductor with connectors at both ends; the center of the photo shows the inner conductor, which is suspended from the connectors by short metal straps at its ends; the top shows a cylinder with a longitudinal slot. This cylinder is composed of alternately stacked ferrite and ceramic disks. Cross-sectional views of the assembled line stretcher are on next page. The delay time is varied by moving the ferrite slug axially; it is a maximum when the slug is fully inserted into the line, and a minimum when the slug is removed. The delay varies linearly with the position of the slug. The effective permeability P.F is the ratio of the inductance of a line filled with a magnetic material, to the inductance of the same line filled with air. Similarly, the effective dielectric constant £F is defined as a ratio of capacitances per unit length. The P.F and £F of a line filled with a slug made = = entirely of ferrite having a relative permeability µ.n 40 and a relative dielectric constant £n 10, have been calculated as a function of the angular slotwidth cf>. The characteristic impedance of the line is 50 ohms because DI d = 2.3. Both, P.F and Disassembled view of variable delay line shows dielectric stack of slotted ferrite and ceramic disks (top), inner conductor (center) and outer conductor (bottom). Time delay variation is continuous, but characteristic impedance is constant. 15 .... "' :510 10 20 30 40 50 ANGULAR SLOTWIDTH, cf> (IN DEGREES) Graphical solution of design criterion to obtain angular slotwidth at which f.'P = .... Solid curves relate to dielectric cylinder that occupies the entire space between inner and outer conductor (no air gap). Dashed curves relate to dielectric cylinder with air gap. £F, decrease with increasing slotwidth at different rates, coinciding at cf>= 30.8°. This is the slotwidth for a line whose characteristic impedance does not change when the ferrite is removed while the propagation velocity is reduced to about Electronics J May 31, 1965 73 175 . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . 3 . 5 16.------------------....., 15 150 --------------~~---~ 3.0 14 -=3.09 f 13 125 ~100 "' en ::l.. 75 50 2.5 2.0 en .".e..'n. ::l.. 1.5 1.0 12 ~ 11 z 810 I.LI <J) ~ 9 <z l ~ 8 I.LI :E 7 i= ~ 6 ...J I.LI 0 5 25 0,5 0 0 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 THICKNESS RATIO, CERAMIC I FERRITE p=tcltf (FOR FERRITE ALONE p =0 I Productsµ,,, and ratioµ, /,, as a function of thickness ratio p of ceramic to ferrite, for ·r = = = ferrite having µx 40, <R 10, µF 16.7, = = = 5.4 and ceramic l:iaving ·x 85, ·c 26.1 (« is the relative dielectric constant of the ceramic, including the effects of the slot and clearances) . Value of p chosen for this experimental model is indicated by dotted line. 4 3 ~ --- /DELAY OF 30CM OF AIR-FILLED LINE 01--......L...i-..1---1...--'---J.--'---'--'--'---'--..___, 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 LENGTH OF SLUG (CM) INSERTED INTO CONDUCTOR 30 CM LONG Time delay of line stretcher versus length of inserted ferrite·ceramic slug measured at three frequencies. Time delay varies with frequency probably because permeability of the ferrite in the slug begins to show a dependence on frequency at around 30 Mc. SLOTS @ CANNOT BE SEEN IN THIS VIEW FOR A COMPOSITE SLUG d =1.525CM Dt =1.59 CM D2=3.42 CM D =3.53 CM </> =10.8 DEGREES tc=0.238 CM (CERAMIC THICKNESS) tf=0.635 CM (FERRITE THICKNESS) INNER CONDUCTOR LENGTH = 30.0 CM OUTER CONDUCTOR LENGTH =32.4 CM Assembly drawing of line stretcher showing: (1) inner conductor, (2) outer conductor, (3) hollow cylinder composed of alternately stacked slotted disks of ferrites and ceramic, (4) slot-angular slot width designated by tf>, (5) metal straps that support inner conductor, (6) insulator between inner and outer conductors. 1/9 the propagation velocity of free space. The propagation velocity can be reduced further by alternately stacking disks of ferrite and highpermittivity ceramic. The disks can be made very thin to simulate a uniform line. The effective permeability and dielectric constant of a combination of materials, µ.s and % are the weighted averages of the respective values of the two materials. The weighting factor is the ratio of the thickness of ceramic to ferrite. The product (µ.s is) is a measure of the delay. The ceramic material is titanium dioxide with iR = 85, and the slotwidth is about 11°. The product (µ.s is) reaches a maximum 1.5 times higher than (µ.F iF). The ratio µ.s/ is decreases with the thickness ratio and is a measure of the characteristic impedance. The ratio (µ.s/ is) equals unity at about the same thickness ratio for which the product (µ.s is) is a maximum. This concidence can always be achieved by proper selection of materials and dimensions. The maximum delay for the experimental 30-inch line was measured at about 13 nanoseconds. The minimum delay was one nanosecond (propagation 74 Electronics I May 31, 1965 in free space). At constant frequency, the measured deviation from linearity between the time delay and slug position was less than 0.3 nanosecond. The measured delay increased about 14% with frequency over the range of 30 to 76 Mc. Standing wave ratio measurements indicated that the characteristic impedance was higher than 50 ohms and was slightly frequency dependent. The unit itself has a vswr less than 1.05. Attenuation measurements at each of three frequencies were 0.005 db/ns at 30 Mc, 0.018 db/ns at 50 Mc, and 0.18 db/ns at 76 Mc. Foil and styrofoam polarize radar beam By H.E. Ober and J.J. Hartka Applied Physics Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, Silver Spring, Md. Targets can be more clearly distinguished from their immediate environment with a radar beam whose polarization is variable. For example, such a beam makes it easier to detect an airplane flying through clouds, or above rolling ocean waves. A noncoherent radar beam can be polarized by a lens mounted directly in front of the antenna. A polarizing lens can be assembled from inexpensive materials to provide a means of building a variety of experimental lenses of different shapes. The lens consists of evenly spaced, parallel metal strips-similar to the slats of an open venetian blind. ~Tidth and spacing of the strips is a function of the radar operating frequency; number and length of strips is determined by beamwidth. The strips should be as thin as is practical, although this dimension is not critical. Aluminum foil strips from adhesive backed rolls are suitable. Because it has no mechanical strength, the foil must be rigidly supported by a dielectric that introduces little attenuation in the lens. The support maintains accurate spacing between the parallel foil strips. The spacer in the experimental lens in the photo at right, is styrofoam-a low-loss dielectric. To assemble the lens, the masking is stripped from the foil's adhesive hacking and the foil is pressed on to the Styrofoam support. Then a strip of masking tape with adhesive on both sides is placed over the foil tape. Each sandwich-Styrofoam , aluminum foil and masking tape-is an element of the polarizing lens. To assure minimum bending, the elements are laid o~ a flat surface with the foil side perpendicular to the surface. The protective paper backing is stripped from the masking tape of an element and the clements are pressed together to form a lens assembly. The complete lens is enclosed in a frame that protects the foam edges and mechani- .;:: : .;:..: FOAM Styrofoam in a lens "sandwich" can be easily cut to tolerances of 0.01 inches for accurate spacing between foil strips. Strip width and spacing is a function of the radar frequency. Circular lens is simple, cheap and lightweight, and can be rotated to obtain any degree of polarization. cally strengthens the unit. The circular lens is suitable for varying polarization because "t can be easily rotated. Electronics I May 31, 1965 75 Military electronics Detonators that tune out stray r-f Ferrites can absorb radiation that might fire or degrade electroexplosive devices. Using a new technique, it is now possible to build the attenuator right into the lead without appreciably increasing its size By Stanley M. Adelman Sr. Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, N.J. The "no radios allowed" signs seen at blasting sites are just one protection against the premature firing of a detonator by stray r-f radiation. Electroexplosive devices, which can deteriorate under such radiation if they do not actually go off, can be guarded by shields, filters, and attenuators. The latter approach works b es t, but until recently it has been difficult to make the ferrite attenuators that are useful for lower frequencies without greatly increasing th e size of the device. Now a joint effort by the Picatinny Arsenal and th e Franklin Institute in Philadelphia has produced an assembly technique so successful that Picatinny is incorporating ferrite attenuators in many Army electroexplosive d evices . Both industry and th e military have been investigating the problem of keeping r-f signals away from detonators. Industry uses the devices in excavation and demolition work, in seismic research and metalworking, and in oil drilling. The military puts them in everything from blasting caps to ICBMs-and the missile men use the devices at launch sites surrounded by radars that are powerful sources of radio-frequency radiation. Filtering the signal The best way to overcome the spurious radiation is to absorb the r-f energy as it passes through the Author Stanley M. Adelman has worked in ammunition research since 1951. Now project officer at the Ammunition Engineering Directorate, Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, N.J., he directs a group engaged in design and development of initiators, initiation systems and destruct systems, and the protection of electroexplosive devices from electrical hazards. lead wires of the detonator, without affecting the firing current. An attenuator can be substittJted for the usual plastic plug through which the lead wires pass. The first material successfully used as an r-f attenuator for electroexplosive devices was powdered iron, coated with iron phosphate. The material was compressed into a plug, and then directly substituted for the end plug in the T24El (shown on page 77), one of the smallest detonators in the armament inventory. vVhen subjected to performance, stability and environmental tests, the device kept the same detonating characteristics. Larger 100 90 I.z.-.. 80 u a..:.:. 70 a.. Cz> 60 a:: i:;: .... 50 0 >- I- 40 _J ID .q 30 ID 0 a:: a.. 20 10 0 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 CURRENT IN MILLIAMPERES Reliability vs. firing current for a hypothetical electroexplosive device. A current decrease of only 60 milliamperes reduces firing probability to 50%. 76 Electronics J May 31, 1965 PETN DEXTRINATED LEAD AZIDE FERRULE* MILLED LEAD STYPHNATE PHENOLIC PLUG LEAD WIRES* I '--FORM EX INSULATION ~~~~~===========:::::;7""- TUNGSTEN BRIDGE WIRE * ..,.r,.___ _ _ _ .3 70 MAX ----~ CORROSION RESISTING STEEL The protected version of the T24El electric detonator uses powdered iron instead of a phenolic plug. The r·f plug for the protected T24El is not considered adequate at frequencies below 100 megacycles. The base charge is pentaerythretol tetranitrate (PETN). devices were also tested with powdered iron plugs, and comparable results were obtained. The curve in the graph at left shows that for typical powdered iron plugs, the higher the frequency, the greater the attenuation. However, the powdered iron plug cannot provide protection below 50 megacycles unless the device is made bigger. Also, this method does not have good voltage breakdown or insulation resistance characteristics. Ferrites take the low road For some time ferrites have been considered a likely source of r-f attenuating materials, especially at the lower frequencies. [Electronics, May 17, p. 65.] Tests have been conducted to determine performance characteristics of carbonyl iron and a typical ferrite (manganese-zinc). The table at left indicates that ferrites are more suitable than iron for r-f attenuators, at both low and high frequencies. But ferrites do present a problem of assembly. Powdered iron is readily molded over the lead wires, and wire breakage is rare even though extremely high pressures are required during th e assembly process. The same assembly technique cannot be used for ferrites because the high curing temperatures required can melt most lead wires. Beads do the trick The Picatinny-Franklin Institute method calls for the use of ferrite beads about 0.1 inch long and 0.1 inch in diameter, each having an annular cavity slightly larger in diameter than the lead wire. These beads are silver-plated and fired at l,200-l,400°C. They are slipped inside a lead zirconate or barium titanate ceramic sleeve that has also been silverplated and fired, and bonded to the ceramic with a conductive silver-filled epoxy cement. The electric Comparison of powdered iron and ferrite attenuators Ferrite Iron with with Iron insulation Ferrite insulation Resistance (ohms) lQG infinite 100 Breakdown voltage 30 v 1500 v - - a at 1 Mc 0.01 0 .01 4 a at 10 Mc 0.25 0.25 34 a at 100 Mc 6 6 160 a at 500 Mc 50 50 170 infinite 1500 v 0 .8 7.5 52 100 Temperature - 65° F tp 300° F - 65° F to 500° F Effect on capacitor none discharge none shunts none load Effect on square wave pulse none none shunts none load · a = attenuation in db/ cm 100 ATTENUATION Vs FREQUENCY ,'1' FOR RF ATTENUATED T24E1 , ' DETONATOR'/' z 0 1- 10 <C :z:::> w I- , ~ ~ " " I- <C ,' f"--~-~_._~_.....____.'--'_,_.._____._....._....._...._, 10 100 1,000 10,000 FREQUENCY (MC) Powdered iron in the T24El detonator is effective only between 150 and 600 Mes. The dashed line are extrapolated values. I Electronics May 31, 1965 77 New, highly accurate calibration equipment at Picatinny Arsenal measures r·f attenuation as high as 70 db. quickly and simply. lead-in wires are bonded in turn to the assemblies with a conductive silver-filled cement. A thin Teflon washer is placed between each assembly. The en tire assembly-the electrical conductor, ferrite beads and ceramic insulators and washersforms one lead for th e detonator. Two such assemblies are placed into the attenuator body, which is also of conductive material. During the curing process a special fixture exerts pressure on the end beads. This prevents the epoxy from leaking and short-circuiting the attenuator. The figure on page 79 shows a ferrite device designed to protect squib switches. Such attenuators are now being made in production quantities by Culbertson Products, Inc., in Bernardsville, N. J. Inching along This type of attenuator is now being designed for use with explosive switches of the type used in many missiles. A typical mechanical configuration allows one inch of space for the attenuator. The amount of ferrite used here results in 17 decibels of attenuation at 10 Mc and about 1.8 db of attenuation at 1 Mc. Larger devices, 3 inches long and % inch in diameter, have resulted in 70 db of r-f attenuation at 10 Mc and 10 db at 1 Mc. The use of presently available ferrites and improved application techniques should eventually make possible adequate r-f protection down to about 100 kilocycles. Shielding helps Detonators should be shielded wherever possible. However, it is extremely difficult to maintain a completely effective r-f shield, since access to the device is necessary to provide a firing current. For example, a shielding of a missile by means of an r-f tight skin , with soldered joints or gasketing of silver or copper woven strands, has limitations b ecause of the necessity for providing access doors to circuits to make settings and checks. If the devices were made so insensitive that thev required extremely large firing currents , the dang~r of r-f interference would be reduced, but large and heavy power supplies would be needed to supply the firing current. This method is impractical in most cases; but even when it is used, devices can be fired or desensitized by prolonged r-f radiation exposure or arc-over. Firing sensitivity Before attempting to design protection again st radiation into a particular electroexplosive device it is necessary to determine its sensitivity to d-c and r-f stimuli. The response to radiation can be determined in the laboratory by making the device a part of a match ed tran smission line. R-f power is then fed from a tran smitter directly to the lead wires. Because the system is matched, maximum power 78 Electronics I May 31, 1965 ASSEMBLY 0 .5 INCHES LEAD WIRE (NICKEL-IRON ALLOY) \ SLEEVE (BARIUM TITANATE) ~SQUIB SWITCH ADAPTER a SEAL ASSEMBLY SQUIB SWITCH WITH ALTERNATOR Stacked ferrite beads with Teflon wa sher separators attenuate r-f before it gets into squ ib switches. transfer is obtained. Although this is the best possible arrangement for firing, it is the worst from the standpoint of reliability and safety. Fortunately, in an actual weapon, the chance of achieving such an impedance match is remote. The usefulness of the test lies in its abi li ty to es tablish the sensitivity of the device to r-f stimu li, and to es tablish firing thresholds. Since the impedance of the transmission line is known and that of the device (typically about 0. 1 ohm) is measurable, the power reflected can be calculated by using the following equation: l ' R= ZzLL+- zz.. = 1.0 - 50 i.o+5o = -0 98 · p R = V R2 = (- 0.98) 2 = 0.9604 = 96.04% Releasing the energy An electroexplosive device is a highly concentrated source of energy which is fired by an electrical signal. In its simplest form , the device consist of a firing cir· cuit, a power source, bridgewire (or resistance) , lead wires and explosive charges. The electroexplosive is fired when current passing through the bridgewire heats it, and causes a thin film of heat-sensitive explo· sive wrapped around the bridgewire to be raised to ignition temperature. When this explosive, the spot charge, detonates, a shock is generated that ignites a less sensitive priming charge, which in turn fires the base charge. When a continuous source of r·f radiation en· counters the lead wires or associated circuitry of an electroexplosive device, current is induced which passes through the circuit and eventually through the bridgewire. The current level is related to the intensity of radiation, the efficiency of the antenna structure (represented by the lead wires and circuits), the im· pedance match between the antenna and load, and the reflective or absorptive losses. If the frequency of the r-f radiation is one to which the antenna structures re· sponds efficiently, and the intensity of the radiation is high enough to overcome losses in the circuit and still approximate the firing requirement for the electroexplo· sive device, the consequence may be loss of life or property damage, or both. If the current remains below the firing level, but is applied for some time, desensitization of the spot charge or changes in the bridgewire may take place, and the device will become unreliable. Detonators which fail to fire not only result in expensive time delays, but also increase the danger to personnel, since they must be removed and replaced. Pulsed radar signals may also be a hazard even if the current induced is well below the danger level. The heat generated during the pulse cannot be entirely dis· sipated in the time between pulses. Thermal stacking can caus.e the charge to be either desensitized or fired. Electronics I May 31, 1965 79 IN PUT POWER METER REFLEC TED POWER DETECTOR- INDICATOR GENERATOR MATCHING SECTION DIRECT IONAL COUPLER SAMPLE UNDER TEST \ 0\'- _, I I EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF AIR LINE MATCHING SECTION GALVANOMETER THERMOCOUPLE POWER DETECTOR INPUT POWER INDICATOR RF GENERATOR I ~ REFLECTED f'OWER IND I CATOR I L l ,... ...... ~ HIGH POWER MATCHED LOAD ·I . I ~ DIRECTIONA L COUPLERS I MPEDANCE MATCHING NETWORK ELECTRO EXPLOSIVE DEVICE Attenuation of ferrite and powdered iron samples were measured by the " sample substitution " technique shown in the diagram at the top. Sample attenuation is the difference in the galvanometer power reading when an air line or sample is inserted in the system . The system in the lower diagram measures the r-f power necessary to fire the electroexplosive devices by comparing r-f power levels in ideal and real loads. Where: V ,1 = Voltage reflection coefficient Z L = Input impedance of electroexplosive device Z 0 = Characteristic impedance of transmission line P n = Power reflection coefficient This indicates that a maximum of only 3.96% of the power actually reaches the bridgewire. The influence of r-f radiation on sensitivity is determined by subjecting th e electroexplosive device to r-f energy below the firing level, and then evaluating it for d-c firing sensitivity. Such tests have shown that electroexplosive devices may become less sensitive after exposure to r-f; thus the reliability of any weapon, warhead, or missile using the device may be degraded if it has been exposed to r-f radiation. High performance tests To assess the performance of materials and devices as r-f attenuators, the arrangement shown in the diagram above has been used. It permits the precise determination of power loss in the material or device without the inaccuracy introduced by mismatched impedances. Attenuation values of 60 db have been claimed by manufacturers on the basis of insertion loss measurem ents. That figure included the reflected power resulting from impedance mismatch. Attenuation measurements at Pica- tinny have shown the actual values to be as low as 3 db or less in some cases . Complex design problems The design of r-f suppression methods would be relatively simple if the r-f environment in which the electroexplosive must survive could be completely defined. The frequencies and power output of r-f transmitters such as h·acking radars, command and guidance equipment, telemetry, and other similar equipment which are part of a particular system are known, and the intensity of the emitted wave at a particular point in space may be calculated or measured. However, there may be other sources of radiation whose frequencies are not known. The goal is to provide r-f protection against radiating devices whose frequencies are in the range of 10 kilocycles to 40 gigacycles. Filters can give protection, but they may be resonant at certain frequencies at which r-f energy would be unimpeded. Also, since filters tend to spread out the energy in the d-c firing pulse, reliability of the device may be impaired. For many electroexplosive devices, the current level that corresponds to low firing probability is not widely separated from the high probability level. Relatively small changes in current may result in a significant reduction in reliability (see graph, p. 76). However, filters are useful at specific frequencies. 80 I Electronics May 31, 1965 Consumer electronics From Japan,astartling new color tv set With a single gun tube and solid state circuitry, this 71/2-inch set boasts economy and simplicity of design By Yasumasa Sugihara, Hisao Ito, and Akira Haraguchi Yaou Electric Co. ltd., Kanagawa, Japan There's big news in the small all-transistor color television set developed by the Yaou Electric Co. of Japan. Called the Colornet, it is the first such set in the world. Both its 71/z-inch color picture tube and its method of color presentation are markedly different from those of conventional color receivers. The picture tube, for example, has one electron gun that presents the red, blue and green information sequentially. Conventional three-gun shadow mask tubes present all three colors simultaneously. With the exception of the high voltage rectifiers and picture tube, the new receiver has no vacuum tubes. Power consumption has been held to 30 watts from an a-c supply, 20 watts when operated from d-c. Shadow mask sets use about ten times more power. Two views of the 16-pound receiver are at the right. The color picture tube, called the Colornetron, is one version of the Lawrence tube developed independently at the Kobe Kogyo Corp. Yaou gets its Colornetron tubes from Kobe Kogyo. Another version of the Lawrence tube, the Chromatron, is used in the Sony Corp.'s color tv sets. However, Sony manufactures its own color tubes. Problem of purity Like the Chromatron, the Colornetron has one electron gun which horizontally scans very narrow vertical stripes of red, blue, and green phosphors. The voltage across two coplanar fine-wire grids behind the stripes switch the electron beam to the appropriate phosphor. Differences between the Colornetron and the Chromatron are primarily in the method of frabrication and the method of assuring color purity [Electronics, June 1, 1964, p. 86]. In the Chromatron, to guarantee purity-which means to assure that the electron beam will always Colornet set is designed to sell initially for approximately $385. It will be introduced this summer in Japan and in the fall in the United States. With increased production about a year later, Yaou plans to drop the price to $275. Rear of compact Yaou set with cabinet removed shows the density of the solid state circuitry. The 16-pound receiver measures about 9.4 inches wide, 10.2 inches high and 10.5 inches deep. BULB FACE ALUMINUM BACKED PHOSPHOR COATED SCREEN (f4KV) 0 0 o''IO I I 0\0 \ 0 0 0 0 o)o0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 j0 0 \ \ \ \ FOCUSING GRID (6 KV) COLOR SWITCHING GRIDS (4.5 KV) ~ l / \ \ ELECTRON DEFLECTION ANGLE BEAM \ ~,/' ~ - RED D BLUE E2a GREEN Color purity in the Colornetron tube is assured because of the focusing grid. The approach of the electron beam to the screen is always the same regardless of its deflection angle. The potential between the color switching grids then determines which colored phosphor the beam will strike. hit the right phosphor-the tube's own electron beam is used to bake on each phosphor in the appropriate position. For instance, to deposit the red phosphor, the inside of the tube is coated with phosphor, and then evacuated. The voltage representing red is then applied to the color switching grid and the electron beam is made to scan the screen. The red phosphor will stick only on that portion of the screen that has been scanned. For each color, the tube must be evacuated to deposit a phosphor and then opened again to wash out the excess phosphor. Kobe Kogyo eliminates this expensive process by depositing the phosphors on an auxiliary glass plate outside of the tube and using masked ultraviolet light to bake on the phosphor stripes. They solve the problem of purity with a special wire for.using grid directly b ehind the color switching grid. The focus grid makes each electron's angle of approach to the screen the same, regardless of the angle of beam deflection. The illustration at the left shows how the focus grid works. The screen-7112 inches across-is installed in a standard, inexpensive, 9-inch, 90° bulb (shown at the left) commonly used in Japanese black and white sets. ALUMINIZ~ED SWITCHING GRID l ' SCREEN TERMINALS TERMINAL 1 .~ \ ""' 7z1 IN. DIAGONAL AUXILIARY SCREEN Phosphors are applied to a 7lh-inch screen which is then put in this standard black-a nd-white nine·inch tv bulb. The tube was developed by the Kobe Kogyo Corp. of Japan. f 2 R G - - - - - - 3 B --- - - - - - G 263..!... --- 2 - - - - B 264 - - R 265 -i---------0 4 R------ - - -- G 266 267 --- 263.!. 2 G------- ------- ---- ----B525 Line sequent:al scanning sequence is shown above. The solid l:nes repersent the first scanned field: the dotted lines, the second. Noti ce th Jt even with interlocking scans, each color is repeated every third line. Change of center Originally, Colornetron tubes had a red-centered color stripe pattern; that is, every other stripe was red. Color order was red-blue-red-greenred-blue-red-green. But a red-centered pattern will not give a truly white level for black and white picture reception. Instead, the screen tends to have a low color temperature resembling warm-white fluorescent bulbs. Yaou feared that its customers might not accept a picture that differed greatly from the normal blue-white of conventional sets. The red fluorescent phosphor was changed from a low-efficiency zincphosphate phosphor to a higher efficiency zinc sulphide phosphor. As a result, Colornetron tubes now have a blue-centered pattern. Switching the colors With the blue-centered pattern, color switching grid wires lie over the red and green stripes. There is one terminal for the wires over the red stripes and another for those over the green stripes. The voltage applied between these two terminals determines which color the electrons will strike. Red, green and blue signals are sampled sequentially to modulate the electron beam. In the same sequence, the voltage between the grids is switched so that each color signal illuminates only its respective colored phosphor. The Colornetron is operated line sequentially. That means that color is switched after a line is scanned. The colors are scanned in the order, red, green, blue, as shown in the diagram (left). The solid lines represent the first field, the dotted lines the second field. In the Sony Chromatron set, color switching is 82 I Electronics May 31, 1965 wANTENNA .........., TUNER 1.F. 2ND DETECT. r--1 SOUND SECTION uJ SPEAKER 0.8 ~ 1ST VIDEO AMPL 1--1 MICROS EC DELAY f-- NOTCH FILTER LINE FOCUSING SWITCHING ~~~~1 ~...., \ f--1 2ND VIDEEOy~) AMPL 1i 1: 1: ~. 1-_, rr...... E,~E, I ER-Ev Ee-Ev 'i5 r~~r:t---- SYNC SEPARATER a DEFL CIRCUIT ! DEFLECTION y OKE IST BANDPASS ~ 2 ND BANDPASS f-- DE MOD AMPL AMPL l BURST KEYER AND AMPL t----1 PHASE DETECTOR I f----l COLOR AMPL PHASE MOD I PHOSPHOR COATED SCREEN 14 KV COLOR SWITCHING AMPL 1 1fHVHY REACTANCE CIRCUIT I--- CRYSTAL osc ~ ~G 3H A3H TE - SIGNAL SAWTOOTH GEN 1 STAIRCASE GEN t--i J Handling the signal Three circuit branches work on the received signal after it is amplified in the first video amplifier. The first branch directs the signal through a delay line and a notch filter, which removes the 3.58 Mc chrominance signal, and a second video amplifier to the cathode of the Colorrietron tube. The signal on the cathode is the luminance or monochrome part of the signal, Ey. The second circuit branch filters out all but the synchronization pulses (represented by H) which control horizontal and vertical beam deflection. The horizontal sync pulses also generate the sawtooth and staircase waves which control the line sequential circuitry. The third circuit branch contains a bandpass amplifier that passes only the 3.58 Mc chrominance signal and the 0.5 Mc sidebands on either side of the suppressed subcarrier. In this branch, EYis filtered out. The chrominance signal is then amplified and demodulated in a synchronous detector. There, the phase of the reinserted local subcarrier determines which color information is re· covered. The subcarrier phase shifts 120° before every horizontal line scan so that demodulation of each of the three difference-signals, EwEv, Eo·Ev and En·Ev takes place in turn. The recovered difference signal is amplified again and fed to the grid of the electron gun where it is added to Ev to reproduce a red, green or blue signal. The subcarrier generated by the crystal oscillator is shifted in phase in a phase modulator that, in turn, is modulated by a sawtooth wave generator. In the phase detector, the phase of the crystal oscillator is compared with the reference color burst. Any difference between them creates an error signal in the reactance tube. The error signal is fed back to the oscillator. The comparison is trig· gered every third horizontal line by a gate signal that originates in the staircase wave generator. The stair· case wave is a three-step voltage that-when amplified in the colorswitching amplifier-biases the color switching grids to deflect the electron beam to the proper colored phosphors. done at the rate of 3.58 megacycles. Because of this high rate of sampling, the system is known as dot sequential. Keeping power requirements down Neither shadow-mask nor Chromatron picture tubes are well suited for transistor tv sets. Not only are small shadow-mask tubes extremely difficult to manufacture but the shadow mask itself stops most of the electrons. It takes high voltages and currents to produce a satisfactorily bright image. Colornetron brightness is about 100 footlamberts , more than twice that of the average shadow tube. The one-gun Chromatron has the disadvantage of needing a 3.58-Mc power source for its color switching grid. Transistors, which work well in conven- tional deflecting circuits, are unable to handle the Chromatron's color switching requirements. Another disadvantage of the Chromatron's dot sequential system is that on-time is about half that of a line-sequential system, producing a relatively dimmer screen. Furthermore, the color switching grid wires, which have a capacitance of approximately 1,000 picofarads b etween them, have high losses when operated at 3.58 Mc. Switching power required for a dot sequential tube is about 20 watts. Because the color switching frequency of the Colornetron is low, the total power used by the color switching circuits is only 2 watts. This, together with the low deflection power requirements of the Colornetron, removes difficulties that might Electronics I May 31, 1965 83 Scene photographed from the Yaou receiver shows how horizontal scanning across vertical phosphor stripes produces net-like appearance; hence the name, Colornet. Sawtooth wave is the modulating voltage to the phase modulator. During the scanning of one horizontal line, the rise of the sawtooth retards the phase of the local subcarrier 120°; during beam retrace, the modulating vol· tage drops to zero, allowing the local subcarrier to advance back to 0 °. Each step of the staircase voltage when amplified changes the potential between the color switching grids to deflect the electron beam to one of the colored phosphors. The period of the three-step staircase is 3H. be encountered with transistorized circuits. Also, unlike the dot sequential Chromatron picture tube, there is no problem of spurious radiation from 3.58-Mc switching. Phosphor spacing Low power dissipation in the switching grids reduces the possibility that grid wires will heat up and expand. An expanded wire is susceptible to vibration that may cause the wire to bow away from its normal position. A displaced wire may affect color purity or short-circuit neighboring wires. Even in the Colornetron, grid bowing is a problem that limits the picture definition of the tube. The spacing between phosphor stripes on the screen is limited by the necessary spacing between grid wires. Monochrome resolution, which is approximately 200 lines, is limited by the spacing between phosphor stripes rather than by the bandwidth of the receiver. This can be seen in the photo- graph of the screen above. In a color picture, the lack of definition is a lot less noticeable. The Colornet receiver uses many special circuits not found in other color sets. The operation of the complete receiver is described on page 83. One color demodulator Hue information phase-modulates the transmitted color subcarrier which is then suppressed at the transmitter. The hue information is then transmitted as the phase angle of the chrominance signal. The constant phase of the color burst, transmitted during the blanking period, serves as a reference. To recover any one color at the receiver, the subcarrier generated in a local oscillator, must be reinserted at the demodulator; and its phase must be shifted to the angle which represents that color. The phase displacement of the local subcarrier is known as the demodulation axis. An important feature of the Colornetron tv set is the use of only one demodulator rather than two 84 I Electronics May 31, 1965 or three as in conventional color sets. In a simultaneous color set, to recover all colors, there must be either two demodulators whose axes are at right angles or three demodulators whose axes are at the angles which represent the red, green and blue difference signals. The Colornet, however, is sequential and only one color need be demodulated at a time. With one demodulator (shown below), the axis is made to change for every horizontal line to recover each primary color. A major design feature of the Yaou receiver is the simplicity and economy with which the local subcarrier phase, and hence the demodulation axis, is . shifted every line. Rotation The local crystal oscillator does not reproduce the transmitted subcarrier frequency exactly. Instead it generates the subcarrier frequency plus one-third the horizontal scanning frequency, 1/3 H. (That is, 3,579,545 plus 5250 cps or 3,584,795 cps). The resulting oscillator output advances 120° in phase each period H with respect to the fixed phase of the color burst. The burst and the local oscillator will, however, be in phase every third lin e. This is illustrated below. 111 SUBCARRIER "t-_-'VI,,.,,...... 2.2K One color demodulator recovers close approximations of all three difference signals in sequence. This is done by impressing the color signal with the local subcarrier which is advanced 120° in phase each line. ~B ~B c c .., 120° c o· ...J Cz> 360° .<.,t 240° o· VJ :<rt 120° Q. A H 2H 3H TIME t Crystal oscillator output (line AC) advances continuously 120° in phase during each horizontal line (time H) with respect to the transmitted reference subcarrier burst, (line AB). The oscillator's output phase, however, must be kept constant during each time H (as shown by the dotted line and the phasors) to provide axes for demodulation. This is done by phase modulating the oscillator output in the opposite direction to its phase advance for a period H. Line AC and phasor AC represent the oscillator output phase which advances counter clockwise at the rate of one revolution per 3H with respect to the fixed reference color burst AB. However, to demodulate one color per line, the phase must be held constant during each horizontal line scan as shown by the dotted lines. Holding the phase constant for period H establishes axes for demodulation. To keep the phase of AC constant for one horizontal scan, the oscillator output is retarded clockwise in a phase modulator at the same rate that it is advancing counterclockwise with respect to AB. The input to the phase modulator is a sawtooth wave whose period is H, as shown on page 84. The rise of the sawtooth retards AC to a maximum of 120° during horizontal scanning. The second part of the sawtooth advances AC quickly to its unmodulated position during beam retrace. In this way AC moves in 120° steps with respect to AB. The Yaou receiver, therefore, demodulates the chrominance signal each horizontal line along axes which are 120° apart. These are very close approximations of the axes of the original difference signals. The small difference in frequency between the local oscillator and the transmitted reference subcarrier does not affect the demodulation process. If the oscillator reproduced the exact subcarrier frequency, the receiver would require a phase modulator for the local subcarrier capable of shifting the phase by a maximum of 240° to provide the three demodulation axes. In its present form, the phase modulator need only shift the phase of the local subcarrier a maximum of 120°, resulting in much simpler circuitry. The authors have built an experimental receiver which operates at the same frequency as the subcarrier and which demodulates exactly on the color difference axes. The experimental receiver, though considerably more expensive, did not perform significantly better. The color switching circuitry, which switches the voltage on the color grids, consists of a staircase wave generator whose ouput wave shape is shown in the photograph on page 84 and an amplifying circuit that raises the voltage change to 100 volts per step. The amplified staircase rides on a 4.5 Kv d-c voltage. The staircase wave generator also generates the 3H gate pulse used to synchronize the oscillator. No degaussing necessary Of major concern to manufacturers of portable color tv sets are the effects of the earth's magnetic field. In the Colornet receiver, the phosphor is deposited in the form of vertical stripes. As the set is moved in a horizontal direction the earth's magnetic field causes a slight deflection of the electron beam in the vertical direction. Thus, the entire image slides a very small amount in a vertical direction. This effect is not noticeable, so the set may be moved around at will. I Electronics May 31, 1965 85 From communication centers in the U.S. ... Army lays the groundwork for satellite communications Soon the Pentagon will be able to dial an outpost as if it were next door, using a 24-satellite system . Work has already begun on a network of 11 ground stations By John F. Mason Military Electronics Editor 86 I Electronics May 31, 1965 ... to jungle outposts A The 15-foot Mark IV (X) antenna was flown by one C-130 to Saigon, and set up within hours to communicate with Syncom. Eventually, the Army hopes to have antennas for satellite communication much smaller than this one. · The 60-foot AN/FSC-9 at Fort Dix, N.J., and its twin at Cape Roberts, will be modified to operate with the new military communications satellite system. The two rings around the center hole will be removed and a pylon installed which will carry the new 7- and 8-Gc feed horns, preamplifiers, and diplexers. A Cassegrain subreflector will also be installed just inboard of the present feed. When North Vietnamese patrol boats fired torpedoes at U.S. ships in the Bay of Tonkin last summer, Pentagon brass found their normal high frequency radio channels to Saigon cut off by atmospheric disturbances, something that happens often in that part of the world. Fortunately, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration's Syncom II satellite was available; it supplied the only operating circuit between Saigon and Washington, via the Army Materiel Command facility at Fort Monmouth, N.J. During that crisis, satellite communications performed so well that Defense Secretary Robert S. McNamara abandoned the idea of using the Communications Satellite Corp.'s system and decided to proceed with an all-military network. The 24 satellites will be orbited by three Titan C boosters next year; but work on the ground stations is already under way. In carefully selected locations around the earth, many of them secret, the first network of 11 stations is coming into being. Three stations, now being used with NASA's Syncom II and III satellites, will be modified for military use. The remaining eight are being built from scratch by the Hughes Aircraft Co. In charge of developing the surface terminals is the U.S. Army Satellite Communications Agency, an organization set up by the Army Materiel Com- mand. Unquestionably, the thorniest technical problems are posed by the military's requirement for multiple access. The satellite will have to receive manv signals transmitted simultaneously from a numbe'r of independent stations, while Syncom satellites operate in a simple duplex mode over a single channel. The system has to have a capacity of about 60 multiplexed 4-kilocycle channels. Because each sat- ellite is really a simple frequency translator, to re- lay speech, printed messages, facsimile and data in both analog and digital form, most of the com- plexity is in the ground stations. Since Syncom II went up on July 26, 1963 and Syncom III on Aug. 19, 1964, military ground sta- tions have logged more than 11,000 hours of com- munications time with them. All results went to SatCom, thus providing the engineers there with experience that has resulted in the redesign of many electronic components. · Station modifications Two of the stations to be modified are fixed A /FSC-9 terminals with 60-foot antennas and 20kilowatt transmitters-one at Fort Dix, N. J., and the other at Camp Roberts, Calif. Radiation, Inc., is under contract to the Army Materiel Command to modify these units. The major modification will be to switch to the new frequencies: 7.9 to 8.4 Ge to transmit, and 7.25 to 7.75 Ge to receive. A Cassegrainian feed with a removable subreflector located just inboard of the existing primary focus feed will be installed to provide the new operating frequency ranges. A unique feature of the design is that the new subreflector is transparent to 400 megacycles and therefore permits simultaneous use of the 400-Mc telemetry frequency from the primary focus feed with the new satellite communications frequencies from the Cassegrainian feed. The Syncom frequencies will be retained (7.3 Ge for transmitting and 1.8 Ge for receiving) and can be used by removing the subreflector and switching the transmission lines for the Cassegrainian feed to the primary focus feed. The new Cassegrainian feed will utilize a pseudomonopulse system for generating automatic tracking information. The first r-f amplifier will be a cryogenically cooled parametric device located in the new feed assembly. After further amplification by a low-noise traveling wave tube, the re- I Electronics May 31, 1965 87 The control center will look very much like this test operations center at Fort Monmouth. The big figure 8 on the illuminated map shows the positions of both Syncom satellites at all times. Via one or both of these satellites, Saigon can be dialed as easily as a local telephone number. ceived signal will be translated to the 1.8-Gc band to make use of the existing antenna rotary joints. After being brought down from the antenna, the 1.8-Gc signal will be converted to an i-f frequency of 70 Mc for use by the communications receivers. The existing transmitter exciter is being replaced by a broad-band exciter that will provide the transmit frequencies for Syncom as well as for the military satellites. The 20-kw power amplifier will be modified to cover both transmit bands. New modulators and demodulators will be supplied by the Hughes Aircraft Co. to be compatible with the new 40-foot antennas. Also to be used in the network is the A /TSC-55, 15-foot antenna with a 5-kw output in Saigon. Terminal links now being used with Syncom that might be converted to the military system at a later date are: the transportable AN /MSC-44 with its 30-foot antenna and 30-kilowatt transmitter-one at Clark Air Base, the Philippines, and the other at Asmara, Ethiopia; the AN/MSC-45 with a 30-foot antenna and 10-kw output at Helemano, Hawaii; the 30-foot antenna with a 20-kw output on the USNS Kingsport; and the Mark IV(X) 15-foot inflatable antenna with a 2.5-kw output, also in Saigon. The new link terminal, designated AN/MSC-46, consists of a 40-foot Cassegrain antenna, with 10kw output, a dual-wall radome, electronic equipment housed in three modified M-373 cargo vans, and three diesel engine-driven power generators. Minimum antenna gain at 8 Ge is 57 db. Reliability goals are a mean-time-between-failures of 200 hours and mean-time-to-repair of two hours. Hughes will deliver the first AN/MSC-46 to Fort Monmouth in August, the next one in October, and the remaining six at monthly intervals. Control center The control center for the system is the gateway for all Defense Communications System traffic to be transmitted via the satellite. The center will assign individual ground terminals to a particular satellite, and tell the selected ground terminal when and where to find the satellite, and when to switch to a new satellite. A handover system that will do this has not yet been built. Requests for proposals to bid on a contract to design and build a model of such a system have been in at Fort Monmouth for a little more than two weeks. The center will also indicate when the circuits are inoperative, and it will connect the communications traffic to the ground station via cable or radio. It will provide communication scheduling, technical monitoring, data processing and display. The control room, which will be similar to the Ft. Monmouth room shown above, will probably be in the Washington, D. C. area. Multiple access The military system cannot operate in a simple duplex mode over a single channel, as Syncom does. The military satellite must receive from a number of independent links, signals transmitted simultaneously and sharing the same power. The system will therefore need the 60-odd multiplexed 4-kc channels. But with this multiple-access system come problems. The signals received at the satellite are unequal. They come from different places and have different path losses. Antennas at various stations vary in size, and the power output is not consistent. The inequality in signal levels is further affected by the hard limiter in the satellite which enhances the stronger signal and suppresses the weaker. To solve this problem and provide a good balance of signal power, SatCom is investigating 88 Electronics \ May 31, 1965 various techniques to control the transmitting output power. A study is being made of all the factors that contribute to the imbalance: up-link and down-link propagation characteristics, the input and output of the satellite, the optimum number of carriers, and the sensitivity of the receiver at various ground sites. Once these measurements are made, SatCom will look at several automatic techniques for balancing the up-link power of the ground terminal so that the satellite output power is shared by the ground terminals for best reception. Time division multiplexing A possible alternative to power control to achieve a multiple-access system is the use of time division multiplexing (tdm). With tdm, each ground terminal is assigned an exclusive time slot, in sequence, and only one terminal has access to the satellite at a time. Tdm requires accurate synchronization of the network to eliminate overlapping or intersymbol interference. Besides precise timing by a worldwide system of clocks, guard times between station transmission are necessary due to variations in propagation time. To cut the number of guard times, which are dead periods and therefore wasteful, interleaving may be put on a block-by-block basis rather than bit-by-bit. This will be a little more expensive initially, because storage devices will be needed at the transmitter and receiver. A way to synchronize the ground terminals without clocks is to have the central control station transmit pulses at a stable rate. The satellite retransmits these pulses by means of a separate channel. The signal is received on the ground and after processing becomes the time frame pulse that establishes the zero time from which time slots are assigned. Other possibilities SatCom plans to investigate other multipleaccess techniques, both orthogonal and nonorthogonal. Orthogonal systems employ techniques that do not cause any interference between the different users because signals arrive 90° out of phase. The Air Force Eastern Test Range is studying orthogonal techniques for both telemetry and communi- Electronics J May 31, 1965 89 cations [Electronics, Feb. 22, p. 96]. Nonorthogonal systems use a common time or frequency space with signals superimposed, wholly or in part, and each signal carrying a characteristic signature. Examples of this system are pseudonoise modulated carriers in the same frequency domain (spread spectrum), pulse coincidence in the same frequency domain, and frequency hopping. These systems will be evaluated from the standpoint of error rate, intelligibility, sensitivity in detecting weak signals, spectrum utilization, rate of transmission, and synchronization. Making a choice Preseat ground terminals operate as fdm/ f-m or fdm/p-m systems. Essentially the same, either of the techniques can be used with the aid of preemphasis and deemphasis networks. A choice between tdm and fdm will eventually be made. Tdm is attractive because it uses digital techniques; it is also simpler, more readily adaptable to security, amenable to adaptive techniques, and capable of accepting analog traffic as well. The selection won't be made solely on a comparison of multiplexing techniques, however. Consideration will also be given to the type of modulation and detection to be used. More work on phase lock and detectors using frequency modulation with feedback for wideband signals, for example, may well improve the quality and quantity of traffic. The whole area of detection will be thoroughly exploited because of its cost and reliability advantages. The Army will also look into the feasibility of using error detection and correction techniques to protect against random as well as burst errors. Adaptive communications A system that will automatically adjust the rate of transmission and the traffic capacity of a system to prevailing conditions would be ideal for communications satellites. A system might automatically trade off carrier-to-noise margin for receiver bandwidth. As the margin improved, bandwidth would automatically increase. For full duplex operation, however, power control would be needed to balance and equalize the received carrier signals at each end of the satellite link. Automation in the control center, while not planned initially, would enhance the ability to handle the satellite network. Computers will be needed to keep track of satellite positions and advise ground antennas where and when to acquire the satellite. Electronic components To obtain higher efficiencies and wider bandwidths than are possible with the klystrons now being used, the Army Electronics Command's laboratory at Monmouth developed a high-power (12.5 kw), X-band traveling wave tube that will be used with the military system. These tubes operate between 7.7 to 8.4 Ge with an efficiency of 21 % in the normal mode and 32% in a depressed collector mode over the same band. The life of the tube has not been determined; the goal is 10,000 hours. Isolating the receiver is a problem because the transmit and receive frequencies are relatively close together and also because link terminal transmitter powers are high (up to 20 kw continuous wave). To alleviate this situation, the Army is developing a preselector designed to result in 90 db rejection This servo control console for the AN/FSC-9 will be used without modification with the military satellite. The antenna supervisor, Sgt. 1st CL Roy L. Canter, can move the 60-foot dish from -5° elevation to +185 °, with 360° continuous azimuth. 90 Electronics I May 31, 1965 SatCom's experienced team When the Defense Department finally decided last fall to build its own communication satellite system, research and development of the ground portion was already well under way. Personnel of the Army's Satellite Communication Agency (SatCom) at Fort Monmouth, N.J. had been working on this job since SatCom's formation in August. 1962, and on the Advent communications satellite program-both satellite and ground portion-since Sept. 1960. On the Advent program , the group was called the Army Advent Management Agency. It was when Advent ran into technological trouble and the program was canceled that the agency's name was changed, and it was made responsible for the ground stations only. The Air Force was given the job of putting the satellites into orbit. Many of the men at SatCom are engineers from the old Signal Corps Engineering Laboratories who brought with them experience from projects much older than Advent. In 1946, they bounced signals off the moon with a radar called Diana: in 1958, they worked on the first active communications relay station in space, an Atlas missile called Score; in 1960, some of them orbited a delayed relay satellite called Courier. They had some uneasy moments when Defense Secretary Robert McNamara was thinking about junking the whole military communication satellite program and leasing channels on the Commercial Satellite Corp.'s system. But the work never stopped . Research and development ':) SATCOM TERMINAL CO NCE P TS Brig . Gen. J. Wilson Johnston for a military system continued, and under instructions from the Defense Department, participation in the National Aeronautics and Space Ad ministration's Syncom II satellite project began. Only 81 minutes after launch on July 26, 1963, the crew at SatCom began communicating via Syncom II. Less than four hours after Syncom Ill went up on Aug. 19, 1964, SatCom began work with it. In charge of SatCom is Brig . Gen. J. Wilson Johnston, who was chief of the Signal Corps Research and Development division-before joining the communication satellite program. He took over the Army Advent Management Agency in 1962, and stayed on when it became SatCom . Of the 16 engineers who formed the Advent group in 1960, nine are still with SatCom, sharpened by nearly three years of work with the Syncom program. They are technical director Samuel P. Brown, deputy ground system director George F. Senn, assistant technical director Alan S. Gross, deputy engineering director Peter J. Maresca, plans director James T. Evers, and engineers Peter J. Kennedy, Dudley E. Cline, George T. Brazee and Edward A. Stega. Gen . Johnston's deputy, Col. Arthur W. Reese, has broad commu nications and development experience; and Col. Robert E. Warren, SatCom's engineering director, has a Ph . D. degree in physics and served for five years with NASA's space sciences office before joining SatCom. Col. Eugene B. Datres, ground system director, had developed communication subsystems for Army missile and space systems while on assignment at Redstone Arsenal. And Col. Robert H. Scales, the program director, is an engineer officer who specialized in operation and management. SatCom has a unique position in the Defense Department. Johnston reports to the commanding general of the Army Materiel Command in Washington, but technical guidance flows from the Army's Chief of Research and Development and the Director of Defense Research and Engineering. Meanwhile, over-all coordination of the defense communications satellite program is entrusted to the Defense Communications Agency. SatCom is charged with designing the ground stations; the Air Force will launch the satellites into position, and the Army Strategic Communications Command will man and operate the terminals. NEW CRYOGENIC PARAMETRIC AND TWT PRE-AMPLIFIER , , NEW MODE LAUNCHER ---: , EXISTING 2 GC. BEACON RECEIVER (MODIFIED) NEW VeGC. 4-HORN SCANNING FEED ,---IF NEW BROAD BAND FLEXIBLE EXCITER I I I LEGEND X ROTARY JOINT ----NEW EQUIPMENT - EXISTING EQUIPMENT EXISTING MODULATOR AND DEMODULATOR MODULATOR AND DEMODULATOR IDENTICAL TO AN/MSC-46 I NEW 2 GC . MIXER/IF SYSTEM I --' F-----, I r~ I I t I I : ....1..- .....- .....~ L ___J Modification plan that will permit the Army's terminal at Fort Dix, N.J. and its twin at Camp Roberts, Calif. to operate with the military satellite communication system. I Electronics May 31 , 1965 91 The first of the new 40·foot antennas, AN/MSC-46, will be delivered to Fort Monmouth in August by the Hughes Aircraft Co. The present order is for eight. of transmitter signals with a maximum of 0.2 db insertion loss over the receiver band. Maximum system performance or channel capacity greatly depends upon keeping the system noise temperature low. One way to reduce noise temperature in the system is to improve the preamplifier. Last month, the Army installed a new low-noise receiving system on a 60-foot dish at Fort Dix. The system, built by TRG, Inc., a subsidiary of Control Data Corp., provides an over-all noise temperature below 40°K, and an over-all bandwidth of 50 Mc, and is expected to operate continuously for more than 2,500 hours between maintenance periods. This receiver could also be used on an antenna 15 feet or less in diameter. The antenna-mounted portion of this system contains an integrated parametric amplifierI cryogenic refrigerator combination, an automatically stabilized pump source, and a post-receiver consisting of a double-conversion superheterodyne system. This entire unit weighs 70 pounds and fits into a weatherproof enclosure measuring 21 inches by 26 inches by 8 inches. The parametric amplifier provides a gain of 30 db and an instantaneous bandwidth of 150 Mc that can be d-c bias-tuned over the 7.25 to 7.75 Ge band. It operates continuously from 30°K to 340°K without retuning. Thus, the system remains operational during refrigerator cool-down or in case of refrigerator failure (with the refrigerator off, the over-all receiver noise temperature is 260°K). The remote control portion of the system weighs 30 pounds and fits into a standard relay rack panel 12 inches high. It provides meter indications of system voltages, refrigerator temperature and pump level. It also contains the single tuning knob that controls the center frequency of the receiver passband. Maser amplifier SatCom is considering development of a maser amplifier which, if combined with the liquid helium refrigerator, would result in an excess noise temperature of approximately 10°K. This would be a big improvement over the parametric amplifier being developed for the new A I MSC-46 link terminal; it is cooled to approximately 60°K, with a resulting excess noise temperahue of 80°K. For applications which can tolerate higher noise temperature but which req...ire higher reliability than can be obtained with a mechanical refrigerator, SatCom is studying the possibility of using thermoelectric cooling to produce a maintenance-free, highly reliable miniaturized cooling system that will be capable of maintaining 100°K temperature 92 Electronics I May 31, 1965 IOIESl6HJ TOWER DUAl WAll RADOME·60 FT The air-transportable communications terminal, AN/MSC-46, consists of three vans, three generator sets, a boresight tower, and a 40-foot antenna enclosed in a dual wall radome. for a I-watt power dissipation. To eliminate the problems inherent in operating gigantic parabolic antennas that must turn rapidly and withstand high winds, SatCom is working with refined antenna radiation beam-shaping techniques to fabricate a planar phased array. Results thus far indicate the possibility of antennas with a tenfold reduction in size and weight for equivalent performance. Phased arrays, possibly with electronic steering, will probably be used in future link terminals. The agency plans to test two experimental space communications bands, 15 Ge and 31 Ge, assigned by the Extraordinary Administrative Radio Conference. A high power (10-kw and possibly 25-kw) transmitting tube in the 15-Gc range is being developed. A tube to operate at 31 Ge hasn't been started, but is under consideration. 'i\lork in this range would be coordinated with similar work being done by the Lincoln Laboratory at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Tactical link terminals Since high altitude satellites are within sight of so much of the world at one time, they are particularly useful in isolated spots. A U.S. field commander in South Vietnam, with a small ground terminal, could conceivably operate in response to command and control headquarters in Washington rather than Saigon. Satellite communications might also be used for short, 100-mile hops in dense jungle. To do this, much smaller antennas must be developed. The smallest now in use are the two 15foot antennas in Saigon. SatCom has studied a two-foot antenna that can be carried on a jeep, and the agency has a contract with the Philco Corp. to investigate the possible applications of small antennas in general. The Navy is also working on a number of tactical systems that would enable it to hook into a high altih1de satellite network. The Army and the Navy are looking beyond teleprinter and voice capability to facsimile and other ways of transmitting visual data. One approved program is the Mark V antennaan air-transportable tactical terminal. Whether it ·will be bigger or smaller than the Saigon gear depends on how the transport and assembly problems are solved. Eugene G. Fubini, Assistant Secretary of Defense and Deputy Director of Defense Research and Engineering, says the push for tactical ground terminals is more urgent than for strategic gear. "'i\le are vitally interested in new tactical antenna systems." There are many problems inherent in building such systems. Solutions, Fubini says, will be warmly received. Electronics I May 31, 1965 93 Manufacturing Dip soldering in miniaturea new way to assemble modules Melting the solder first-on the iron-reduces processing time and protects heat-sensitive semiconductor devices from thermal shock By Herbert M. Isaacson Defense Electronics division, General Electric Co ., Utica, N.Y. View through magnifier shows how joint in cordwood module is made by touching it to drop of solder on iron. 94 Electronics I May 31, 1965 As the size of electronic modules shrinks, the problem of protecting components from thermal damage during assembly becomes greater. Hand soldering can damage heat-sensitive components, such as semiconductor devices, in microminiature assemblies because the bodies of the components are placed so close to the solder joints. Such thermal shock can be avoided by a new method of hand soldering which reverses the usual procedure. The joint between the component lead and the connecting wire is dipped into a small globule of melted solder instead of the lead being heated until it melts the flux and solder. In this way, the joint is heated only to the temperature of the molten solder, not higher. Heat affects semiconductors two ways: electrically and structurally. As the device heats up, contaminants trapped within the package can evaporate and move from nonsensitive areas, such as the inside of the cap, to the semiconductor pellet. This usually changes the reverse leakage current or other parameters. And since the materials in the device have different coefficients of expansion, fast heating can cause physical stress, which produces structural damage and catastrophic failure. Distortion can also cause intermittent operation or damage the hermetic seal so that performance characteristics shift. The new technique is particularly useful in the assembly of cordwood modules-widely used in military and aerospace applications-because joints are usually very close to component bodies, and the modules are small enough to be handled easily during soldering. There is another advantage in that joints in small modules can be made faster by this method than by conventional hand soldering. Old methods vs. new Under the conventional method given in the National Aeronautics and Space Administration's Specification MSFC-PROC-158B, "Procedure for Soldering of Electrical Connections (High Reliability)," the soldering iron is applied near the joint and the solder is applied to the joint until the flux and solder melt. The joint, at a temperature above the solder's melting point, is wetted and a coldsolder joint is avoided. The procedure takes several seconds. The improved method reduces the time the iron The author Herbert M. Isaacson has specialized in electronics manufacturing processes for 35 years. His assignments with the General Electric Co. during the past 10 years have included process and development for the cathode ray tube, television receiver, semiconductor products, light military electronics and, at present, radio guidance departments. is in contact with the parts, and therefore does not raise the temperature of the components as much. A work station for the new method consists of an iron whose temperature is controlled to 600°F; a fixture to hold the iron with its tip down at a 45° angle; a bench-mounted, illuminated magnifier; a container and applicator for liquid rosin flux; a glass-fiber brush or a wet cellulose sponge to keep the tip clean, and a 60-40 tin-lead, rosincored solder wire. As a preliminary step in the improved method, flux is applied to the joints to be soldered. A globule of solder is melted on the iron tip. The lower side of the joint is touched to the globule and moved slightly from side to side in a scraping motion to help break away oxides and promote solder flow. As soon as the solder flows up and completely around the joint, the joint is taken off the iron. The globule is replenished as needed, usually every 1 to 3 joints. Since the iron is under the joint, the solder flow is easily seen through the magnifier. That the flow is upward, against gravity, is proof of good wetting. In conventional hand soldering, the solder wire and the boiling, smoking flux obscure the joint. The operator cannot see the solder flow to the bottom of the joint and may have to apply the iron for an unnecessarily long time-several seconds-to make sure that the joint is heated sufficiently. The better visual control provided by the new method is one reason that heating time is shorter. Another is that the iron, not the component lead, melts the solder and the flux, so that the lead need not be heated above the solder melting point. In addition, it is easier to hold and position a small module than a soldering iron. The iron tip can be as small as needed, though 10-watt miniature irons should not be used. The work tends to cool the iron, so to avoid large temperature variations, the heat reservoir of a 40- to 50-watt iron is desirable. Time and temperature tests For several hundred joints with the improved technique, the average time was 0.9 seconds, compared to 2 to 4 seconds for conventional hand soldering and 8 seconds for dip soldering. The time, measured with a circuit actuated when the joint touched the iron, ranged from 0.75 seconds to 1 second. Simulated cordwood modules, illustrated on page 96, were used to determine soldering temperature and thermal effects. The components were glass-bodied diodes and transistors in T0-5 packages. All joints were 0.030 inch from the component body, except in configuration B, when they were against the pallet. The bar chart on page 96 compares temperatures of each joining technique. Only diode junction temperatures are shown; these junction temperatures are higher than those of transistors since the I Electronics May 31, 1965 95 ·c "F 180 356 160 320 140 284 120 248 100 212 80 176 60 140 40 104 20 68 A B c 0 IIIll lMPROVED HAND SOLDERING ~CONVENTIONAL HANO SOLDERING B!ll WELDING ~DIP SOLDERING Soldering temperatures attained by different techniques. Lowest temperature is that of new technique (color) . The letters A, B, C, D refer to module configurations shown in the illustration below. 160 140 <..> CwwJ> ~ 31 ', er "<. w<!> 120 -0 w er ::> 100 '"'- ~ I- <[ "' ewa.r. '";" ',, ~® w::E I- 80 ,.., \ ,{ CURVE 1 '"" CONFIGURATION A A 0 B B 60 \ ' \ " --.-..--------------------- 40 I ~ '-:.::'---,_ ...... ...... ' ............___ '""" ·-........... ........... _ .... __ ----- 20'--~-~4-~~8~~-~12-~-1~6-~~20-~ TIME- SECONDS Thermal shock imposed on semiconductor devices by the new soldering method (curve 1, in color) is less than that of other methods. The methods and configurations are the same as those illustrated at left. COMPONENT BEING SOLDERED OR WELDED (Al PALLETS,0.010-INCH BUS WRAPPED ON COMPONENT LEADS ~ (Bl PALLETS, PLATED RUNS, PLATED - THROUGH HOLES (Cl 0.010-INCH BUS WRAPPED (Dl O.OtO-BY-0.020-INCH AROUND LEADS, RIBBON WELDED TO NO PALLETS LEADS Cordwood module configurations used in thermal tests. 20K - - - - " I V V - - - - t MA -----·---~ tOOV 0-C MV Circuit used to obtain temperature-time curves. transistors' metal cans act as heat sinks. To measure temperature, the forward voltage drop of the diode and transistor junctions were precalibrated as a function of temperature. The junction temperatures during soldering were recorded by a millivoltmeter, as shown in the circuit diagram at right, above. The slopes of the curves in the graph indicate the rate of temperature change and thermal shock. This technique is more accurate and responsive than using thermocouples, since it eliminates their heat-sinking effect and measures the temperature at the point most sensitive to heat, the semiconductor junction. The improved hand technique clearly results in the lowest temperature and least thermal shock. The shock induced by welding is more severe than that of soldering, as indicated by the steepness of its curve, though it is generally assumed that welding imposes less thermal stress. Effect on reliability The correlation between lower joining temperatures and stresses on components can only be firmly established by extensive life testing. However, one can expect lower stress to help reliability. All other factors being equal, the method that imposes the least heat and thermal shock on sensitive components should be the preferred technique. The new technique satisfies military specifications concerned with the nature of a solder joint, though not with the technique for making it. Conformance with specifications such as NASA's 158B, which describes the soldering technique, might be questioned, but the intent of the spec-a high-quality joint-is met. 96 I Electronics May 31, 1965 Insulation of MYLAR® on Sigma relay increases thermal range 50% ... costs remain the same This photo is approximately 2~ times the actual size of the relay. Sigma met the problem of increased thermal specifications by switching to insulation of MYLAR* polyester film. With its higher temperature rating, MYLAR upgraded the thermal range of Sigma's Series 41 relay by 503 . This surpassed the specifications required and broadened applications for the relay. In addition, the switch from acetate film to MYLAR in other relays made by Sigma Instruments, Inc., of Braintree, Massachusetts, also meant: · a smaller coil, since the high dielectric strength of MYLAR permits the use of thinner, more pliable film. · longer life is designed into the coil by the use·of MYLAR, which does not dry out or change characteristics with age. · insulation costs remain the same, because less MYLAR is needed for equivalent dielectric strength, as compared with most other insulators. As a result, relays are now more reliable and versatile and are used in a wide array of applications ranging from furnace flame-out safety controls to automatic traffic and street-lighting controls. Beller Things fo r Beller living , .. through Chemrwy only DU PONT makes MY&JlR® POLYESTER FILM ·ou Pont's registered trademark for its polyester film. For information on how MYLAR can probably help you design a better product -lighter, smaller, lower in cost-mail coupon today. -----------------. Du Pont Company, Room 2200B I Wilmington, Delaware 19898 I Please send me information about MYLAR ® I I am especially interested in its applicatio n for I I I Title_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I I Company_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I Address_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ City State_ _Zip Code-- II L.. ~:~ ~P~ ~c::~~t::~ ~·~o:_:o_::e~ J Electronics J May 31, 1965 Circle 97 on reader service card 97 Now for the first time . · · quick, rugged, low-cost terminations for flat cable Circle 98 on reader service card If you use or plan to use flat, flexible cable, here's a completely new, more reliable termination method. This Amphenol Flex-1 connector has ribbon contacts that weld through the insulation directly to unstripped flat cable. As you can see in the picture, the insulation hugs the welded, solidmetal terminations. Each termination is a gas-tight bond that won't deterio- rate with age or prolonged use. Yet this entire 19-contact connector was welded in less than 30 seconds! How's it done? Amphenol's new flat-cable connector introduces a welding process that melts insulation at the piercing point. There's no stripping. Conductors aren't exposed or damaged during termination. Now as never before, you get a connector that matches the reliability and economy of flat, flexible cable. (Flat cable bends, twists, runs serpentine style, or stacks like layer cake ... in less space and with less weight than ordinary round cable, and with no performance sacrifice.} Three years of research and testing proved the reliability of the Flex-1 termination. Connectors can with- stand a minimum of 500 mating cycles without mechanical degradation. With all this reliability, a 19-contact Flex-1 connector still measures only 1/2" thick and weighs less than 2 oz. Have your Amphenol Sales Engineer show you the Flex-1; and write for our catalog. Amphenol Connector Division, 1830 South 54th Avenue.. Chicago, Illinois 60650. CRmpheno~ coNNEcToR 01v1s10N AMPHENOL-BORG ELECTRONICS CORPORATION Specify Amphenol ··· the leading name in cable, connectors, assemblies, RF switches, potentiometers, microelectronics YOUR MOVE, GENERAL ... Imagine, if you will, an advanced weapons system that permits battle commanders of joint services and their staffs to con duct complete combat operations in a " see-for-yourself " situation from inside an electronic war room that works equally well from the air or from a strategic ground location. in short, view on television screens battle as it takes place, know at every moment exactly what the enemy is doing, make moves and counter moves, and have complete communica - t ions with all forces. Science fiction? Impossible? Not at all. There is just such an advanced weapons system now undergoing evaluation. It is known as ABC3 - short for Airborne Battlefield Command and Control Center. This vitally needed system is available for production in quantity immediately. The first such system of its kind. ABC3 was produced and delivered to the Air Force by LTV Electrosystems, Inc. It was done from scratch in 98 days - well within the cost and time limitations of its contract. Essentially ABC3 has two capabili - ties: (1) Through the use of sensor aircraft and television, SLR (side looking radar), infrared and photographic devices, ABC3 reconstructs reconnaissance information and provides it for near-real time display for the battle commanders. (2) Through HF, VHF, and UHF, battle commanders communicate with and control all strike forces, air, sea and ground, for total and maximum effectiveness. An additional advantage to ABC3 is that as a self-contained unit, it is operational either from the air or on the ground, can be slipped in or out of a C-130 in two hours. With the ABC3 operating from the ground, the C-130 transport can be released for troop or cargo transport. Ground mobility for ABC3 is provided by retractable wheels or a flatbed truck. To develop and produce such sophisticated systems as ABC3 represents only one example of LTV Electrosystems unusual capability to produce the finest electronics systems available at reasonable cost and within time limitations. LTV Electrosystems, Inc. / Post Office Box 1056 / Greenville, Texas / A subsidiary of LingTemco-Vought, Inc. 100 Circle 100 on reader service card I Electronics May 31 , 1965 compact easily adapted to Tektronix oscilloscope particular needs Here's a high-performance oscilloscope featuring operational simplicity and ve rsatility th rough a new series of plugin units. Presently, you can select from 12 amplifier units and 5 time-base units. Knowing your application area, you select those units that fit your needs. Some of the plug-in unit combinations available include those for low-level, differential, multi-trace and sweep-delay applications. Special-purpose plug-in combinations equip the oscilloscope for sampling applications, in which the instrument becomes a low-drift sampling system as easy to operate as a conventional oscilloscope, but with sensitivity and bandwidth possible only through sampling. With any combination of plug-in units in the oscilloscopeincluding the same type amplifier units in both channels for X-Y displays-this new value package provides you with "no-parallax" displays and sharp trace photography. OSCILLOSCOPE FEATURES NEW CRT with an internal graticule and controllable edge lighting · regulated power supplies · regulated de heater supply · Z-axis input · 3.5-kv accelerating potential · amplitude calibrator · and operation from 105v to 125v or 210v to 250v. (The Type 561A operates from 50-400 cps· and the Type RM561A operates from 50-60 cps.) Type 561A (shown in four·trace application) $500 Type RM561A (shown in sweep-delay application) . . . $550 Oscilloscope prices without plug-in units. Plug-In Units: Prices as low as $105 for vertical amplifier and $210 for time-base generator. U .S. Sales· Prices f .o.b. Beav er ton, Or1->go n [ f"'i ]. - .- CA'O' ' .,....'_ .. .:;.~ " ~ ""~-~-............-:-__,,,,...,,,.,,.-...:.'~' - - ..-!i;J-- .<':"..I".::::. ,- ·· ,,,,. k·- - u, " TYPE RM !561A OSC ILLOSCOPE - - - ··· ~(I':\\ "' FOR MORE INFORMATION ON EITHER MODEL OF THIS NEW OSCILLOSCOPE AND ANY COMBINATION OF PLUG-IN UNITS, PLEASE CALL YOUR TEKTRONIX FIELD ENGINEER. T e k t r o n i x , Inc. I P. 0. BOX 500 · BEA VER TON, OREGON 97005 · Phone: (A rea Code 50 3) 644-0161 · Telex: 036-691 TWX: 503-29 1-6805 · Cable: TEKTRONIX · OVER SEAS DISTRIBUTORS IN OVER 30 COUNTRIES TEKTRONIX FIELD OFFICES in principal cities in United States. Consult Telephone Directory Tektronix Australia Pty., ltd. , Melbourne; Sydney · Tektronix Canada ltd., Montreal; Toronto Tektronix International A.G., Zug, Switzerland · Tektronix ltd., Guernsey, C. I. · Tektronix U. K. Ltd., Harpenden, Herts Electronics I May 31 , 1965 Circle 101 on reader service card 101 Imagine a 15 kva, 400 to 60 cycle frequency converter that weighs only 150 pounds. It's not imaginary at Garrett. If you have electronics equipment that must use precise 60cycle power - and if light weight and mobility are important -you should talk to Garrett. Our new static frequency converter's power-to-weight ratio is several times better than any other static converter. When you compare it to a typical motor generator set or rotary converter, the difference is phenomenal. This new converter, now in production, changes 400-cycle power to regulated 60-cycle power. Converters also can be built to take 50, 60, or 400-cycle in or out. Or they can be designed to split the power so that 400 and 60-cycle outputs are available simultaneously. Our static converters work well with standard piston engine generator sets - but when combined with Garrett-AiResearch 400cycle gas turbine generator sets, they are the lightest weight and most compact dual frequency power sources available anywhere. Garrett's secret is solid state circuitry built around silicon controlled rectifiers in an entirely new way. The design incorporates a highly efficient commutation system that keeps power loss to a minimum. Total unit efficiency is better than 90 per cent. Garrett static converters are rugged and dependable. The converter circuits have no moving parts, no bearings to fail or commutators to wear out. A proved circuitry technique insures SCR reliability. Electronic components are mounted on unique cold plates for cooling, so that sensitive parts are 102 Circle 102 on reader service card never exposed to outside air contamination. Need higher power? We also have systems up to one megawatt. For more details on Garrett's solid state converter capability, write to: Clarence Frere, Manager, Electrical and Electromechanical Systems Sales, AiResearch Manufacturing Division, Torrance Facility, 2525 W. 190th Street, Torrance, California. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS INPUT: 400 cps ± 5% 120/208 volts ± 5% OUTPUT: 60 cps ± 0.5 % 120 volts ± 1% single phase sine wave, less than 5% total distortion. 15 kva continuous 22 kva overload Garrett i·s experi·ence II AiResearch Manufacturing Divisions Los Angeles· Phoenix Electronics I May 31, 1965 50µ' BOLD HERE 10µ" BOLD HERE CROSS SECTION OF WIRE WRAP Cinch achievements in selective Plating reduce rour connector costs REDUCES GOLD REQUIREMENTS OVER SODfo This revolutionary selective plating technique can reduce gold requirements over 60%, with no adverse effects on contact reliability, durability or electrical performance. Cinch puts the gold plating only where you need it-at the area of contact. (A gold "flash" may be applied to the rest of the connector if desired.) The new Cinch .045" square tail connector (patent pending ) utilizing this selective plating, combines the contact reliability of a flexing bifurcated contact with the stability of a rigid .045" square tail. This is achieved by inserting a wire core into t he tail section and forming the flexible contact material into a .045" square tail with the sharp corners so necessary for reliable wire wrap attachments. For additional information of this connector, with selectively plated contacts, write to Cinch Manufacturing Company, 1026 S. Homan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60624. CM-6509 t. I CINCH I - - DIVISION OF UNITED-CARR Circle 103 on reader service card Now ... a new step upward in performance for wire and cable jacketing for general purpose electron.ic and aerospace applications. It's made of irradiated KYNAR*-Pennsalt's polyvinylidene fluoride - combining superior mechanical toughness and excellent chemical resistance. Jacketing of irradiated KYNAR is free from outgassing, withstands gamma radiation. MIL-W-81044 wires operate at 135°C continuously, take 300°C for limited periods; are available in long lengths, and are smaller, weigh less and cost less than most alternative constructions. Write for information and the names of leading manufacturers who supply wire and cable jacketed with irradiated Kynar to Plastics Department, Pennsalt Chemicals Corporation, 3 Penn Center, Philadelphia, Pa. 19102. Kynar... a fluoroplastic that's tough! { PENISALT} *KYNAR is a registered trademark of Pennsalt Chemicals Corporation. CHEMICALS 8 EQUIPMENT l ~.----~ 104 Circle 104 on reader service card Electronics J May 31 , 1965 Report from . BELL LABORATORIES SUPERCONDUCTING MAGNET FOR MASERS PROVIDES UNIFORM FIELD, ADJUSTABLE BANDWIDTH For efficient operation, a lownoise traveling-wave maser needs a very low-temperature environment such as that of liquid helium (4.2° K) and a uniform magnetic field which determines the maser's operating frequency. These requirements suggest using a superconducting magnet for providing the field. A compact maser amplifier based on this concept has been developed at Bell laboratories. It incorporates an 8-pound superconducting magnet Immersed in liquid helium, replacing an earlier 500-pound Alnico magnet mounted outside the dewar. This maser also provides the desirable feature of an adjustable bandwidth of amplification. As shown in the illustrations, the uniform field is obtained with a superconducting solenoid enclosed in a close-fitting box of high-permeability iron. Adjustable bandwidth is obtained with an auxiliary superconducting trimmer coil which overlays one half the solenoid cross section. This coil modifies the main field, creating two discrete and individually uni- form field regions. Changing the current in the coil adjusts the "step" between the two fields and thereby changes the bandwidth. The two fields are each uniform to one part per thousand near 3300 gauss, and the maser bandwidth can be adjusted smoothly from 14 to 55mc centered at an operating frequency near 4170mc. At the broadest band, its gain is 34db with an effective noise temperature of 5° K. The maser has demonstrated stable low-noise performance in a variety of satellite communications experiments. New maser magnet (left) has front and left side of enclosure removed to expose superconducting solenoid . Drawing (center) corresponds to photograph and shows solenoid inside box enclosure. Solenoid is wountl on U-shaped nonmagnetic fo~m and is spread apart at top to permit insertion of the maser. Dotted line indicates position of tri"mmer coil. Drawing at right indicates how front and rear plates of enclosure act as " image planes." These high-permeabi llty prates are made to appear very large by the magnetic return paths provided by the sides of the box. The resulting magnetic field approximates the ideal uniform field of a solenoid of infinite length. Bell Telephone Laboratories Research and Development Unit of the Bell System INFINITE · - -----~_-_-:.,· -IMAGE PLANES y IMAGE ,,~ SOLENOID - - - / / SOLENOID / IMAGE __ T ' SOLENOID ---- These new ferrite device catalogs belong on your desk! And here's why : 1. The catalogs describe the hundreds of standard isolators and circulators available to you from Raytheon . 2. They indicate Raytheon 's in-depth capabilities for providing custom units at all power levels and frequencies. 3. They present information about the Raytheon line in a few fact-filled , easy-to-use pages. For example : The catalog being read, Low and Medium Power Waveguide Isolators, contains specs for 112 different models, including Faraday rotational, H-Plane resonance and miniature types. Descriptions cover frequency ranges, electrical characteristics, mechanical data. A second catalog , High Power Differential Phase-Shift Circulators, offers data on the more than 75 units Raytheon makes as stock items. High Power Waveguide Isolators provides data on more than 70 Raytheon UHF, L, S, C, X and KuBand isolators. The fourth catalog describes our complete line of standard Coaxial Circulators and Isolators. For copies of all four catalogs, call or write: Raytheon Company, Special Microwave Devices Operation , Waltham , Massachusetts 02154. Telephone 617 899-8080. 106 Circle 106 on reader service card I Electronics May 31 , 1965 There's only one Air Express. It goes under this stamp. AIR EXPRESS Air Express is not a type of service. It's the name of a service. An important name to remember when you want express service for your air shipments. Here's why. Air Express is a joint venture of all 39 scheduled airlines and RE A Express . Your shipments get top priority after air mail on every scheduled airline in the country. (Figure what that means during night rush hours!) And you are assured of next-day delivery to 21,000 U .S. cities, towns and communities. Thanks to the thousands of R EA trucks, Air Express serves you fastest on the ground, too. You get 2 hour pickup, swift delivery. And rates are door-to-door, not airportto-airport. You only make one call, fill out one waybill. Price? Air Express is often cheapest. For example, it costs $6.50 to ship 20 lbs. by air from New York to Chicago, airport-to-airport. Air Express will do it door-to-door for $6.20 . .. less than even motor carrier ($6.82) ! So if you ship from 5 to 50 pounds anywhere in the U .S.A. , you 're missing a bet unless you check Air Express . Call your local R EA Express office and see . Air Express outdelivers them all ... anywhere in the U.S.A. I Electronics May 31, 1965 Circle 107 on reader service card 107 10 1 20 Contacts 1111 200 Switching Combinations 1 ........ - · PROGRAMMING · CIRCUIT DESIGNING · TESTING · BREADBOARDING Each module I %" x 311z11 x 5 3,4" Tung-Sol Subminiature Lamp Assemblies ACTUALSIZE Improve Produetion, Out Costs Do you have bulb shrinkage problems whe re small lamps are wired into circuit boards? Tung-Sol lamps w ith molded nylon bases can save you money. The nylon base absorbs mounting strains to perm it firm seating of the lamp. Lead wire breakage and bulb damage are eliminated. Production goes up. Costs go down . Inventory is reduced . When you order 1000 lamps, you get 1000 useable lamps. Nylon bases can be color-coded for production identification. In add ition to molding bases to any configuration, Tung-Sol can provide special harnessing. Write for free suggestions about how Tung-Sol can handle your lamp requirements. Circuit Flow Electrical capacity: 1. Current carrying only (no make or break) 3 amp 125 V AC or DC iia, 2Make or break 1 amp 15 V DC, 150 m.a. 125 V AC V The comptere snap-acfion switch rine Cherry Electrical I'roducts Cor!loration P.O. Box 437-12 Highland Pa rk, 111. IN CANADA: BARRY ELE'CTRIC LTD ., REXDALE, ONTARIO 108 Circle 108 on reader service card If your application requ ires only bulbs, ask for a quotation from Tung-Sol. The Tung-Sol line of min iature and subminiature lamps is extensive. Quality is the best that more than half a century of know-how can produce. TUNG·SOL INSTRUMEN T LAM P S Tung-Sol Electric Inc., Newark, N. J . 07104 Circle 210 on reader service card Circle 109 on reader service card-+ SCREEN PRINTED ICROCIRCU TRY IEWS Information and ideas on the manufacture of screen printed microcircuitry. Published periodically by E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.), Electrochemicals Department, Wilmington, Delaware 19898. DU PONT PLATINUM-GOLDS Give Superior Conductors Complicated conductor patterns in small, precisely controlled dimensions can be made by the screen printing process. Principal properties required of the conductor are: low resistivity over a wide range of frequencies; ohmic contact with active and passive components; good adhesion to the substrate; compatibility with soldering, welding, or other techniques used for joining devices to the conductor. CONDUCTOR PROPERTIES (Platinum-Gold) RESISTIVITY: BEFORE SOLDERING 0.05-0.1 ohms/square 10·20 ohms/inch/ 5 mil wide line AFTER SOLDERING 0.005 ohms/square 1 ohm/inch/ 5 mil wide line ADHESION: Tensile Strength-2400 psi Fired on 96% alumina at 1900°F Less than 10% decrease after 1000 hours @ 125°C SOLDERABILITY: Excellent 62 Tin-36 Lead -2 Silver (210"·215°C) 70 Lead-30 Tin (330"-350°C) The table shows that Du Pont's Platinum-Golds have these properties to a large extent. It shows the excellent conductivity of Platinum-Gold and how it is improved by solder coating. The tensile strength of approximately 2400 psi can be compared with 1600 psi for copper clad circuitry determined by the same peel test. The two types of solder presently used are shown. The eutectic solder, with a small silver content, is excellent for its soldering properties, but lower solder costs can be realized with the higher temperature solder. A presentation of Du Pont's technical seminar on microcircuitry. NEW DU PONT SEMINAR ON SCREEN PRINTED HYBRID MICROCIRCUITRY A 45-minute technical seminar on screen printed microcircuitry is now being presented to leading manufacturers of microcircuits. Audiences acclaim it for its broad perspective and frank discussion of the three major systems now being used or considered by the electronics industry. The seminar is conducted by a panel of Du Pont technical and sales personnel, all authorities in their field. The speakers point out that the use of microcircuitry has penetrated many areas of the electronics industry, such as computer and data processing systems, communication and control equipment, and military electronics-and that dozens of other uses are under consideration. As the seminar progresses, it becomes apparent that while the applications represent specific and varying requirements, one characteristic remains constant, "the continuing need for reliable, low-cost microcircuitry." The common types of microcircuits are compared for versatility, cost and manufacturing ease. The panel shows by means of slides how screen printed microcircuits are made and gives an estimated cost for equipment. In the closing sections, the panel takes a look at the present status of microcircuits and Du Pont's position today and its plan for the future. Companies who wish to discuss the availability of the seminar should contact their Du Pont electronics industry representative. His name appears on page 2. A seminar speaker suggests a program for evaluating screen printed microcircuits. A COMPARISON OF THREE SYSTEMS USED FOR PRODUCING MICROCIRCUITS COMPLETELY NEW! BOOKLET ON SCREEN PRINTED MICROCIRCUITRY A completely new booklet has just been released on "Screen Printed Hybrid Integrated Circuitry". It was written to fill the need for source and manufacturing information on screen printing. The 16-page booklet covers such important subjects as Processing Techniques for Circuit Preparation, Substrate Materials, Resistor and Conductor Compositions, and includes a Directory of Equipment Types and Suppliers. Copies can be obtained by writing to your nearest Electro- --------- -· chemicals Department office, or sending in the coupon below. I I LO' tj' °0 ' tj' <±: ·r;:o: -~ -Q.) .C...J._) , .~ :J u..._ Q.) ::;;: 0 -0 0 -0 Q.) .0 ..._ .r.o._ -:J tlD 0 Q.) >, 0 £ >, 0.. u 0 ro Q.) E ·";O:: .0 >I -"O Q.) c & "cO Q.) (f) c Q.) (f) Q.) .Q.._.) ro u a:Q.) Cfl :U:;J: < z I I I I I I I I I I I I ~~ I I I I A comparison of the advantages of the three common systems reveals many interesting facts. These must be given serious consideration by companies in the process of making a decision to adopt one of these systems. As can be seen in the table, the cost of screen printed circuits is low, in fact, the lowest of the three types. Both silicon monolithic and thin film systems require high investment cost. Because the basic research on the screen printed process has already been done by Du Pont, and this information is available, development costs are lowest with the screen printed circuits. Although silicon monolithics have higher packing density than the others, screen printed and thin film circuits provide excellent isolation because the active components are added as discrete elements. This feature also provides unusual design flexibility. The wide range of resistance values obtainable with screen printed resistors provides an important advantage over thin film and silicon monolithic circuits. ADVANTAGES & DISADVANTAGES SCREEN THIN SILICON PRINTED FILM MONOLITHIC COST low medium high PACKING DENSITY 0.5MM / ft.' 0.5MM / ft.' !MM/ ft. ' PRESUMED RELIABILITY excellent excellent excellent ISOLATION AND SPEED excellent excellent poor DESIGN FLEXIBILITY excellenl excellent poor RESISTANCE RANGE excellent fair poor ACTIVE COMPONENT PARAMETERS excellent excellent excellent RECENT SCREEN PRINTED HYBRID MICROCIRCUITS Every day, new applications for screen printed microcircuits are found. Below are three excellent examples of such circuits. l. Circuit used as memory element for NIXIE tubes. It contains l SCS and 3 resistors (Courtesy Burroughs Corp.). 2. Solid Logic Technology Module used in IBM's System 360 computers. Note 3 resistors (large dark areas) and tiny " chip" transistors and diodes (small squares) (Courtesy IBM Corp.). 3. DC power supply for Minuteman missile. Unit has 11 diodes, l capacitor and 9 resistors (Courtesy North American Aviation, Autonetics Division). FOR MORE INFORMATION ON DU PONT CONDUCTOR AND RESISTOR COMPOSITIONS, contact any of these Du Pont Electronic Ind us try Representatives: SPECIALIST AREA AREA CODE-PHONE Ceramic Products Jerry Carson Philadelphia 215-TR 8-2700 Electrochemicals Department Jim D'Andrea New York 212-971-4000 E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.) Bill Dawson Cleveland Red Kauffmann Chicago 216-561-1580 312- IN 3-7250 Wilmington, Delaware 19898 Bill Wood San Francisco 415-JU 6-5141 Los Angeles 213-283-0741 Jim Mitchell Atlanta 404-873-6101 Charlotte 704- 375-5561 Dallas 214-ME 1-4140 Better Things for Better Living Wolly Hille-Dahl Europe Geneva 42 16 00 ... through Chemistry Printed in U.S.A. (4/ 65) Probing the News Space electronics Saturn V's best friend Success of the manned moon shot will depend on the performance of a ring -shaped instrument unit that will guide and control the launch veh icle during the first crucia l hours By Peter R. Sigmund Space Electron ics Ed itor Several hours before Saturn V lifts the Apollo spacecraft toward the moon, an instrument unit, housing most of the electronics for the entire three-stage, 9-million-poundthrust rocket, will get to work. Packaged between the S-IVB third stage and the three-module Apollo spacecraft, the instrument unit will be busy before, during and after the launch with the larges t number of jobs ever assigned a unit of its type. And it will be on the job longer-possibly as many as six hours. I. Sequence of events The unit's work begins long before liftoff when its digital computer runs a simulated mission. That's when the unit's various subsystems go through their paces. The performance of the subsystems is monitored by the master computer in the launch control center. The unit's own computer also receives and stores navigation and guidance information for use after launch. As launch time approaches, a theodolite aligns the inertial platform in the unit. The digital computer will base all navigational measurements on that alignment. Blast off. During liftoff, the instrument unit points the launch vehicle toward the sky positioning it for entry into earth orbit. As the first stage, which has a 7,500,000-pound thrust, is fired, the unit measures pressure, temperahtres and other conditions. If there are serious malfunctions, the unit flashes a warning on a display panel in the Apollo com- + mand module. T 2.5 minutes. The unit commands first stage cutoff and ignition of the I-million-pound-thrust + S-II second stage. T 8.7 minutes. At an altitude of 90 miles and a speed of 14,000 miles an hour, it commands ignition of the 200,000-pound-thrust S-IVB third stage. Simultaneously it continues to carry out th e highly critical task of keeping the 47-ton Apollo spacecraft on the exact path to put it into earth orbit. + T 10.7. The spacecraft, still attached to the third stage, is circling th e earth. In orbit. During earth orbit, which may last from 90 minutes for one orbit to 225 minutes for 2112 orbits-depending on how long it takes to check out subsystems in th e Apollo spacecraft-the unit has two main functions. Th e first is to channel checkout signals, transmitted from th e ground, to its own subsystems and to certain subsystems in the launch vehicle and send back the results. The second task is to compute the angle the vehicle must take for its trip to th e moon, actuate the vehicle's controls for a lunar trajectory, and refire th e third stage rocket. Last job. At T plus a maximum of 6% hours , the unit will stabilize the S-IVB stage and the lunar landing module while the Apollo command and service modules swing around to the position they will maintain as they go into orbit around the moon. The instrument unit-its job completed- will then fall away with the third stage rocket. Apollo's three modules will continue toward the moon at about 25,000 miles per hour. 11. Hardware and contractors Almost 22 feet in diameter and three feet high, the unit weighs approximately 4,405 pounds ; this includes almost 260 pounds of cooling fluid, some of which boils off during flight. Subsystems. The center of the unit is hollow to accommodate the legs of the lunar excursion module and the six major subsystems are mounted on panels around the inside perimeter. They are: the structural portion, guidance and control, environmental control, measuring and telemetry, radio frequency, and electrical. Responsibility. The instrument unit was developed, from concept to its present stage, by the Astrionics Laboratory of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration 's George C. Marshall Space Flight Center, at Huntsville, Ala. The International Business Machines Corp. is assembling the first Electronics I May 31, 1965 111 COMMAND MODULE INSTRUMENT UNIT \.._ s-ns s -II "...'. N S ·IC m Instrument unit that will guide and control the 279-foot Saturn Vis basically the same as the unit above that will fly next year in the Saturn 1B. The ring-shaped unit is wedged between the manned Apollo spacecraft and the launch vehicle's third stage. A movable clean room, made of polyethelyne, protects the electronic equipment, already sealed in 57 modules, when it is being installed. The unit is being assembled at the Huntsville, Ala. facility of IBM. four Hight models, under Marshall's direction, at the Federal Systems division's Huntsville facility. IBM bought some of the components but most were bought by Marshall from more than 200 companies. With the fifth unit, IBM will take complete responsibility for procurement, integration and checkout. The contract for this work amounts to $175,125,000. IBM will use some of the same suppliers Marshall used: Electronics Communications, Inc. for the control computer; Bendix Corp., for the inertial platform; and IBM Federal Systems division, for the digital computer and the data adapter. Subcontracts have been negotiated with the Space and Information Systems division of North American Aviation for structural elements; the Aerospace Structures division of Avco Corp. for thermal conditioning panels; Hayes International Corp. for network cables; and the Engineered Magnetic divi- sion of Culton Industries for a fivevolt master measuring voltage supply. It is expected that IBM will do considerably more subcontracting as work proceeds. 111. Stringent tests The instrument unit has the most comprehensive reliability features of any thus far. Before a component is chosen, it is tested under environmental conditions far worse than those it will encounter on an actual flight. It has to operate under extremes of temperature and vibration and in a vacuum. Once the component has qualified, more tests are given the :finished product before it is accepted. Reliability requirements for the whole program are so severe that contractors have often been hard to :find. Besides the exhaustive testing, the volume of work is usually low, and doesn't promise big p r o n ts. Safety factor. Before every op- eration, the critical modules are checked for reliability in a triple redundant procedure. The outputs from three rate gyros, for example, are compared, and the two most similar are used. Also subjected to triple redundant testing are modules in the unit's computers, the stabilized platform and the battery. Redundancy obviously requires more parts. The Saturn V computer, for example, uses 80,000 components-3.7 times the number it would need if triple modular redundancy were not used [Electronics, Nov. 2, 1964, p. 82]. It has 20 times more reliability than a nonredundant computer. Because of advances in subminiaturization, weight and volume have not become a problem. Cooling. Another reliability feature is the Saturn V's unique cooling arrangement. Electronic components are kept at 68°F by a system that circulates a methanolwater mixture, similar to antifreeze, 112 I Electronics May 31, 1965 All new Dale RH Housed Wirewound design dissipates 25 watts from 15 watt Mil Size This superior h eat dissipation is typical of Dale·s all-nev.· RH line. It means extra design flexfbi lity plus unprecedented stability when operated at MIL-R-18546C levels. It stems from: (1) New, specially conductive extruded al uminum housings; (2) A new Da le-developed molding compound which binds resistance unit and housing together in a homogeneou void-free mass with exceptional heat transfer ability. COMPLETE HOUSED RESISTOR CAPABILITY In addition to RH resistors, Dale produces PH Housed wirewounds for through-chassis mounting in 10, 25 and 100 watt sizes. Both RH and PH lines are available in non-inductive styles and with special mounting methods, terminals and other variations to suit your application. RH RESISTOR SPECIFICATIONS DALE TYPE RH-5 RH-10 RH-25 RH -50 RH -100 RH-250 EQU IV. MIL. TYPE - RE-65 RE-70 RE-75 - RE-80 DALE RATING · 7.5 12.5 25 40 100 250 MIL. RATI NG - 10 15 20 - 120 RESISTANCE RANGE (OHMS ) .1- 24K .1- 47K .1- 95K .l-273K .1- 50K .1- 75K STANDARD HEAT SINK 4x6x2x.040 AL CHASSIS 5x7x2x.040 AL CHASSIS 12xl2x.125 AL PANEL ELECTRICAL & ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Tolerance: 3%, 1%, .5%, .25%, .10%, .05% Load Life: 1% max. tJ. R (RH-5- 50) 3% max. AR (RH-100-250) in 1000-hour load life Operating Temp: - 55' C to +275' C Overload : ± .5% max. tJ. R per MIL-R-18546C * Power Rating based on 275' C max. internal hotspot temperature with resistor mounted on proper heat sink as specified by Mil. Spec. WRITE FOR RESISTOR CATALOG A I Electronics May 31, 1965 DALE ELECTRONICS, INC. 1300 28th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska Also Sold by Dale Electronics Canada, Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Canada Circle 113 on reader service card 113 Triple redundant digital computer, with 80,000 components, is 20 times more reliable than a simplex computer. through the 16 plates on which they are mounted. IV. Guidance The Saturn V's guidance system consists of three main elements. An inertial platform supplied by Bendix Corp. that serves as the frame of reference for all navigation computations. It will operate in a three-gimbal configuration with the option of using a fourth for missions in which doglegs (sharp changes in direction) are required. The digital computer developed by IBM determines steering commands, vehicle sequence commands, thrust cutoff, reignition of the third stage engine, orbital checkout and other functions. It is preprogramed but will accept new information from the ground or onboard. "The memory for the Gemini computer was considered the smallest yet," Fritz H . 'Neher, chief of the Instrument Unit Project Office at Marshall's Astrionics Laboratory, said. "But this is a step further." The memory has a magnetic core with an inside diameter of 0.019 inch and an outside diameter of 0.03 inch. The data adapter is an inputoutput unit that provides an interface with nearly all components of the system. One of its functions is to convert analog data to digital form and digital to analog. V. Control The guidance system acts on the engines to change flight direction by means of the control system. The guidance system includes: · An analog computer that con- trols yaw, pitch, and roll. The computer mixes information from rate gyros with navigational data supplied by the digital computer, and transmits the information to the stage which is operating. · High precision rate gyros that supply the control computer with attitude change data. Gyro ou tputs also spot excessive angular rate for the emergency detection system. · A control signal processor that contains the electronics associated with the rate gyro package. VI. Measurement and telemetry During flight, about 40 transducers will measure temperature, pressure, vibration and other conditions in the instrument unit. Measuremen t signals are fed to a measuring distributor and directed to preassigned telemetry channels. VII. Tracking and command Saturn V carries two radio beacon transponders that allow ground stations to track it. One is an Azusa transponder for measuring slant range and direction from the ground station; the other is a Chand transponder to aid ground radar measure range, azimuth and elevation. For emergencies, the instrument unit carries two high-frequency radio receivers. These will accept commands from the ground ordering the unit to cut off power or to set off explosive charges to destroy Saturn V. 114 Fo r Erie Compone n ts In-St ock Call ARIZONA Phoenix K i errulff Electronics Corp.- 273-7331 CALIFORN I A . Glendale R. V. Weatherford Co.- 849-3451 Inglewood Newark Electronics Corp.- OR4-8441 Oakland Elmar Electronics, lnc.- TE4-3311 Palo Alto R. V. Weatherford Co.- DAl-5373 San Diego R. V. Weatherford Co. - BR8-7400 South Pasadena Capacito rs , I nc.-M U2-3541 COLORADO Denver Newa r k- Den v e r Elect. Suppl y - 757-3351 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Hya ttsville, Ma ryland Mi lgray/ Wash i ngton, ·I nc.- U N4-6330 FLORIDA Orlando Crescent Elect. Sa les Co.- 423-8586 ILLINOIS Chicago Newark Electronics Corp.- ST2-2944 IN DIANA Indianapolis Graham Elect. Supply, l nc.-ME4-8486 MARYLAND Baltimore Whlse. Radi o Pts. Co., lnc.-MU5-2134 MASSACHUSETTS B oston DeMambro Electronics-783-1200 New ton Cramer Electronics, lnc.-W09-7700 MICHIGAN Detroit Newark-Ferguson Elect., I nc.-548-0250 MISSOURI St. Louis Electronic Components for Industry Co.- 647-5505 Karisas City ECI Semiconductor, lnc.-931·0829 NEW MEXICO Alamogordo Kierrulff Electronics Corp. - 437-0370 Albuquerque Kierrulff Electronics Corp.- 268-3901 NEW YORK New York A rrow Electronics-M Y4-6800 Newark Electronics Center- 255-4600 Milgray Electronics, lnc.- YU9-1600 Rochester Rochester Radio Supply Co.- 454·7800 · NORTH CAROLINA Winston-Salem Electronic Wholesalers, lnc .- PA5-8711 OHIO Cincinnati Newark-Herrlinger Elect. Corp.421-5282 Columbus Electronics Marketing Corp.- 299-4161 OKLAHOMA Tulsa Engineering Supply Co. - LU3-8121 PENNSYLVANIA Philadelphia Radio Elect. Serv. Co. of Pa., lnc.W A 5-5840 Pittsburgh Camerac;lio Company-391-4000 TENNESSEE !Eiii Nashville Electra Distributing Co.-A L5-8444 Dallas TE~XrA~S?-(m~ng supply co. F11g1.!!.!9!iii I9· I Houston hh.j.!115fji ifi Engineering Supply Co. W Se-AaM SttHleOINOGT"O" N · Universal Electronics Co.-M A3-2783 844 W110 12th Str11et F.O RMER LY ER IE RESIS TOR CORP. Erl·, Penrtsyht·n·· Ci rcle 114 on reader service card DESIGN ENGINEERS: NOW ... Capacitance-to-volume ratio to 20 mf/cu. In. in Subminlature, Highly Reliable Ceramic Capacitors SUBMINIATURE MONOBLOC * CAPACITORS ERIE MONOBLOC CAPACITORS ··· ·Hermetically Sealed ;;;?, gealurlnq HIGH CAPACITANCE .·. HIGH RELIABILITY · Precision Molded Types Erie's new Monobloc ceramic film Capacitors represent the most significant design advance in more than a decade. Now, Erie's exclusive Monobloc Process, in which very thin films of ceramic can be bonded into solid structures, permits virtually unlimited range of capacitance values, characteristics and sizes to suit exacting design requirements . Monobloc Capacitors provide volumetric efficiencies from 10 to 100 times the capacitance (to 20 mf/cu. in.) attainable in conventional components of the same size ... and still meet Established Reliability specifications for Aerospace, Military and Commercial applications. These proven subminiature Monobloc Capacitors are encapsulated to suit the design engineers' need; hermetically sealed , glass encased . . . precision molded ... and phenolic coated as illustrated at right. No other manufacturer produces a true hermetically sealed, glass encased capacitor ... and in capacitance values to 10,000 pf. Write TODAY, for literature and samples to: Monobloc Dept., Erie Technological Products, Inc., Erie, Pa. 2Jesi91z ofJvanl"'les ..· · Volumetric efficiency to 20 mf/ cu. in. · Capacitance values 5 pf. to .5 mfd · .· higher values upon request. · IR at room temperature...100 K megohms. · Working Voltage . · · 50V,100 V and 200 V. · Inherent stability due to monolithic construction. · Conservatively rated for long, trouble· free life. · Available to Established Reliability or to your custom specification. "II· Phenolic Coated Types Weecons ~"I I II ERIE - . --~ TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS, INC 1 ·Trade name for Erie Technological Products, Inc. Another series of components In Erie's Project "ACTIVE".,. Advanced Components T.hro1111h lnereased Vol11metrle Effleleney0 Formerly Erie Resisto'r Corporation 844 West 12th Street Erle, Pennsylvania Electronics Employment Creative engineers, by multiple choice Test developed by University of Utah psychologists asks 300 questions in attempt to predict future creativity of job applicants By Seth Payne Wash ington News Bureau If you said you disliked doing rep airs around the house when you were a teenager, it would be the right response to one of 300 questions in a NASA-sponsored test of engineer creativity. But what do you do when you're depressed? Do you want to be alone? The creative person might shun other people when he's feeling low or, the test suggests, he might want to tie one on, seek the company of friends, or go to sleep. The "right" answer to this and the other multiple-choice questions is known only to the scientists who developed the test. The long questionnaire is intended to help employers select engineers and scientists to fill job s that require creative talent. I. How test evolved Developers of the Biographical Inventory, as the tes t is called, say their test is far better than the psychological tes ts now being given in industry and government personnel rooms and at psychological tes ting agencies. Their test, they say, is more extensive than Sample questions . . . 1. How interested were you in making repairs around the house up to the age of 18? Strong interest. Mild interest. Indifferent. Mild dislike. Strong dislike. 2. How much freedom did your mother give you during your childhood and adolescence? Not very much. Fair amount. Practically all I wanted. All I wanted. More than I wanted. 3. During your undergraduate years in college how often did you visit your library or read material not directly related to your classwork? Frequently. Occasionally. Rarely. Never. 4. What do you consider to be your capacity or ability to succeed in research? Superior. Above average. About average. Slightly below average. Does not apply. 5. How often do you have a desire to be alone, to pursue your own thoughts and interest? Very frequently. Frequently. Occasionally. Rarely. Very rarely. 6. How would you rate yourself on self-discipline? Very high in self-discipline. Above average. About average. Probably below average. 7 . If you were working in a situation where some restrictive regulations or policies had a negative influence on your work, would you try to get them changed? No-probably not. Yes-but probably not very hard. Definitely yes. I would probably just ignore them as much as possible. 8. If you were to feel miserable and blue what would you least prefer to do? Have a few drinks. Be by myself. Be with my friends. Try to sleep it off. 9 . How often do you tend to suggest somewhat " wild ideas" during a dis· cussion with your associates? Frequently. Occasionally. Rarely. Never. 10. How do you feel about filling in a questionnaire such as this one? I enjoyed It; I would enjoy a discussion with those who constructed it. It was interesting. I found it somewhat interesting. I found it neither interesting nor too distasteful. It was a nuisance; I resented it. 116 I Electronics May 31 , 1965 other tests for scientists and engin eers; and, they declare, it is more reliable. U nder a $40,000 grant from the Na tional Aeronautics and Space Admin is tration a group of researchers at the University of U tah, headed b y C . \V. T aylor and R. L. E lli son, made a fo ur-year study of 1.400 scientists and en gineers from three NASA research centers who had demonstrated productive crea t i v ity. A thousand questions. W ith a group of ass istants T aylor and Ellison asked th e successful and talented guin ea p igs literall y a th ou sand q ues tions. Th ey asked abo ut th eir parents an d early fa mil y li fe, academ ic b ackground , th eir ad ul t life and interes ts, how many technical papers they wrote each year, and h ow they felt ab ou t almos t everythin g th ey h ad ever d o n e. As the research continued , th e gro up elimin ated some ques tions, mo dified oth ers, and initia ted new ones. Fin allv. the tes t was b oil ed dmrn to 300 ques tions th at were answered eith er in th e same way or in a cons istent p attern . Th e biographical approach attem pts to measure th e effect of prcYious life ex periences and p as t environmental effects and to pro ject the outward m anifes ta tions of certain combinations of h eredity and env ironm ent. Th e mu ltiple-ch oice fo rmat w as chosen fo r a nu mb er of reasons: it is mos t suitab le for describin g life experiences; mos t acceptable to scienti sts; lend s itself to sta tistical analys is; and, provides th e opportunity to study complex or simple relationships exi sting b etween tlw altern atives of an item and the criteria . Scoring. Taylor and Ellison say th a t 8 out of 10 of the scientists and engin eers who score in the upper 20% of the biographical inventory test will be above average in future creativity; of those in th e next 20%, 7 out of 10 will be above average. Of those scoring in th e bottom 20%, only 2 out of 10 will ever do better than average in creativity. To confirm the validity of the questions and the interpretatiom g iven the answers, the Utah group is givin g the test to 600 more scientists and engineers who are Electronics I May 31, 1965 A'rLANTIC ·NORTH ATLANTIC· ORTH NORTH ATLANTIC ·NORTH ATLANTIC ATLANTIC· NORTH ATLANTIC· NORTH NORTH ATLANTIC ·NORTH ATLANTIC ATLANTIC· NORTH ATLANTIC· NORTH NORTH ATLANTIC· NORTH ATLANTIC ATLANTIC· NORTH ATLANTIC· NORTH NORTH ATLANTIC· NORTH ATLANTIC ATLANTIC· NORTH ATLANTIC· NORTH NORTH ATLANTIC ·NORTH ATLANTIC -~TL.A 1'J'TIC · N O R T H ATLA N'T'Tr · 1'.TI'~ T H N IC A ---- H N · C DE:GFE:ES 1'».Jt ,, __., : »--"-- ~ r-l I ;·i:i :f l t· ",\ , ),.." 0IOl'J \ '.l >--~ PHA.st:ANGlEVOltMiit-~ " RANGE ... ~ how to measure in-phase, quadrature and angle while sweeping frequency to 100 kc North Atlantic's lat est add iti on to the PAV line of Phase Ang le Voltmeters* enables you to make measurements whil e frequency is varying over half-decades without recal ibration. The VM-301 Broadband Phase Angle Voltmeter* provides com plete coverage from 10 cps to 100 kc, and incorporates plug-in fil ters to re duce t he effects of harmoni cs in the range of 50 cps to 10 kc with only 16 sets of f i lters. Vi bration ana lysi s and servo analysis are only two of the many application s for this unit. Abr idged specifica t ions are listed below: - Voltage Range ...... ............ .............. .. . -- 1 mv to 300 volts full scale Voltage Accuracy... .. ....... .. ... . ............. 2% full scale Phase Dial Range ... .. ...... ... ...... .. ...............0 ° to 90 ° with 0.1 ° resolution (plus 4 quadrants) Phase Accuracy...... .... .. .. .... ....... .. .. .. ....... .. ....... .... .. . 0.25° Input Impedance..... .......... .. ... ........... 1O megohms, 30µ.flf for all ranges (signal and reference inputs) Reference Level Range ............. .... ............. ........... .. ..... 0.15 to 130 volts Harmonic Rejection ....... .. ...... .. .... .. ....... .. ... .... ... ................... 50 db Nulling Sensitivity...... ....... .. ....................... .... .. .less than 2 microvolts Size........ .. ........ .. ... ............ . .... 19" x 7" x 10" deep Price . ..... ... .. .. .. ............ .. .. _$1990.00 plus $160.00 per set of filters North Atl antic's sales representative in your area can tell you all about thi s unit as wel I as other Phase Angle Vol t meters * for both producti on test and grou nd support appl ications. Send for ou r data sheet today. *Trademark N 0 RTH ATLANTIC indu s tries, inc. TERMINAL DRIVE, PLA INVIEW, L. I., NEW YORK · OVerbrook 1-8600 Circle 117 on rea der se rvice card 117 La1nbda Announces a co1nplete line of all·silicon MODULAR po""er supplies I ' - - . /0 ~·ii'; ---..c:._. HUH~: Full ratin1s on 3 vertical chassis mountin1 surfaces L j '4TllHI PENDING 4DC outputs in :51/z" rack adapter LRA·4 Rack mounting for use with chassis slides Mounting provisions made for all popular brands of chassis slides. · Madmum amps per dollar-starting at S79.00 · Multi·Position·Rated~3 mounting surfaces · Multi·Current·RatedTM lor 40°c, 50°e, 60°e, 71°e ambients · A-C INPUT 105-132 VAC, 45-440 cps e + REGULATION-Line .05% 4 mv + -Load .03% 3 mv · RIPPLE -1 mv rms - 3 mv peak-to-peak e REMOTE PROGRAMING 200 ohms/volt over voltage range e NO VOLTAGE SPIKES OR OVERSHOOT on "turn on, turn off" or power failure e TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT- .030/o/°C e MEET RFI SPECIFICATIONS - MIL-1-16910 e TH ERMA LLY PROTECTED AND SHORT CIRCUIT PROOF - CURRENT LIMITING e REMOTE SENSING e RACK ADAPTERS AVAILABLE e MAXIMUM RATINGS WITHOUT EXTERNAL , HEAT SINKING OR FORCED AIR & !:~~~L£~,;!'.::E~V~L~:~.~N!~ ~OR~~ ~7~~ Circle 118 on reader service card LM Series available in 4 package sizes lor chassis and rack mounting Packaae A 3~' JI 3'".: JI 6~' CURRENT RANGE AT AMBIENT OF: l'I Model Number voe 40°C 50°C 80°C 71 °C Price LM 201 0- 71'1 0-0.85A 0 -0.75~ 0 -0.70~ 0-0.55A $ 79 .00 lfA 202 0- 712 ) 0-l.7A O-l.5A O-l.4A 0-1.JA 99.00 LM 203 0-14 1°'1 0-0.45A 0-0.40A 0-0 .38A 0-0.28A 79 .00 LM 20~ 0-141"1 0-0.90A 0-0.80A 0-0.75A 0-0.55A 99.00 LM 2a~ 0-321·1 0-0.25A 0-0.23A 0-0 .20A 0-0.15A 79.00 LM 205 0-321·1 0-0.50A 0-0 .45A 0-0.40Al 0-0 .30A 99 .00 LM 207 0-60 0-0.13A 0-0.12A 0-0.llj_0-0.08A 89 .00 LM 208 0-60 0-0.25A 0-0.23A 0-0 .21AI 0-0 .16A 109.00 Package B 3~' lit 4~8' lit 6Y~ 1 LM 217 8.5-14 0-2.lA 0-1.9A O-l.7A O-l.3A $ll9.00 LM 218 13-23 0-1.5A O-l.3A O-l.2A 0-1.0A ll9.00 LM 219 22-32 O-l.2A 0-1.JA 0-1.0A 0-0.80A ll9.00 LM 220 30-60 0-0.70A 0-0 .65A 0-0 .60A 0-0 .45A 129.00 Package C 3~' lit 4~~· lit ·~· LM 225 0- 7121 0-4 .0A 0-3.6A 0-3.0A 0-2.4A $139.00 LM 226 8.5-14 0-3.3A 0-3.0A 0-2.5A 0-2.0A 139.00 LM 227 13-23 0-2.3A 0-2.lA O-l.7A O-l.4A 139.00 LM 228 22-32 LM 229 30-60 0-2 .0A O-l.8A O-l.5A O·l.2A 139.00 0-1.JA 0-1.0A 0-0.80A 0·0 . 60~ 149.00 Package D 4~8' lit 73~' lit 9y~· LM 234 O· 71 2 0-8.3A 0·7.3A 0·6.5A 0·5.5A $199.00 LM 235 8.5-14 0·7 .7A 0-6.SA 0-6.0A 0-4.SA 199.00 LM 236 13·23 0·5.8A 0·5.lA 0·4.5A 0·3.6A 209.00 LM 237 22·32 0-5.0A 0·4.4A 0·3.9A 0·3.lA 219.00 LM 238 30-60 0·2.6A 0·2.3A 0-2.0A O·l.6A 239.00 · Pl Current rating applies over entire voltage range and at 55 to 65 cps. For operation at AC input of 45-55 cps and 360-440 cps, derate output current 10%. <'l Can be operated at 0-10 VDC-derate output current 30%. <·> Can be operated at 0-20 VOC-derate output current 30%. <'l Can be operated at 0-40 VDC-derate output current 30%. &LAMBDA ELECTRONICS COUP. working successfully in creative jobs. Th e results of this follow-up study will be in soon. II. Who uses it Although NASA sponsored the project, it is still taking a wait-andsee position. \i\Then the results are in next month from the tes ts being given the 600 new engineers , NASA will study them, and make a decision by September. If the Utah group is right, aud th eir results are confirmed, :'\ASA might use the tes t along with its present hiring procedures. It is expected that if the applicant scores well on th e biographical inventory tes t but low on the other tes ts , he will be hi.red. If he scores low on th e inventory but high on the others, he still may be hired. Hiring chances would be slim with a low score on both tes ts. While TASA continues to be cautious, interest is picking up elsewhere. The Utah group says the Public Health Service of the H ealth Education and \Velfare Agency wants a creativity tes t made for it. Extension. And even though the tes ts were intended to identify promising scientists and engineers to fill posts in the Tational Aeronautics and Space Administration programs, its originators say that a national drug organization has given the test to 180 of its researchers. The preliminary results, according to Taylor and Ellison indicate the test can be applied to chemists and biologists, as well as to space-oriented scientists and engineers. This is exactly the goal the two psychologists have been trying to reach. Taylor hopes to see the establishment of a testing center to advance research in the field and to make whatever variations are needed for tests that will be useful in different industries or disciplines. For example, Taylor wants to do more work on the relationship between the biographical inventory and such conventional measures of ability as intelligence quotient, aptitude, and standard personality tests. The result of this research , Taylor believes, will ultimately provide a hiring guide for many kinds of jobs, including administrative jobs where it is necessary to foster creativity in others. 111. Biography ·when the University of Utah undertook its study, there was considerable evidence collected over the years suggesting that biographical information might b e used to predict future creativity in scientists and engineers. Research ers in th e field had long held that heavy reliance on scholastic standings was a poor method of predicting a person's future creativity. Indeed, limited studies conducted by the rational Advisory Committee f o r A e r on au ti c s (NACA) , the predecessor of NASA, Hughes Aircraft Co., \Ves tern Electric Co., and others, showed that there was no correlation b etween the academic rating of a person and his later job performance. These studies showed too that there was no correlation between the college or university a person attended, whether it was MIT or Podunk, and job performance. So far, however, scholastic standings have b een the means of selection. The biographical inventory is considered by many to be a first step toward perfecting a better system. IV. The creative engineer In selecting the scientists and engineers to be used with the program, the research team used the various methods of evaluating performance used at the three NASA centers. These included a range of inputs such as salary level, ratings on cooperation, knowledge of work, initiative, judgment, and the quantity and quality of work output. The composite portrait of the creative engineer painted by the research team reveals a number of solid traits: He is professionally self confident in his primary responsibilities or in extra ones he may be called upon to assume. He is not dependent on others or on the general consensus when evaluating a situation. He is intellectually oriented-a trait that usually became apparent in early adolescence. He is dedicated to his workoften to the exclusion of everything else, including his family. His aspirations are high and he fully expects to realize them. +Circle 119 on reader service card 119 ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF "TOTAL VALUE" ASSURANCE .·· This is a picture of 118,752,610 different DSubminiature Connectors The CANNON® D SUBMINIATURE SERIES, utilizing just one shell size of the five available, can provide you with as many as 118,752,610 different subminiature connectors . . . without considering modifications for finish, insulating materials, mounting holes or accessories. The number is the result of different combinations utilizing the following variations: Solder Pot Contacts · Crimp Removable Snap In Contacts · Crimp Rear-Release Contacts · High Power Contacts · High Voltage Contacts · Coaxial Contacts · Combination Layouts · Hermetics. This versatility is inherent in CANNON D Subminiatures and provides you with the widest selection of submin iature connectors available. CANNON D Subminiature Connectors are in use around the world in thousands of custom and standard applications. During their fifteen years of design growth and development, Cannon has diligently maintained intermateability between all five major D Subminiature types to avoid the hazards of mismating and to insure universal use. CANNON D Subminiatures are also available with weldable or filter contacts, non magnetic properties and for printed circuit or custom applications. For more information, write to: ITT Cannon Electric Inc., 3208 Humboldt St., Los Angeles, Calif. A subsidiary of Inter- Our SOth Year national Telephone & Telegraph Corp. 0 . .'CANNOtoi-11 " lltAD( MAltll HCISUltlD 111 U.I l"AT. Of,, -.NO 'Oll£1Gl" COUIHlll(S rr m a.JUION [L(CtltlC 1NC.. llM In CAl'NON [U:CtlllC INC. 120 Circle 120 on reader servi-:<J ca rd ITT CANNON Electronics I May 31, 1965 Military electronics Solutions to the riddle of jungle communications ford Research Institute measures atmospheric noise, ionspheric density and altitude during various seasons and hours of the day, and the effects of terrain and vegetation on particular antennas. Stanford also tests equipment and techniques and operates an electronics laboratory in Bangkok. Studies under way in Thailand may provide a formula to predict radio propagation range in any tropical environment By John F. Mason Military Electronics Editor A small group of United States engineers in a Thailand outpost are working on communications problems that have plagued and even cost the lives of American and allied troops in Southeast Asian jungles. They, along with Thai military engineers, are seeking a reference guide that will enable military commanders in any jungle in the world to predict quickly the probable propagation range of their radio gear. The reference guide wiil also help in the selection of the best frequency, antenna height, or antenna orientation. Such a key to actual propagation conditions in a particular place at a specific time would prevent errors resulting from the highly deceptive conditions in the jungle. For example, a forest in the United States might be as dense as one in South Vietnam but because of the magnetic equatorial belt in which Southeast Asia lies, the same radio gear might be one-tenth as effective there as it was at Fort Bragg, N. C. The terrain near the site permits propagation tests in three surface environments : flat, rolling and rough-all heavily vegetated. The data collected is complex but, in general, falls into two categories: propagation characteristics are measured and analyzed, and the environmental conditions themselves are measured and analyzed; these include hourly rainfall, barometric pressure, relative humidity, foliage density, terrain profiles and soil characteristics. Contractors. The work is being done by two U.S. organizations under Army contract. The Jansky and Bailey Research and Engineering division of the Atlantic Research Corp. makes the basic propagation measurements. Stan- 11. Objectives Seacore has set a difficult goal. Its engineers want to characterize and identify a location, 50 by 100 miles in area, for example, for its precise propagational performance. A group of standardized environments, each of which has a different effect on radio propagation, will be evolved. A military planner would compare the environment of the area that interests him with these standardized environments to determine the probable effects on radio communications. Information about an area is being obtained by aerial photographs or survey, weather data stations and from general intelligence. Tests will be made in other parts of the world to see if the profile can be used in other areas. Prediction guide. The final result will be a set of numbers that give the measure of the environmental influences upon propagation path losses for specific frequencies, distances and antenna elevations. The frequencies being measured I. Seacore Sponsored by the Defense Department's Advanced Research Projects Agency as part of its Project Agile, which provides research and development for equipment for guerrilla warfare, the tropical propagation research program in Thailand is being carried out by the U.S. Anny Electronics Command Laboratories, Fort Monmouth , N.J. The project is called Seacorc, for Southeast Asia Communications Research. The test site lies about 100 miles from Bangkok in the Korat National Forest. I- 201~5~~~~2~0~~--ll~~~3~0~~L_l~4LO~~~L_-5LO~L-'i60__J~~7LO_L...Ji80 RECEIVING ANTENNA HEIGHT IN FEET What happens in the jungle with a transmitting antenna using horizontal polarization , 80 feet above the ground but still immersed in vegetation: As the receiving antenna-also immersed in vegetation throughout the test-is elevated the transmission loss decreases. Over a transmission distance of one mile ' a receiver elevated to 20 feet suffers a transmission loss of almost 80 db·' if the receiver is raised to 75 feet, the transmission loss drops to 70 db. ' I Electronics May 31, 1965 121 For space-tight applications. Fuse has window for inspection of element. Fuse may be used with or without holder. Fuse held tight in holder by beryllium copper contacts assuring low resistance. Holder can be used with or without knob. Knob makes holder water-proof from front of panel. Military type fuse FMOl meets all requirements of MIL-F-23419. Military type holder FHN42W meets all military requirements of MIL-F-19207A. Write for BUSS Bulletin SF8 · Fuseholder only ·1% inches long, extends just 2"6 inch behind front of panel. Takes ~ x 1~ inch fuses. Holder rated at 1S ampere for any voltage up to 250. · Military type available to meet all requirementsof MIL-F-19207A. Write for BUSS Bulletin SFH-10 BUS~GD: The Co-rnplete Line of Fuses · · Circle 123 on reader service card , Circle 123 on reader service card To order reprints from Electronics Fill in, cut coupon below, insert in envelope and mail to: Electronics reprint dept. 330 West 42nd Street, New York, N. Y. 10036 ·--------------- Reprint order form For listing of reprints available see the reader service card To help expedite mailing of your reprints please send cash, check, or money order with your order. Communications on Gemini Send me . copies of Key no. R-73 at 50¢ each. For reprints of previous special reports fill in below: Send me . reprints of Key no. (s) . . . . . ... ....... . .. . .. . @ . ..··..·. .. ¢ each For prices see the reader service card. Name ..... .. . . ............ ..... , .. ........ . ... . ..··.··.··.·····.···········.··.·· Number and Street City, Zone No., State .. . . . ............... .. . .. .. .. .... .. .. .. ... .......... ......... . .. . --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------· are from 100 kilocycles to 10 gigacycles. Antennas are tested at elevations from six feet above the ground-equivalent to a man-carried set-to 80 feet. 111. Findings Although considerable data must be compiled before hard conclusions can be drawn, measurements during the first six months have already produced several interesting indications: The rate of attenuation due to vegetation per unit distance seems to decrease as the distance is increased between the transmitter and receiver. Skywaves may be the solution for high-frequency communication in heavily vegetated areas. This immediately poses an antenna problem. Antennas usually carried by troops aren't designed for skywave modes. Wet and dry seasons. An inves ti- gation is being made of the consistency of conditions in succeeding seasons. Data has been collected during two wet seasons and they are just now going into their second dry season. Sometimes the researchers pick up unusual interference. At certain hours, they've received high-frequency skywave signals from a transmitter 2,000 miles away. All data from Seacore goes to the Defense Documentation Center in Washington for dissemination, on request, to other government agencies and to qualifying companies. IV. New equipment Findings from Seacore and from experience in South Vietnam and other Southeast Asian countries have already dictated the design of several new pieces of electronic equipment for jungle wars. A jungle communications equipment team, in the transmission di- vision, communications department, of the Army Electronics Command Laboratories, at Fort Monmouth, is working on: · A 100-foot inflatable mast, six inches in diameter, made up of four 25-foot sections, for use in supporting a vhf antenna above jungle foliage. One 25-foot section is inflated by a foot pump and pushed upwards through the branches of the trees. The other three sections are added, one at a time by means of a uniquely designed connecting sleeve, to the lower end of the mast structure; each section is inflated and thrust up through the branches. The Applied Sciences division of Litton Systems, Inc., is working on this project. · A dipole antenna formed by two 75-foot inflatable structures, each of which may penetrate jungle foliage. The material used is a Dacron-Mylar laminate with aluminum foil providing electrical con- >f Unquestioned High Quality... Write for BUSS Bulletin SFB When fuse opens, indicating pin completes a circuit that lights indicating lamp in holder and makes contact on external signal circuit. External signal can be an audible alarm or another lamp mounted at a distance, or it can operate a relay. Write for BUSS Bulletin SFB Circle 123 on reader service card Circle 123 on reader service card 123 Balloon-lifted relay to communicate 25 miles in the jungle using vhf, line-of-sight frequencies. with computerized filter and transformer design On-target design-with no false starts and no near misses-is one big advantage you get in Genisco filters and transformers designed with the help of computers. You get faster solutions because computer designs are achieved in minutes instead of hours-and you get on-time delivery and lower shipping costs because Genisco plants are spotted in key market areas. Computer design also means greater accuracy and the elimination of guesstimation. You never have to settle for the first solution when you're pressed for time because our computer method investigates several design approaches almost instantaneously. Trial-and-error prototype costs are cut out because designs are automatically "performance tested" before production starts. And price quotations are fast and accurate. There's never any guessing about costs with Genisco computer design of filters and transformers. Zero in on this new filter and transformer design capability. Write for complete Information today. C 0 MP ONE NT DIVIS I 0 NS: Combined Sales and Application Engineering Departments WESTERN UNITED STATES EASTERN UNITED STATES 6320 West Arizona Circle Los Angeles , Cal if. 90045 111 Gateway Road Bensenville, Ill. 60106 , -,. . I Phone: (213) 776-1411 TWX: 213-670-4765 ~ ~msco Phone: (31 2) 766-6550 TWX 31 2-766-7048 TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION 124 Circle 124 on reader service card duction for the antenna elements. Intended for use between 2 to 12 megacycles, the sausage-like structures will be in sections of 25-foot lengths, four inches in diameter. An inflatable matching network consisting of an inductor and capacitor form ed of copper foil strip material affords a means of coupling the two antenna elements to the radio set. The Army is looking for a hardier material that cannot be punctured by sharp thorns. The Kearfott division of General Precision Inc. has this contract. · A four-pound radio repeater attached to a balloon. To communicate 25 miles in the jungle using vhf, line-of-sight frequencies, the Zenith Radio Corp. is working on an F1 - F2 relay station, one that will transmit on one frequency and retransmit on another. A thin tethering string will hold the balloon at an altitude of from 400 to 500 feet. The station will be used with the PRC-10 and PRC-25 ground radio sets. The contract calls for delivery next January. · A device to enable the PRC-10 and PRC-25 to transmit and receive Morse code. This capability will increase the range of the set. The Radio Corp. of America delivered experimental models to Fort Monmouth in March. · A ferrite receiving antenna, 10 inches long and two inches in diameter. The ferrite antenna will replace the whip antenna whose polarization makes it almost useless in the jungle. Coupled with a tunnel diode, the ferrite antenna will be almost as effective as a halfwave dipole. A varactor diodeone which has the property of changing capacity by the application of voltage-will handle sharp tuning. Kearfott will deliver an advanced development model to Fort Monmouth in August. Electronics I May 31, 1965 71h Watts Model C if it's a rheostat, you can get it from Ohmite Need a miniature 7¥i.-watt rheostat? Or something at the other extreme, say, 1000 watts? Ohmite makes all 12 basic sizes. With these as a starting point, you can branch out into literally hundreds of electrical, mechanical, and motor-driven variations . . . too many to even begin listing here. Ohmite is the only rheostat supplier who can fill 1003 of your requirements (plus many you probably will never run into). As Near As Your Distributor-There are thousands. of stock Ohmite rheostats in distributors' inventories from coast to coast backed up by the world's largest factory stock. So if you need standard rheostats in a hurry, you'll find Ohmite units are the easiest and quickest to lay your hands on ... no matter where you are located ... no matter what size you need. Motor-Driven Rheostats: Technically, these are_classified as specials. But Ohmite makes so many of them that some models are practically standard. "Way Out" Specials? No matter how unusual your requirement, contact the factory. For over 30 years, Ohmite has been solving tough rheostat problems. Maybe yours is even among them. Write for revised Stock Catalog 30. OH MITE MANUFACTURING COMPANY 3610 Howard Street, Skokie, Illinois 60076 Phone {312) ORchard 5-2600 RHEOSTATS· POWER RESISTORS·PRECISION RESISTORS·VARIABLE TRANSFORMERS ·TANTALUM CAPACITORS·TAP SWITCHES·RELAYS·R.f.CHOKES·SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES Electronics I May 31 , 1965 Circle 125 on reader service card 125 New Products An efficient solid state delay line Two-ounce device, operating at room temperature, gives 5-µsec delay at 2 Ge with insertion loss of only 45 db In airborne radar systems, where size and weight are at a premium, there are obvious drawbacks to the use of large, heavy coils of coaxial cable or wire as delay lines. A solid state delay line, developed by the Microwave Electronics Corp. in Palo Alto, Calif. , is the first such device to become commercially available. The two-ounce device works on the principle of generation, detection and propagation of an elastic vibration at a microwave frequency through an acoustic material, in this case a single small crystal. Such transmission results in tht: low-velocity propagation of the signal through the solid, permitting controllable real-time delay in the microwave region. Operating at room temperature without any cryogenic equipment, it attains a typical delay of five microseconds at two gigacycles, with insertion loss of 45 decibels. Suitable crystals, such as sapphire, ruby, rutile and quartz, have been investigated in recent months. Other materials are also suitable, but their properties are not fully understood. While the electromag- Microwave solid state delay device is lh in. in diameter, 1 in. long and weighs less than 2 oz. SIGNAL INPUT INPUT COUPLING INPUT TRANSDUCER (SIMILAR ONE ON OTHER END) Solid state device has input and output transducers coupled to a crystal of acoustic material. Signal delay is accomplished by the delay crystal. nctic signal-to-acoustic signal conversion must occur in a piezoelectric or magnetic medium, the problems of transduction and impedance-matching have also held back development of a working device. Microwave Electronics' most active development is in the L-band and S-band regions, but work is taking place across the en tire frequency spectrum. Delays on the order of 500 nanoseconds to about 10 microseconds are possible, the company says. Both fixed and repetitive delay devices are available. The repetitive delay device operates on a signal-storage principle that provides repetitive output pulses at fixed intervals determined by the length of the delay crystal. In the fixed device, the delay time is unchangeable and equivalent to the length of coaxial cable used to achieve delay in previous methods. In the Microwave Electronics delay line, an input pulse is introduced through a circulator into the delay device, where it is converted to an acoustic wave. The wave travels the length of the delay crystal, is reflected, and travels back to the input-output port. Part of this reflected pulse, exactly the same as the original pulse except reduced in amplitude, appears as an output signal. The remainder continues to traverse the length of the delay crystal, providing a series of output pulses separated by the round-trip travel time through the delay crystal. The output pulses are at specific, discrete and constant spacings; each output pulse is a replica of the input pulse except for amplitude. Because of the propagation loss within the acoustic material, the pulse amplih1de is exponentially decreased with each pass through th e crystal. Variable delay devices are currently under development. These use velocity changes for delay variation. The velocity, and hence the delay, is dependent on a magnetic field. The field is provided by an internal permanent magnet and an adjustable control coil. Specifications (fixed delay devices) frequency Typical delay Typical bandwidth/ loss Size Weight Price Delivery 0 .1-1.0 Ge to 5.2-11 Ge 20 µsec to 2 µsec 10%/40 db-octave/60db to 3 %/95 db-20 %/95 db 2 by 7 in. to 1 by 3 in. 6 oz. to 14 oz. About $3,000 60 to 90 days Microwave Electronics Corp., Palo Alto, Calif. Circle 350 on reader service card 126 Electronics I May 31, 1965 THINK COPPER . ..for high-performance alloys Electricity travels first class via modern coppermetals Tiny printed circuit or giant bus bar-modern coppermetals developed at Anaconda's Research and Technical Center have what it takes to carry current best. In addition, today's conductive copper alloys offer the electrical/electronic designer a full range of physical and mechanical properties-almost limitless combinations to meet your most sophisticated design requirements. When you think electrical conductivity, think copper. And take a fresh look at the versatile, high-performance alloys Anaconda offers today. 6'-09·· ANACQN DJr H AMERICAN BR ASS COMPANY Think copper. And when you do . .. .. . THINK ANACONDA for the broadest range of copper alloys and sizes and for experienced technical services ve;a 0 liquid-cooled hollow conductors To meet needs of heavy current density applications, especially where space limitations confront the designer, Anaconda provides liquid-cooled hollow conductors in a wide variety of sizes, types and cross sections. Among recent advances made possible by conductors of this type are high-field magnets for basic research, synchrotrons and other particle accelerators for atomic studies, bus systems for electromechanical operations requiring currents of 100,000 amp or more, and silicon-diode rectifier heat sinks. With water-cooled conductors in stator bars, ratings of turbogenerators have been increased 2 Y2 times without increasing the floor space they occupy. "ELECTRO-SHEET" for R.F.I. shielding Economical Anaconda "Electro-Sheet" copper foil is proving itself to be highly effective in radio frequency interference {R.F.I.) shielding applications. One recent series of tests (complete data on request) followed the procedures of MIL-Std-285. Over the entire frequency spectrum, copper foil by Anaconda showed attenuation characteristics as good as those of copper mesh and galvanized steel. "Electro-Sheet" is available in long lengths and easily joined widths from 6 " to 64 ". Joints are simpler to make and more dependable than those made in other shielding materials. In addition, this low-cost copper foil is readily bonded to a variety of building materials, using any of a number of different types of adhesives. ANACOND~ A M ERICAN BRASS CO M PANY conductive and springable coppers Some coppermetals have extraordinary springability. Duraflex®superfine-grain phosphor bronze, for example. In special fatigue-test apparatus, Duraflex contact springs were deflected at 1 cps from the initial free position to 77,000 psi bending stress. After 4,000,000 deflectionsno permanent set, no loss of load, no breakage. In applications where cost is an important factor, check the performance of Ambronze 430one of the most economical of the fine spring alloys available from Anaconda. Its average electrical conductivity: 27% !ACS. Its modulus of elasticity in tension: 16,050,000 psi hard, 17,300,000 annealed. 64-0952 New Components and Hardware Tube displays miniature numbers THE HOUSE YOUR NEEDS BUILT Since its establishment in 1961, Anaconda's impressive Research and Technical Center has been dedicated to finding new ways for coppermetals to serve you better. The results? New alloys. New mill forms. A new world of facts about coppermetals and their unique capacity for meeting industry's fast-changing needs. Here is the taproot of Anaconda technical assistance in the field. If there is a coppermetal answer to your problem, the man from Anaconda has it or can get it for you quickly through the Research and Technical Center. Anaconda field metallurgists are ready to serve you in offices from coast to coast. Write today for handy, helpful technical information on any of the following alloys and products : Liquid-cooled hollow conductors Electro-Sheet Spring alloys Anaconda American Brass Company, Waterbury, Connecticut 06720. In Canada: Anaconda American Brass Ltd., New Toronto, Ontario. 64-095'.! Circle 129 on reader service card Numerical indicators that can display characters not much larger than small type on a printed page are expected to find wide use in small desk displays, computers, instruments, and many kinds of office equipment and industrial control systems. The most recent family of small digital display devices includes what is believed to be the smallest numerical indicator ever developed. It displays numbers 118 of an inch high and works from a one-volt source. The indicators contain an array of 7 tiny incandescent filaments, arranged to form any digit. The digit display can be changed in milliseconds. Used in multiples, a series of lamps can display any number of digits. A six-digit array occupies a space -t1u- high and one inch long. Some 3,400 of the indicators will fit on a page of this size. Four models have been developed that display numbers up to 112 inch high. The photo shows the smallest and the largest model. Specifications of four models are given in the table. Illuminated characters are easily read, even in sunlight. Brightness depends upon the size of the characters, and the lamps can be ad- justed to maintain the proper brightness-to-contrast ratio under varying ambient light conditions. The incandescent filaments are all mounted in the same plane, and provide a wide viewing angle. The filaments are made of tungsten wire, only a few thousands of an inch in diameter. Life expectancy of each bulb segment varies from 20,000 to 100,000 hours, depending upon size. At the present time, the display lamps are available in numbers 1 to 9 and 0. The same system will eventually be used to read out the entire alphabet. A special code converter is required to read out digital data, which must be converted from binary or decimal logic form to a code appropriate to the 7-segment display unit. This is said to pose no problems for circuit designers. The company plans to supply code translators at a later date. Specifications Model numbers Over-all dimensions height width depth Character height 02-10, 03-15, 04-30, 08 -60 3/16 to 5/8 inch 5/32 to 3/8 inch 1/4 to 3/8 inch 1/8 to 1/2 inch 129 ~ !~':i~'\'.:::. /~\ =.!~\". ··:-... ·. . ". _ .. ~f"V'· , ~ 1 It .. .. . . .· ·· .~....... I liO i .. - - I · - e ·.Q · o 0 - "'*'""' ( · ·o- ·- ~ ·-..· -· c r---~ .!.... New Components Input power, each segment Life expectancy, each segment Display speed Max. viewing dis- tance Brightness Price 1 to 6 volts, 10 to 30 ma 2 0, 000 to 100,000 hours 5 to 20 millisec 10 to 40 ft 50 to 200 lamberts $50 to $35 each, de- pending upon size. Quantities over 1,000, from $1 9 to $15 Pinlight Division , Kay Electric Company, 1275 Bloomfield Avenue, Fairfield , New Jersey. [351] High-voltage coil driven by transistor more general-purpose features, higher performance and quality with Tl's 6613 pulse generator The Model 6613 General Purpose Pulse Generator fills the need for a low-cost, high-quality test instrument with exceptional performance specifications. It is a general purpose instrument ideal for most pulse applications such as testing integrated circuits, digital circuit de- sign, system design and checkout, testing of diodes and transistors. The 6613 provides coincident positive and negative pulses determined by an internal clock generator or external source, with rep rate variable in 6 steps. Pulse width and delay are also variable in 6 steps. Amplitude is variable from near zero to 10 volts, with overload protection provided. Solid-state circuitry is utilized throughout. The compact unit measures 81h in. high, 8\/i in. wide, 12 in. deep and weighs only 10 lb. SPECIFICATIONS Clock Pulse Repetition Frequency 15 cps to 150 cps 150 to 1500 cps 1500 cps to 15 kc 15 to 150 kc 150 kc to 1.5 me 1.S me to 15 me Delay 30 to 300 nanosecs 300 nanosecs to 3 microsecs 3 to 30 microsecs 30to 300 microsecs 300 microsecs to 3 millisecs 3 to 30 millisecs Width 30 to 300 nanosecs 300 nanosecs to 3 rnicrosecs 3 to 30 microsecs 30 to 300 microsecs 300 microsecs to 3 millisecs 3 to 30 millisecs Pulse Amplitude-IO v into SO ohms Rise and Fall Times-variable: less than 10 nanosecs to 1 microsec, 1 microsec to 100 microsecs, 100 microsecs to 10 millisecs, minimum rise time typically 8 nanosecs INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS GROUP TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED P . O . BOX 66027 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77006 7 RUE VERSONNEX GENEVA, SWITZERLAND 712 130 Circle 130 on reader service card A step-up coil, model TRF-15, is available with an output of 15 kv at 2 ma. The coil is driven by a p air of tran sistors in push-pull. Approximate frequency with single rectifier is 120 kc; in tripler circuit, 78 kc. The coil is 4% in. high and 25/s in. in diameter, and its net price is $15 complete with operational circuit diagram and data. Spellman High Voltage Co., 1930 Adee Ave., Bronx, N.Y. 10469. [352] Hermetically sealed 1-f bandpass filters A series of low-frequency bandpass filters has b een introduced for interstage and other uses. Typical of the series is model BP840 which has a center frequ ency of 60 cp s with a gain of 2/ 1. The 1 db bandwidth ratio is 6%, and attenuation at 30 cps and Electronics I May 31 , 1965 120 cps is a minimum of 38 db. Input impedance is 10,000 ohms with the output into a high impedance such as a grid. The filter is hermetically sealed in a can 1-i\r in. by 1H in. by 15/s in. high. The units are MIL type F R4RX22YY manufactured to MIL-F18327. Similar filters are available up to 100 kc. Electronics Division , Bulova Watch Co., Inc., 61 -20 Woodside Ave., Woodside, N.Y., 11377. [353] Military relay in crystal-can size A new series T crystal-can military relay has been designed specifically for long-life reliability at dry circuit switching levels. The device incorporates five major features: a hermetically sealed coil chamber; hinged armature suspension; bifurcated contacts; welded construction, and improved sensitivity (under 100 mw at pull-in). Rated at 2 amps at 28 v d-c, with standard 0.2 in. grid spacing, the series T is designed to meet requirements of MIL-R-5757D. Hart Mfg. Co. , a subsidiary of Oak Electro/Netics Corp., 110 Bartholomew Ave., Hartford , Conn. [354] Rod thermistors offer low resistance ratios for torque, strain, acceleration, pressure, any rapidly changing signal... one- and two-pen 'oscillo/riter '* recorders offer more extras at a significantly lower price! rectilinear heat-writing, Z-fold chart, push-button controls, plug-in amplifiers. *Trademark of Texas Instruments If you have a signal from de to 120 cps . .. write for Bulletin R -519 A line of rod thermistors with low resistance ratios has been <level- Electronics I May 31 , 1965 IND US TRIA L P RODU CTS GROU P TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED P . O . BOX 86027 HOUSTON , T EXAS 7 7 008 118 RUE du RHONE GENEVA, SWITZERLANO 741 Circl e 131 on reader service card 131 ONE OF 25 NEW 3 WATT MINIATURE POWER SUPPLIES from t ransformer electronics Company :r. :t: tlUSfUlfl · HICfUllU COlfUY ·tlllll.COlll!IO 3.0" New Components oped for use by designers in temperature measurement, control and compensation in electronic and electrical equipment. The new units offer usable resistances at lower temperatures. They also provide for a more linear output to make it simpler to compensate for voltage changes in other temperaturesensitive components. Resistances available with the new rod thermistors range from 3.9 to 27,000 ohms at 25°C, with Rz11/R125 resistance ratios of 3.25, 4.36 and 4.69. They have a 35-second time-constant response to thermal changes, and a power-dissipation constant of 10 mw per degree centigrade. The new rods are 0.15-in. diameter by r96 in. in length, with 1%-in. radial end-capped type leads which facilitate their automatic insertion into p-c boards. General Electric Co., Magnetic Materials Section, P.O. Box 72, Edmore, Mich. [355] Potentiometer offers expanded resistances e re·\ e -· - - --- - .+ THE 9567 SERIES fulfills many requirements where DC-DC and DC-AC voltage conversion is required. Predominant features are; light weight (4 oz .) ... low cost (pri ces start at $150.00) ... all silicon semiconductors ... black anodized aluminum case ... silicon rubber encapsulation .. . transient, reversed polarity and short circuit protecti on ... INPUT : 25-31 VDC (output reg ulated to 0.25%) OUTPUTS: 1.5 VDC to 5000 VDC ± 15 VDC to ± 100 VDC (dual output) 1.5 VAC to 1000 VAC (3 to 5 kc) (adjustable ± 10%) POWER: 3 WATTS TEMPERATURE: - 55 to 100°C FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT: TRANSFORMER ELECTRONICS __.....- COMPANY BOULDER INDUSTRIAL PARK BOULDER, COLORADO TWX 303 443-2H1 ·PHONE (303) 442-3837 POWER SUPPLIES · INVERTERS CONVERTERS · TRANSFORMERS The Knobpot Sr. potentiometer, which combines a precision pot, knob, and turn s-countin g dial in a sin gle package, is now available in extended resistance ranges. Model 3640, form erly available from 250 to 250,000 ohms, is offered in resistances ranging from 100 to 500,000 ohms. It is phased at the factory to 0.1 % accuracy which is better than 0.1 % terminal based linearity. It has a repeatability accuracy of ± 0.05%. The easy-toread clock dial face provides excellent readability and setting accuracy. Resolution is 0.03 to 0.006% ; power rating, 2.5 w at 25°C; maximum operating tern- 132 Circle 132 on reader service card POLYESTER l'ILM CAPACITOR; ~ c.ii-ci1mce Flanoe ] vo11ages TYPE MFL Oi~ll Flat s~ue OOI MFOi o 47 MFJ35 ..,50..,1oov 200v.OC TYPE Oiepea MFI< Flit Sna~ 01 MFO to 22 MFO ~: ~h 400· Non ·lnd...ctT11e Constr...Ct·on: T'l'PE MXT In Plast ic Tube J 001 MFO 10 22 MFU l o1OooOvv 20Ch DC 400v METALLIZED POLVESTER l'ILM CAPACITORS TYPE FNX·H M)'llr Wrapped Semloval With Epo·y End Sell I MFO to IOMFD SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS TYPE TAX MIL ·C· 2665!)A 3v.6v IOv I MFO 10 220MFD 15v 2011 25v. Herme1ically Seateo - + - - - ---t-"-'-·.DC_ _1 TYPE TAS MATSUO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. HEAD OFFICE: 3-5 3.CHOME SENNARl-CHO_ TOYO NAKA SHI OSAKA .JAPAN TOKYO OFFICE ; 25 2-CHOME KANDA AWA.JI-CHO C HI YODA-KU TOKYO .JAP AN Cable Address .. NCC MATSuo ·· osAKA Circle 211 on reader service card perature, 125°C; dimensions (in front of panel), 1112 in. long by 11/4 in. diameter; weight, 1% oz. The Knobpot potentiometer concept eliminates the need for phasing a separate turns-counting dial in front of the panel with a precision potentiometer behind. The entire unit is in front of the panel with only the solder terminals behind. Bourns, Inc., Trimpot division, 1200 Columbia Ave., Riverside, Calif. [356] For the Finest Multilayer Printed Circuitry... Stepper motor is bidirectional A stepper motor with directional reversibility and high step rate has been designated the 44100 series. It responds to d-c pulses in discrete 15° steps of angular rotation with positive magnetic detaining at each increment. It will operate at up to 80 pulses per second .with a corresponding rotor speed of up to 200 rpm. Pulse duration can be in the order of milliseconds or sustained for long periods without damage to the windings. Reversal is obtained by a simple switch. Operating voltage is 27 v d-c ± 10% . Other voltages are available on order. Power input is 6 w nominal; rotor torque, 0.2 oz-in.; temperature range, -10° F to 180° F ambient; weight, 8 oz. In addition to direct drive, more than 150 different gear ratios are available to increase load capacity and provide smaller step angles. Since no ratchets, pawls, contacts, springs or linkages are employed, operation is extremely quiet and the motor has a long service life. The A.W. Haydon Co., 232 Nort h Elm St., Waterbu ry, Conn ., 06720. [357] Electronics \ May 31 , 1965 After Layer . .. Specify Cinch-Graphik When you specify Cinch-Graphik, you specify unequaled quality. The cross-section microphoto shows why . .. uniform wall thickness throughout the entire length of the hole and complete interface bond between individual layers and the plated wall. High density circuitry like this is the result of precision production processes such as the Cu-C Plated Thru-Hole, controlled lamination and ultra-precise multilayer registration(-+- .005" layer to layer for 30 layers or more!). Years of experience in pioneering and perfecting multilayer techniques has made Cinch-Graphik the world's leading producer of advanced multilayer circuits. Write for our new, illustrated brochure. I I CINCH·GRAPHIK DIV I SION OF UNITED-CARR 200 South Turnbull Canyon Road, City of Industry (Los Angeles), Calif. 91744 · Phone (213) ED 3·1201. Offices in 22 Principal Cities throughout United States, Canada , England and Australia listed under Cinch Mfg. Co. or United-Carr Incorporated · Cinch · Cinch-Monadn ock · Howard B. Jones · Ucinite · Palnut Circle 133 on reade r service card 133 maintenance tools r h New Instruments Counting dust particles accurately World's Fastest, Low-Cost Digital Printer Apply several drops of oil to the drive-motor shaft-ends each year (or every fifty-million lines). Brush out any accumulated dust or lint. Clean the air filter periodically. That's the extent of maintenance for a Franklin Model 1000 . . . the only digital printer that offers a printing rate of 40 lines per second (or less) at low, low, OEM prices. REQUEST BULLETIN 2301 1~1~1~1::1~1~1~EI East Fourth S·t. · Bridgeport, Pa. 19405 A Division of the Anelex Corporation 134 Circle 134 on reader service card For precise measurement of the concentration of dust particles, Bausch and Lomb, Inc., has introduced a dust counter that contains optical, electronic and mechanical components. Model 40-1 is said to be capable of detecting particles as small as 0.3 micron, and directly reading concentrations of 1,000 to 1,000,000 particles per cubic foot. Such measurement is especially important in fighting air pollution and in industrial "white rooms" where precision components are assembled for aerospace projects. In the model 40-1, a size selector, calibrated in particle diameters from 0.3 to 10 microns, permits a selective count of all particles above any of the seven preset sizes. This allows size to be plotted against concentration. Air is drawn into a sampling volume and exposed to a light beam. A concentric optical system collects only the light scattered by the individual particles in the sample. Pulses, generated in a photodetector in response to the near forward-scattered light, are amplified and detected in a pulse-amplitude discriminator. The amplifier's sensitivity is adjusted by the particle-size switch, and the discrim- inator passes only those pulses greater than the predetermined size. The pulse frequency, averaged to create a d-c value proportional to the particle concentration, is read directly on the output meter in tens of thousands of particles per cubic foot and in pulses per second average. The instrument is calibrated at the factory, using transparent polystyrene latex spheres of known size. A secondary calibration standard, which utilizes optical fibers, is incorporated to permit a periodic check of the instrument's calibration. The solid-state circuitry is designed to eliminate effects of temperature and line-voltage fluctuations. Optional features are available that will allow the device to drive an X-Y recorder or electromechanical counter to monitor high and low concentrations respectively. An output is also available for activating an alarm when a given concentration limit is reached. Specifications Power requirement Weight Particle size Readout 115 v , 50 or 60 cps 34 lbs. 0.3 to 10 microns Three·decade logarithmic scale with full scale read· Electronics I May 31, 1965 Now... available through Printed Motors, Inc.for MAXIMUM SERVO PERFORMANCE 1 MINERTIA MOTORS Now, available in stock from Printed Motors, Inc., MINERT/A MOTORS-with-the highest speed of response available in any industrial servo motor. The unique,slotless armature of MINERT/A MOTORS combines low inertia with high pulse torque capability, resulting in unequalled performance for appliCations requiring fast accelera· tion, high frequency reversing and rapid startstop capability. The smooth, cogging-free torque of MINERT/A MOTORS through a wide speed range (3000 to I) makes them ideal for direct drive use in machine tools, indexing machinery and similar industrial equipment. Designers of industrial controls are no longer Electronics j May 31, 1965 restricted by the lack of high-power de servo motors - standard MINERT/A MOTORS are available in eight sizes up to 8 h.p., specials up to 200 h.p. If you need high-power de drives with maxi~ mum performance, be sure to find out about MINERT/A MOTORS. Call or write: Printed Motors, Inc., 33 Sea Cliff Avenue, Glen Cove, N. Y. Telephone: (516) ORiole 6·8000. PRINTED MOTORS, INC. GLEN COVE, NEW YORK Exclusive U.S. and Canadian Sales Agent for MINERTIA MOTORS MANUFACTUREll BY YASKAWA ELECTRIC MANUFACTURING CO. LTD., TOKYO, JAPAN. Circle 135 on reader service card 135 New Instruments Price Av aila b ility ing of one million cles per cubic foot. $2,000 From stock parti- Bausch & Lomb, Inc., 61464 Bausch St., Rochester, N.Y. [381] Frequency counter is easy to operate Less than toe a dozen ...when you buy a quarter-million or more. Yesterday, platform headers were made of glass. Prices were high. Today, General Electric produces plastic platform headers for roughly three-quarters of one cent each. Want to figure your savings? Better plug in a calculator. The new General Electric plastic platform header is an exceptional product designed for the new plastic encapsulated devices. It's available with virtually any type wire desired, including gold plated Dumet. You have flexibility in number of leads and in pin configuration. The plastic header is ideal for silicon transistor applications. Continuous temperatures to 400°F are taken in stride. Ideal for making transistors used anywhere in home entertainment equipment and in a wide range of other circuit applications. Plastic transistor platform headers. A breakthrough. The kind of progress you've come to expect from General Electric. For more information, or for a quote on your requirements, call or write: General Electric Company, Lamp Metals & Components Dept., 21800 Tungsten Road, Cleveland, Ohio 44117. Tel: (216) 266-2971. ~gress ls 011r Mosf lmporlt1nf 'Plot/lid GENERAL. ELECTRIC 136 Circle 136 on reader service card Covering the range of 10 cps to 100 kc nominally, the TCF-1 transistorized frequency counter has a sensitivity of better than 0.5 v rms with an input impedance in excess of 150,000 ohms. No sensitivity adjustment is required in the input range of 0.5 v to 250 v rms. A double shielded case and truly Boating input provide d-c isolation in excess of 500 v. The unit features simplicity of operation for convenient use by both technical and nontechnical personnel. Both line and internal clocks are provided for a measuring accuracy in excess of 0.01 %. Resolution of 0.1 cps is provided over the full 7 cps to 120 kc measuring range. A register overload indicator provides unambiguous 6-digit resolution over 10 kc. The unit is 10 in. by 6 in. by 6 in. deep and weighs less than 7 lbs. Power consumption, including oscillator heater, is less than 8 w. Price is $395, availability immediate. W.H. Clark, Inc., 2830-46th Ave. N., St. Petersburg, Fla. [382] Frequency changers offered in 3 models Solid state frequency changers are available in three models with 100va, 250-va and 500-va outputs, re- I Electronics May 31, 1965 spectively. Frequency is regulated to 0.5% and voltage regulation is 1% . Output is sinewave with less than 3% distortion under all rated load conditions. Units can be used as laboratory instruments, but are also designed to be incorporated into systems operating from 60-cps sources and requiring a certain amount of 400-cps power. They are supplied with front panels for rack mounting. Prices are $490 for model P-6410(R), $785 for P-6425(R) and $1,260 for P-6450(R). Delivery is 10 days after receipt of an order for the P-6410(R) and 30 days for the P-6425(R) and P-6450(R). The Linton Co., Inc., 2412 Reedie Drive, Wheaton, Md. [383] Instrument plots frequency response The Panoramic model FRP-3 frequency response plotter is a single compact unit providing rapid, accurate, stable swept-band measurements of modern, steep-skirted, narrow-band networks, such as crystal filters, in the r-f frequencies of 10 kc to 15 Mc. In use, the FRP3 is tuned to the frequency of interest with a band switch, calibrated in 500-kc steps, and a smooth tuning control for fine center frequency setting. It consists of sweep generator and selective receiver-indicator sections. Tests can be performed more accurately and in a fraction of the time previously required by point-by-point measurements. Spotting of critical resonances and other narrow-band effects are simplified by the swept band measurement techniques. Chances of overlooking an unwanted response are minimized. Features include: less than 5 cps short-term drift; single line re- I Electronics May 31, 1965 Circle 137 on reader service card 137 New Instruments sponses on calibrated high persistence crt (or optional chart recorder); at least 80 db dynamic range permits accurate measurements in high attenuation (step) bands; wide range 40 db log and expanded 3 db crt scales. The Singer Co., Metrics Division , Bridgeport, Conn . [384] To order reprints from Electronics fill in, cut out coupon below, Line-voltage monitor has compact design insert in envelope and mail to: Electronics Reprint Dept. 330 West 42nd Street for BIG coils, too! Not all electrical or electronic components for encapsulation by transfer molding are peanutsize ! Take coils, for example, as used in transformers, solenoids, and motors. Hull has the fieldproven process for your component ... whether it's a tiny diode, or a coil 5 " in diameter! Whatever your encapsulating problem, Hull engineers can help you choose the most profitable solution. Hull techniques include direct encapsulation by transfer molding, by vacuum potting, and by continuous dispensing with the Blendmaster. Get the "Hull Package" From Hull, you get a complete service package: engineering, compound selection, design of mold and fixtures, presses, the work set-up, and assistance in start-up. Why not call or write us today to find out how Hull can help keep your quantity/ quality ratios in line? HULLCORPORATION,5034Davis- ville Road, Hatboro, Pa. 19040. Phone (215) 675-5000. H-m See us at Booth No. 365 at the NEPCON Show New York, N. Y. 10036 Model 6100 can be used to monitor a-c line voltages at frequencies from 50 cps to 400 cps. It features a new, rugged, dual-range meter, with large, easy-to-read scales of 95 v to 135 v at ± 1% and 0 v to 140 vat ±3%. The expanded range uses a solid state reference for long term stability and freedom from temperature errors. Measuring 4 in. by 4 in. by 25/s in. deep, it can be used in any location. Units are available from stock for $50. Associated Electronics, Inc., P.O. Box 104, Boonton, N.J. [385] D-c power supplies for lab applications ,------------- ---- --- ---------------------------- --- --: !'''' Reprint order form !'''' i''''' For listing of reprints available see '':''' I the reader service card ' : To help expedite mailing of your reprints please send cash, check or money order with your order. For reprints of the latest Special report: Communications on Gemini Send me .... reprints of key no. R-73 at 50¢ each. For reprints of previous special reports fill in below: Send me ... _ reprints of key no.(s) ., -.,. _ ~-= Ci· ..,. .. ...... _...... . at .... ¢ each. For prices see the reader service card. Name Three silicon half-rack power supply models were designed specifically for laboratory applications. They are the SHR20-3A, 0 to 20 v d-c at 0 to 3 amps; SHR40-l.5A, 0 to 40 v d-c at 0 to 1.5 amps ; and the Number & Street .. _. ......... _. !:i City, State .... ...... ... - ..... . Zip Code .. . ... .. .. _......... . :____ ___ ___ ____ ____________________________________! 138 Circle 138 on reader service card SHR60-Al, 0 to 60 v d-c at 0 to 1 amp. Featuring 0.01% regulation with a recovery time of less than 25 µ.sec with less than 0.5 mv ripple, the units are completely siliconized for optimum temperature capabilities. The SHR supplies furnish constant voltage as well as constant current operation by means of an automatic crossover network. A front-panel mode indicator light is provided to simplify operation. Coarse and fine frontpanel controls allow precise voltage and current settings, with rearpanel capabilities for remote voltage and current programing. The supplies measure 5 in. high by 8 in. wide by 7 in. deep, thus minimizing the amount of bench space required. Rack adapters are available to mount two units side by side. Prices range from $199 to $235 and delivery is two to three weeks after receipt of order. Trygon Electronics, Inc., 111 Pleasant Ave., Roosevelt, N.Y. [386] Analyzer system has modular design The 34-27 series is a family of analyzer systems each of which is tailored to a specific application. It is not limited to multichannel pulse height analysis alone, but expansible to include such applications as Mossbauer, NMR, pulsed neutron, time of flight, spectroscopy, etc. The system uses a basic 400 word memory with wired program master controls. Modules for specific requirements such as input amplifiers, analog-to-digital converters, display controls, and system power supplies have been packaged permitting complete flexibility. ADC's with and without Electronics I May 31, 1965 5-channel resonant reed relay lY, x l'Y.. x 2, 4Y, oz. REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHING WITH AUDIO SIGNALS An audio tone can be generated by an electronic oscillator or resonant reed encoder circuit, then transmitted by wire or radio. The tone activates a resonant reed relay to perform a control function. @ EncoderUnit A single pair of wires, or a leased telephone line, can carry the audio signals for a complete control system. For inaccessible areas or mobile installations, a radi o transmitter and receiver system can carry the signals. Bramco reeds permit over 50 selective control frequencies within the 67 to 1600 cps spectrum. This is assured by: (1) the narrow response bandwidth of about 1% for decoders and (2) the high accuracy of Bramco reed encoders (1/10 of 1% of design frequency). A big advantage of reeds in control switching is that they are ideally suited for simultaneous and sequential coded tone systems. The actual number of control functions possible in such a system is virtually unlimited. For example, over 3300 individual control functions are possible with only 16 fre quencies coded sequentially in groups of three. Compared to other types of tone filters, resonant reeds are small and inexpensive. They give more control functions per spectrum, per size, per dollar. If you work with controls that select, command, regulate, or indicate, you should know about how it can be done with audio signals. We custom design and stock a broad line of encoder/ decoder components and modules. For literature write Bramco Controls Division, Ledex Inc., College and South Streets, Piqua, Ohio, or call 513-773-8271. BRAMCO CONTROLS DIVISION, LEDEX INC. College and South Streets, Piqua, Ohio 45356 Circle 139 on reader service card 139 New Instruments ... a fast new way to better, more readable schematics and drawings! o-j 1t*IC .l, o·~ 'i -·······SVMB. ., f t . { -~~ J./ I- -u- t l . J .1- L!~1'. INSTANT LETTERING®dry transfer drafting symbols are printed on a special transparent plastic carrier sheet. Rubbing over one of these symbols releases it from t he carrier sheet and adheres it to your drawing. INSTANT LETTERING® dry t ransfer symbols are uniform and correct in every detail according to milit ary and A.S.A. drafting standards · Easily erased yet will not come off in diazo m achi nes · Completely opaque, reproduction quality · Faster than letteri ng guides and templates plus no chance of blots or smears · Letter and numeral sheets ta ke t he t edium out of label ing com ponents · ALSO INCLUDED - a 16-page booklet o n drawing with dry tran sfer sym bols . Co mplete set cont ai ns 4 0 sh eet s of dry t ransfer symbols, letters an d num erals plus instruction booklet. Price $1 5. 95. SEND FOR YOUR SET TODAY THE DATAK CORPORATION 63 7lst Street - Dept. 633 Guttenberg, New Jersey 0 Enclosed is my check for $15.95. Please send me a complete drafting set. 0 Please send me free sample and literature on the entire line of INSTANT LETTERING® dry transfer sets for the electronics in· dustry. Name·- - -- -- - - -- - Company_ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ ______________ Address,______ City _, Stat e_ _ Zip Code_ __ See our demonstration at Booth 111, NEPCON Circle 212 on reader service card TWEEZERS SUPER FINE TWEEZERS FOR PRECISION WORK A REVOLUTIONARY NEW TWEEZER It firmly grips and h ol d s the r_nost d el ic ate objects. O_bject ca n 't sli p b ecause of spec ial d ia mon d grip . Gripping p oints lined w ith d1 am o r.d-p owder-(fme grit) . The diam ond part ic les are f irmly w eld ed to stainless steel me t al . These tweezers are used for micro -fi n e wo rk a n d mic ro surgery. No. 770. Blades taper g radually to very f ine poi nt - le n gth 41/4 i nc hes. Sta i nl ess st ee l- no n ma g n e t ic . $8.50 each No . 774. Blad es tape r sharp ly fro m bod y t o ve ry f ine poi nt s le n g th 434 in c h es. Sta i n less st eel non m agnet ic. $10.00 each No . 772. An g led superfine point s - Po int s on 450 an g le. Len e th 41/.i inche s - Stainl ess steel - non· m agnetic. $10.00 each No . 777 . Cur v ed , superf i ne points length 4 3/e in c lrles. Sta inless steel - non ma gnet ic . $10.DO each I. KASSOV INC. JO WEST '1th ST., N. Y. 36, N. Y. For additional types of tweezers - see circular 140 Circle 140 on reader service card buffered outputs are available. Display control modules offer vertical display offset of subgroups or typewriter drive circuitry. Standard features of the scientific analyzer systems include region-of-interest logic for data display and readout, internal time base for time sequence scaling, elapsed time storage and readout, flexible preset count control, push-button control logic, and X-Y plotter calibration. Optional features include spectrum stripping and peak area integration. Optional accessories are practically unlimited. Rad iation Instru m ent Development Lab· oratory, 450 1 West North Ave., Melrose Park, Ill. 60160. [387] 21-range picoammeter is remotely controlled r-=-a·.·· . · ··· Model 418A is a high-speed picoammeter that can be remotely controlled and is called suitable fo r external programing. It offers 21 ranges from 10- 12 ampere full scale to 10- 2 ampere; rise time of 6 milliseconds at 10-11 ampere; zero drift of less than l % of full scale per 24 hours; remote location of input h ead up to 100 ft. from chassis; and reduced noise with variable damping control. The unit has reed relays that can be used with external programing to control range selection. The range selection is commanded by means of a 5-bi t binary code, which is compatible with most computer outputs. Applications for the model 418A include automatic component testing and nuclear reactor monitoring. Price is $1,375. Delivery is 90 days after receipt of order. Keithley Instruments, 12415 Euclid Ave. , Cleveland 6, Ohio. [388] I Electronics May 31 , 1965 UNIQUE The Gena lex Miniature High-Speed Stepping Switch FEATURING: 8 0 steps per sec· ond on impulse drive 3 0 contacts per bank 12 banks maximum 17 oz. light· weight 7 levels sequence switching. Over 5,000,000 Steps Without R eplacements Write today for complete data -Also, data available on . Genalex one-way and two-way stepping switches. *4ii?;'·t0 11 UNIVERSITY ROAD. CAMBRIDGE 38, MASS. V. S. AGENTS FOR THE GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY, LTD. OF EWGLAND Circ le 213 on reader servi ce card HIGH POWER H W ] FROM 20W ~ [ UPTO ..· ~ _ - DC SERVO IMP For driving DC motors & torquers Features: * Small Size 2% x8x3Vz * SCR Control * Adjustable Current Limiting * AC or DC Signal Inputs * 50, 60, or 400 CPS Power Supply * Full Wave, Bi-directional Output Model A570 Servo Amplifiers/ Static Inverters I Power Supplies wes1'AMP 11529 Pico Blvd ., Los Angeles 64, Calif., GR 8-8894 Micro Resonant Reed Selector FUJITSU micro resonant reed selector of the single -reed plug-in type, com· posed of a composite tuning-fork type vibrator, driving system , contacts , and their supporting structures. Possessing a high degree of sen sitivity and stability , it serves all phases of usages as the conventional reed selector in diverse types of tele -controlling and mobile radio systems. Frequency: 50channels in 15c/s spacing in the fre quency range of 472.5c/ s-1207.5c /s D Coil impedance: 280 oh ms L35° ± 15% at 1000 c/ s, 2o · c D Standard driving current : Is: 2.5 ma D Selectivity: Inoperative at a current of less than 7 ma in a frequency range deviating more than ± 15 c/ s from the nominal frequency f D Band width : Class A: / ±1.5c/ s min at sta ndard driving current. Class B: /:= l.Jc/ s min at standard driving current D Temperature range: Class A: - 10-50" C. Class B: 0-40 " C D Contact ratio: 2% min at / and 2.4 ma D Life : Over 100.000 operat ions when driving curr ent is turne d on for 1 second and turned off for 2 seconds in an ordinary circuit D Insulat ion and dielectric withstanding voltage : 10 megohm s min at de lOOV , de lOOV I minute at 2o · c. 80 % Polar Relay Type 21 Fuj itsu Polar Relay Type 21 is a hermetiC311y sealed , highly sensitive subminiature polar relay with high speed and long service life. The size of this Type 21 is only 1 10th as large as the conventional polar relays. It has extremely efficient magnetic circuits, high stab ility against external magnetic fields and unique chatter-free co ntact mechanism. This polar relay is widely applicable to small size, lightweight communication equipment and co ntrol equipment for carrier telepho ny , telegraphy , data transmission in telemetry, automatic control and data processing . Subminiature Type: Jcm ' High Sensitivity: 0.7 mw Long Life: 100 million operations High Speed : 1.5 ms @ Fg~~"~~o~ a~ll':!ct~o~~D Marunouchi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan THE NISSHO AMERICAN CORP., 80 Pine St., New York 5, N .Y. Pho n e: WHite h al l 3-7840. THE NISSHO PACIFIC CORP., 120 Montgomery St., Sa n Fran cisc o 4, Ca lif. Phone: YU kon 2-790 1, 7908. NISSHO (CANADA) LTD., 100 Un iversity Ave. , Toronto. Phone : EMpire 2·4794. Circle 214 on reader service card Circle 141 on reader service card 141 Ultra- THI MA..' Of 9UAlJTY II sensitive relays HELPFUL DATA FOR YOUR CIRCUITRY IDEA FILE The circuit drawing below indicates just one of the hundreds of ways many manufac· turers utilize Micropositione~ polarized relays to solve complex control problems. New Semiconductors Now, uhf silicon transistors in plastic TEMPERATURE CONTROL One of the most common applicatiol)S of the Barber-Colman Micropositioner is in Wheatstone Bridge control circuits. In the above diagram of a temperature control application, the bridge arms incorporate temperature-sensitive transducers. The Micropositioner is a polarity sensitive relay, so the direction of current flow in AB will close one or the other of its contacts from the normally floating neutral position. This causes a reversible control valve actuator to make desired temperature corrections in the supply air. A rheostat coupled to the actuator provides position feedback. The same technique can control cycling (on-off) of an electrical heater. By using potentiometers or fixed resistors, the basic Wheatstone Bridge circuit adapts to positioning and synchronizing controls, or to automatic impedance test instruments. BARBER-COLMAN MICROPOSITIONERI!> POLARIZED D-C RELAYS Operate on input power as low as 40 microwatts. Available in null-seeking and magneticlatching "memory" types ofadjustment. Also transistorized types with built-in preamplifier. Write for our latest catalog with full information on polarized relays. BARBER-COLMAN COMPANY Electro-Mechanical Products Division Dept. E, 1259 Rock Street, Rockford, Illinois 142 Circle 142 on reader service card The General Electric Co. has made a major move into the industrial market for plastic-packaged silicon transistors with the announced availability of three high-speed switching devices: the 2N3605, 2N3606, and 21 3607, for saturating, inverting digital logic applications such as Hip-Hops, NOR circuits, NAND circuits and multivibrators. For more than two years General Electric has been producing plastic-package transistors for automobile radios, television receivers and other consumer applications. It says that it has sold more than two million of these units. Earlier this year it offered a line of 100Mc silicon plastic-packaged transistors to test the market. Interest generated by these devices was substantial. The new epoxy-encapsulated npn units have planar epitaxial . construction. One of the devices, the 2N3605 has a typical storage time of 14 nanoseconds and a typical gain-bandwidth product of 300 Mc. at 10 milliamperes. The 2N3606 and 2N3707 have storage times of 20 nanoseconds. The new transistors, says George B. Farnsworth, marketing manager for the Semiconductor Products department are direct plug-in replacements for many higher-priced metal-can transistors. Farnsworth says the 2N3605 and 2N3606 will replace the 2N706, 2N708, 2N753 and 2N834 transistors in many applications. In some applications, he also says, the 2N3605 can replace the 2N914. The 2N3605-6-7 are housed in the Jedec T0-18 case but have an in-line lead configuration. Other lead configurations, however, are also available. Specifications Collector-to-emitter voltage Emitter-to-base voltage Collector current Dissipation at 25°C Collector saturation voltage at 10 ma. Prices in 1,000 lot orders 2N3607 2N3605 Delivery 14 volts 5 volts 200 ma 200 mw 0.16 volt $0.32 per unit $0.43 .. Immediate General Electric Co., Syracuse, N.Y. [371] Glass-passivated zener chip diodes ew zener chip diodes measuring only 0.50 by 0.30 in. have electrical characteristics that meet or exceed the 400 mw glass diode series. A big advance, the company says, is the new technique of passivation in which the surface is passivated at below 70°C. This involves a combination of low temperature Electronics I May 31, 1965 YOUR REQUIREMENTS (Fill in and c o mpare with ou r sta ndard specif icati ons) VOLTAGE REGULATION _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ CURRENT REGULATION _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ VOLTAGE RIPPLE (RMS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ CURRENT RIPPLE_ _ __ __ _ _ _ _._ __ OTHER REQUIREMENTS_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ First, start with voltage regulation of "= 0.005% line and load combined· Then, add voltage ripple of 1 mv RMS ·Current regulation of "= 0.05% of maximum current output· Current ripple as low as 1 ma RMS ·Transient response 50 µ sec. to return to "= 20 mv band· Excellent stabif.ty, typically 0.05%1for 8 hours [after warm-up)· Resolution approximaft!ly 0.01%· Input versatility 105-125/200-240 VAC, 50 to 400 CPS· Then, build in every conceivable design feature like: High effi- ciency· Constant voltage/constant current cmssover [so sharp the units never leave the specified regulation bands)· S Constant voltage/constant current indicator lights · Vernier controls on both voltage and current adjustments· Output voltage and current meters· Voltage and current programming· Series parallel operation ·Remote sensing· No turn-on, turn-off overshoots· Plug-in control boards· Price? How about $450 for 0-40 volts, 0-8 amps, in a 3 ~" high package? Still want to compare? For more information on the QRC series, call your local Sorensen representative, or write: Sorensen, A Unit of Raytheon Company, Richards Avenue, South Norwalk, Conn.· Or use Reader Service Number 200 · '- UNIT Of R·l'lH(ON COMPAN Y * MODEL NUMBER QRC20-8 QRC40-4 QRC40-8 QRC40-15 t Half rack. OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE (VDC ) 0-20 0-40 0-40 0-40 OUTPUT CURRENT RANGE (AMPS ) 0-8 0-4 0-8 0-15 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS VOLTAGE REG. (LINE & LOAD COMBINED ) ::: 0 . 005 ~· or ::: 1 mv ± 0.005 % or ::: 1 mv ::: 0.005 % or ::: 1 mv ::: 0.005 % or ::: 1 mv VOLTAGE RIPPLE RMS 1 mv 1 mv 1 mv 1 mv CONSTANT CURRENT RANGE 0-8 0-4 0-8 0-1 5 CURRENT REGULATION ± .05 % or = 4 ma ± .05 % or ::: 2 ma ::: .05 % or ::: 4 ma ± .05 % or ::: 8 ma CURRENT RIPPLE RMS 2 ma 1 ma 2 ma 4ma . RACIC HEIGHT (INCHES} 31/2 51/4t 3112 5 1/4 PRICE $410 315 450 575 Circle 143 on reader service card MICRO~AVE NOISE MEASURING EQUIPMENT FEATURES: · RF Frequency Ranges: 1.0 Gc/s to 32 Gc/s · Self Calibrating: AM & FM · Broad Video Frequency Band: 1 Kc/s to 150 Kc/s · Residual FM Monitor: 10 cps to lKc/s · Spectrum Analyzer· Bandwidth: 100 cps and 1 Kc/s · High Sensitivity: AM, 135 DB below the carrier FM, .0032 cps rms deviation · Minimum RF Input Power: 1.5 milliwatts · Microwave Spectrum Analyzer · Phased-Locked Local Oscillator ELECTRONICS Post Office Box 85 / Los Altos, Calif. 94023 / (415) 948-4998 Circle 215 on reader service card New Semiconductors and high vacuum. Previously, devices had to be passivated at much higher temperature and high vacuum. The chip is coated with a glass passivation which makes it truly hermetic. Ease of mounting is also featured, and the diffused type can be soldered into place while the alloy series can be soldered on one side and a spring contact made to the other side. Voltages in the alloy series range from 3.3 to 12, and the diffused series range from 7.5 to 100. Applications are where space is most important. U.S. Semcor, Solid State Division, Nuclear Corp. of America, Phoenix, Ariz. [372] Tiny p-i-n rectifiers from 50 to 2800 piv "What did you say?" "WE SAID, WE ARE YOUR BEST BET FOR RECTRONIC MATERIALS!" We are a primary fabricator and supplier of high purity metals and alloys, compound semiconductors and thermoelectric cooling materials. PH ON E AREA CODE 509 747-6111 TWX 509-328-1464 Telex 032 610 IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT BY AIR PRE-PAID COMINCO PRODUCTS, INC. electronic materials division 818 West Riverside Ave., Spokane, Washington 99201 5603 SHIZUKI CAPACITORS Injection Polypropylene Resin Molded Metallized lacquer Film Capacitors ( -30°( +B)C) 50 volts D.C. Working P A B PML-0.47/50 *0.47 µF 14.0 14.0 5.0 0.6 10.0 PML-0.5 /50 0.5 µF 14.0 14.0 5.0 0.6 10.0 PML-0.68/50 *0.68 µF 19.5 16.0 5.5 0.6 15.0 PML-1.0 /50 *LO µF 19.5 16.0 5.5 0.6 15.0 PML-1.5 /50 *l.5 µF 24.0 19.0 6.5 0.7 19.0 PML-2.0 /50 2.0 µF 24.0 19.0 6.5 0.7 19.0 PML-2.2 /50 *2.2 µF 24.0 19.0 6.5 0.7 19.0 PML-3.3 / 50 *3.3 µF 30.0 20.0 7.0 0.7 25.0 PML-6.8 / 50 *6.8 F 31.0 23.0 10.0 0.8 25.0 *STANDARD <> lacquer Film Capacitors <> Mylar Capacitors <> Metallized Paper Capacitors for Motor running, fluorescent ballasts <> Noise (I) Suppression Capacitors <> Ignition Capacitors <> Minia· ture Electrolytic Capacitors SHIZUKI ELECTRICAL MFG. CO., LTD. HEAD OFFICE : TAISHA.CHO, NISHINOMIYA,JAPAN CABLE ADDRESS. "CAPACITOR" NISHINOMIYA TOKYO FACTORY : 10·7, ARAIJYUKU , OTA.KU, TOKYO 144 Circle 144 on reader service card Circle 216 on reader service card Series MM microminiature p-i-n rectifiers exhibit extremely sharp breakdown characteristics, fast recovery time, high efficiency, and low capacitance. Output current varies from 500 ma for 50 piv to 125 ma for 2800 piv. Leakage current is only 0.1 µ.a at rated piv. The devices are particularly well suited for voltage multipliers, infrared image intensifiers, r-f diodes, coaxial switches, and similar devices. Solitron Devices, Inc., 256 Oak Tree Road, Tappan, N.Y., 10983. [373] Silicon varactors designed for paramps Two new series of silicon varactors are announced for parametric am- I Electronics May 31, 1965 plifiers. The D5046 series offers unusually high cutoff frequencies, up to 250 Ge minimum, combined with a minimum beta of 3 at -3 v. These varactor diodes were designed specifically for paramps, where a low noise figure is the prime consideration. For broadband applications, the manufacturer has developed the D5146 series. This group has a minimum beta of 8 with cutoff frequencies up to 125 Ge minimum at -3 v. All of these silicon epitaxial mesa varactors use a new diffusion technique, and low inductance bonded contacts to the mesa. Sy lvania Elect ric Products Inc., Semicond uctor Division, Woburn, Mass. [374] Selenium rectifiers for high-voltage use =' .. A line of cartridge type high-voltage selenium rectifiers has been introduced for commercial and military applications. The rectifiers, long-lived and low in cost, take current and voltage overloads (as much as 50% over piv ratings) with no need for special protective circuitry. Piv range for the units is from 500 to 20,000 v. High stability is exhibited at voltages as great as 50 v per cell, thereby permitting the smallest possible assembly for a given voltage rating, the company says. Current range is 1 ma to 20 ma, with superior reverse current characteristics. Ambient temperature range is from - 65° C. to +100° C. Epoxy sealed to eliminate end caps and reduce arcing, the units are fully operable in any environment. Immediate delivery is available in all sizes. Recticon Corp., 22 Summit Grove Ave., Bryn Mawr, Pa . [375] Electronics I May 31 , 1965 Circle 145 on reader service card 145 Yes, we deliver... l I j New Subassemblies and Systems Medium-scale computer shown dODiDU gasesI · of ultrahigh purity, for semiconductor manufacture. · in standard or custom-blended mixtures up to 10% concentration. Air Products-the single source for all your industrial gas and specialty gas requirements-supplies doping gases to meet your rigid specifications. Air Products dilutes doping gases with ultrahigh-purity compatible carrier gases such as ni- trogen , hydrogen, helium or argon to prevent contamination of semiconductors. Standard doping gases include antimony penta- chloride, boron trichloride, phosphine, arsine, silane, and dibor- ane. Special blends are also available per customer specifications. Air Products professional knowledge of cylinder preparation compatible with the particular nature of each dopant aids in stabilizing mixtures. In addition, the Company's state of the art experience in IR Spectroscopy and gas chromatography provides accurate analysis of each cylinder. For further information on Air Products doping gases, or to have a sales engineer call, please con- tact: ~ du~°""~ llllllC. Allentown, Pennsylvania SPECIALTY GAS DEPARTMENT 146 Circle 146 on reader service card Visitors to the International Federation for Information Processing (IFIP) Congress last week had the first public view of the SDS 9300 computer built by Scientific Data Systems, Inc. of Santa Monica, Calif. An unusual feature of the machine is its ability to handle as many as 1,024 real-time priority interrupts. The interrupts can be generated by any external event, such as depression of a push-button, completion of a process, or occurrence of an emergency situation of some kind. For instance, the SDS 9300 could be used as the central processor for a system containing a large number of remote data-transmission terminals. Whenever a remote terminal wanted to transmit data, it could signal an interrupt to the central processor, which would stop whatever it was doing, receive the incoming message, take appropriate action, and then pick up wherever it left off. These interrupts are serviced according to strict hardware priority, meaning that the highest order interrupt will always be serviced almost immediately (within microseconds) but that low-order interrupts will be serviced only after all higher-order interrupts have been completed. This could mean that the low man on the totem pole might have to wait indefinitely for service, if interrupts came in fast enough. To handle this eventuality, there is provision for any of the interrupts to be masked off under program control. Thus the program may from time to time mask off any number of high-priority interrupts to make sure that lower-priority interrupts are serviced. Use of interrupt masking is not limited to this purpose. Another unusual feature of the system is its use of Magpak cartridge-loaded magnetic tape. This might be described as the poor man's magnetic tape. It is a lowspeed magnetic tape with a data rate of 1.5 kilocycles using pairs of tape cartridges. Each tape cartridge contains two tracks; data is recorded serially on the tracks. From the system's point of view two tracks on each of two cartridges look like four of the usual higher-speed magnetic tape drives. The tape runs at 7.5 inches per second and has a recording density of 200 bits per inch. Data is recorded on the tape and read · back using the same instructions as with the larger, faster Ampex and Potter tape drives which are more frequently seen in computer installations. The manufacturers refer to the SDS 9300 as a medium-scale computer and compare it in performance to such competitive equipment as the CDC 3200 and the IBM System/360 Model 50. Both of these machines rent for con- Circle 147 on reader service card-+ optimizing the art ... in delay lines Typical problems we've made look easy: 32-module iso· thermal multidelay package (0.01 °C temperature stability) - 150 microsecond digital delays with 20-80 db attenua· tion . We can do even better to meet your special needs 60 modules? 100? 0.001 °C thermal stability? 300-microsec· ond Zero T. C. (Temperature Coefficient) Memory System? So come to us for unusual requirements in glass, quartz, electromagnetic and magnetostrictive delay lines, or in associated electronics - transformers, amplifiers, temper· ature controllers, serial ultrasonic memories, and other advanced components. In the microwave field, we've done tricky things in phase· locked and other oscillators, frequency and pulse stability testers, noise measurements, and other advanced instru· mentation. Oh, yes, since LFE "wrote the book" on delay lines, we'll be happy to send you copies of our brochures defining common terms and basic measurement techniques. To OPtimize your design, OPT LFE. LFE ELECTRONICS A DIVISION OF LABORATORY FOR ELECTRONICS , INC . WALTHAM . MASSACHUSETTS 02154 DtllJ lines · Filters · Tr1n1farmers · Amplifiers, 1nd A11aci1ted Electranict Micrawne Me11urement I. Sign1I Oenerotion Equipment New Subassemblies //~- ------------------ ~~, \ \\ / ', \ ,//' For Their High-Speed ',,\ \ / Microminiature Bonding, \\ : Welding and Soldering Unit$ . ~: I I I \ Weltek prefers / I \ ',, Bausch & Lomb I StereoZoom®// 1 -- --- --- __ ' ' ',............. -------- ,..,.,..,. / / / The Weltek Division of Wells Electronics, Inc., South Bend, Ind., has just introduced its new Model 800 Molecular Bonder (pictured above). The "800" bonds wire as small as .0007"-in less than 1h second-to microcircuits, thin films, integrated circuits and other semiconductor devices. Another new Weltek unit, Model 750, combines all microminiature joining operations in one master console. Two StereoZoom micro- scopes are built into this model. In fact, Weltek engineers have designed the StereoZoom Microscope into all of their equipment. They believe its bright, sharp, three-dimen- sional images and continuously variable magnification save operator's time, increase production, prevent fatigue. And they know StereoZoom is tough and durable ... built to withstand hard industrial usage. Whether your need is for complete microscopes or just certain com- ponents-for production or quality control-the extensive StereoZoom line has what's right for you. . Call your dealer, or write for Catalog 31-15, Bausch & Lomb, 62317 Bausch Street, Rochester, New York 14602. BAUSCH &LOMB Ci) 148 Circle 148 on reader service card siderably more than the 9300, however. The cycle time of 1.75 microseconds for the 9300 is unusually fast for a medium-scale machine. The 9300 hardware is compatible with all smaller SDS machines, including the 930, 925 and 920. This means that peripheral equipment used with the smaller machines may also be connected directly to the larger machine without modification. The programs are nearly compatible, although due to the size of the 9300, program compatibility was not a major design consideration. The first SDS 9300 was delivered to a customer in December of 1964; systems are now in use in numerical analysis, hybrid space-technology work, time-sharing research, and other scientific and engineering applications. Spec i f i cat i o ns: Storage cycle time Add time Max. storage capacity Word size Magnetic tape Disk storage capacity access time Drum storage capacity access time Punched card speeds Paper tape speeds Printer Index registers Typical rental Other features Software 1.75 microseconds 1.75 microseconds (overlapped memory banks) 32. 768 words 24 bits Minimum 1.5 kc Maximum 96 kc (IBM com· patible) Multiple read, write, compute available 67 million words 199 milliseconds maximum 96,000 words 8.3 milliseconds Read 800 cards min, punch 300 cards/ min Read 300 char/ sec, punch 60 char/ sec 900 lines/ min 3 $4,875/ month, including 1.5 kc tape Program interrupt, indirect addressing, floating-point arithmetic, memory protec· tion, byte manipulation, console typewriter Algol, Fortran II and IV, business compiler Scientific Data Systems, Inc., 1649 Seventeenth St., Santa Monica, Calif. [401] E/ lprograrnerreads out in analog form Model 594 precision E/I programer can be programed by dry contacts or logic to provide either an accurate constant voltage or constant current output and a simultaneous Electronics I May 31, 1965 Acomplete 14-bit A-to-D conversion in under 4 µ,sec ... that's something to write about! We're delighted with the overwhelming number of inquiries we've received about our two new additions to the Adage VOLDICONTMline of voltage digitizers. The high -speed, high-resolution VT13-AB and ultra highspeed VT7-AB are based on a novel design combining techniques of successive approximation and parallel threshold decoding. The VT13-AB ac- compl ishes a 14-bit analog -todigital conversion in less than 4 m i croseconds. T he 8-bit VT7-AB perfo rms a complete conversion in unde r 800 nanoseconds . A full line of data systems components, including other A-to-D converters, D-to-A converters, multiplexers, operational amplifiers, and digital logic, is available from Adage, Inc. These components use all-solid -state circu it ry and are designed and t ested to meet the most deman din g requirements for accuracy and reliabi lity. Why not add your inquiry to t he many we've already rece ived? We would be pleased t o send you a technical brochure on t he VT13-AB and VT7-AB. Call or write I. R. Schwart z, Vice President 783-1100, area code 617. Adage, Inc. welcomes employment inquiries from professional engineers. ; q c:f::'"Z:. Q 1079 Commonwealth Aven ue D Boston, Massachusetts 0221 5 Electronics I May 31 , 1965 Circle 149 on reader service card 149 Yoa get what you see with a FAIRCHILD SCOPE CAMERA New Subassemblies display of current or voltage, respectively, using Kelvin connections. It was designed for highspeed testing of integrated circuits and can be programed to operate within t\yo milliseconds. The analog display is always within a range of 0 to 10 volts and, through the use of operational amplifiers, provides no programing error at the load, according to the manufacturer. The programer is 71/2 by 19 by 15 in. (relay rack mount). Shipping weight is about 20 lbs. Aerotronic Associates, Inc., Contoocook, N.H. [402] The highest precision and clarity in oscilloscope photography are insured by a long list of Fairchild design features. Pinpoint focusing at any object·to·image ratio within lens range is one. Heavy duty synchro shutters with jam·proof activation are others. With Polaroid Land Back, 6 x 10 cm field can be recorded 0.9 actual size. Option of f/l.9 or f/2.8 lens. Prices start at $350. For specifications or a demonstration, contact ~Al R C H I L C your local Fairchild Field Engineer, or write to Fairchild Scientific Instruments, 750 Bloomfield DU MONT LABORATORIES Avenue, Clifton, N.J. SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENT DEPARTMENT Circle 217 on reader service card Operational amplifier has modular design Distinctively LOCAL OSCILLATOR Styled SYNCHRONIZER ....y··t···r····f····t···· ;\\···\; .4 .6 1··."J. ~.... '.2- {) "·7 "MILLIAMPERES <'o " " ' DIRECT CURRENT 1~ in. AM-I (actual size) The SE·500 Local Osei llator Synchronizer is used with the klystron local oscillator in micro· wave receivers and test equip· ment to provide a constant fre· quency 30 mc/s IF signal. high torque, self-shielded panel meters Clean, modern styling ... easy scale readability ·.. sizes l V. to 4V.". High torque mechanism gives 1% linearity, 2% accuracy and sensitivity to 20 ua. Magnetic system completely shields external field influences, permitting bezel-to· bezel mounting on any material without inter· action or effect on calibration. Choice of colors or finishes, custom dials- ASA/MIL 4·stud mtg. AMMON AMMON INSTRUMENTS, INC. 345 Kelley Street, Manchester, N. H. 03105 Its primary use is in AM sys· terns, although two channel dif· ferential phase receivers can also utilize this synchronizer by ob· taining the IF input signal from the reference channel. Other optional IF frequencies are available. Price for the SE-500 in Rack Mount is $925. SPECTRA ELECTRONICS P.O. Box 85 · Los Altos, Calif. 94023 · (415) 948·4998 150 Circle 150 on reader service card Circle 218 on reader service card A new line of analog circuit modules has been announced. The first unit, model 901 operational amplifier, at $49.50, offers silicon openboard module with drift specifications of ± 15 11.v per degree Centigrade and ± 0.5 na per degree. The output is capable of ± 15 ma at ±10 v and ±30 ma at ±5 v. With an open-loop gain of 200,000 minimum and a 2-Mc unity-gain crossover frequency, this module is suitable for low-cost commercial and industrial applications. RO Associates, Inc., 917 Terminal Way, San Carlos, Calif. , 94070. [403] Wideband amplifier boasts high stability This solid state wideband amplifier uses all silicon transistors. Priced at $95, the model 1202 uses Electronics I May 31, 1965 feedback for exceptional gain stability with gain adjustable from 10 to 100. The frequency response is 5 cps to 10 Mc at 20 db gain and 10 cps to 1 Mc at 40 db gain. Operating temperature is -55° to + 75°C; output voltage, 6 v peakto-peak across 1,000 ohms; input impedance, greater than 100,000 ohms shunted by 25 pf; noise, less than 50 µ.v rms referred to the input with a 10,000-ohm source. Designed as a building block for instrumentation and systems engineers, the model 1202 may be used as a telemetry pulse amplifier, transducer or tape-recorder amplifier, and to increase the sensitivity of oscilloscopes and voltmeters. California Electronic Mfg. Co., P.O. Box 355, Alamo, Calif. 94507. [404] Regulated supplies have fixed voltages Need to say a lot in a little space? (or make markings more durable...or more economical ... or at higher rates?) We can show you how Series PWR line/load regulated power supplies have the following voltages and currents: 12 v, 7 amps; 15 v, 6 amps; 24 v, 4 amps; 28 v, 3.3 amps; 48 v, 2 amps; and 60 v, 1.5 amps. Line regulation is less than 0.01% output voltage change for 100 to 130 v line variation. Load regulation is less than 0.05% no load to full load. Long term stability is less than 0.05% or 3 mv; ripple, less than 0.5 mv rms; recovery time, 50 µ.sec; ambient operating temperature, -20°C to +65°C. Input is 100 to 130 v, 60 cps ±1 cps single phase; control, trimmer voltage adjustment -+-5% from nominal output voltage. Price is $199 uncased; delivery, 30 to 60 days. Kepco, Inc., 131-38 Sanford Ave., Flushing, N.Y. [405] Electronics I May 31, 1965 We can show you how to identify products so they will resist extreme amounts of handling, abrasion, many solvents and other atmospheric conditions ... or how to sequentially number and identify components with savings of more than $50 per 1000 ... or how to print trademark, type number, value and date code on 90 units a minute . . . or how to produce an imprint that remains readable after 1000 hours at 200°C.... or get 10 digits and 2 letters in a micro-circuit area of 0.090N- or 21 characters on a T0-5 case with interchangeable type number and date code ... or save 75 cents of every dollar you now spend on buying, applying, inventorying and discarding obsolete preprinted labels. The answers are in proven Markem machines, type and specialty inks, which daily produce better product or package identification by reducing costs, smoothing production control and increasing customer acceptance. And while Markem machines, type and inks are helping to produce better products through more complete and lasting identification, they frequently pay for themselves in the savings they make possible. Tell us what you make, what it must say, and for how long: we'll give you a specific recommendation and cost estimate right away. Write Electrical Division, Markem Machine Co., 305 Congress St., Keene, New Hampshire 03431. Circle 151 on reader service card 151 New Microwave Ditherer changes magnetron frequency Only 1/2 the physical size of existing units These miniature tunable inductors are encapsulated with transfer molded epoxy material and incorporate an "O" ring-sea led tun ing device for maximum moisture protection. Their small size makes them ideal for com pact packaging and weight is just slightly more than an equal value fixed coil. · Nominal L values available from .10 to 1000 microhenries (RETMA values) · Tuning range ±15% minimum · 48 nominal L values to choose from · Q values approximate 50 on all units thru entire range of tuning · Tuning torque remains stable with re- peated usage · Testing confirms ability to meet require- ments of MIL-C-15305 Grade & Class 4 Off The Shelf/ In Stock Now Delevan Electronics Corp. Subsidiary of American Preciuon lndustfit!s Inc. 270 Quaker Road, East Aurora, N. Y. 14052 152 Circle 152 on reader service card Target fading is a problem common to all radar systems. Often targets fade and are lost during the most critical moments of examination. Rapid changes in the transmitter frequency help reduce fading as well as increase the eHective range and power of the radar system. Until now, most systems for frequency changing have been large, unwieldy mechanical structures or bulky electronic systems. A new vVestinghouse magnetron provides users with all the advantages of rapid frequency changing with no major increase in size. The new vVestinghouse tube, the WX4742 accomplishes its frequency changing by a technique which Westinghouse calls "dither tuning." It provides narrow-band frequency diversity (tunable from pulse to pulse) at high pulse power without the cost and size of rnagnetrons using hydraulic or spin tuning. The ditherer, or frequency shifter, is a vibrating reed which changes the magnetron frequency in steps up to ± 10 Mc, depending on the drive power. It is driven at an audio frequency rate-200 to 1000 cycles preselected by the user -by a stable sine wave generator (0.1 % in frequency, 10% in ampli- tude) having an output of 1 ampere into a 0.2-ohm load. The magnetron is mechanically tunable from 8.5 to 9.6 Ge. If the pulse repetition frequency and the dither rate are synchronized at 600 cycles, a single pulse spectrum is transmitted. However, if the pulse repetition rate is increased for 1,200 cycles per second, 2 spectra are +M transmitted, one at and one at -~f from the center frequency. Increase of the dither rate to 2400 cps would cause 4 spectra to be transmitted. The WX4742 was first designed for a military airborne application, but its low cost and size make it suitable for many nonmilitary ap- plications. Frequency dither (di- versity) is especially eHective in improving target definition and enhancing range capability; it re- duces sea return and clutter; im- proves angle measurement; and reduces target scintillation. For ex- ample, if a target is scintillating (fading in and out) at one fre- quency, and the frequency is shifted, the target then fades at a dillerent rate. Rapid frequency changing then enables a maximum number of radar echos to be regis- Electronics I May 3 1, 1965 -- - - -- Meetinq MIL specs? Ansco film lets qou see the reliabilitq If you've invested millions in an in-plant reliability program, you should include Superay® 'H-D' Industrial X-ray film. Why? Because it can show up best the tiniest imperfection in your electronic components. This ultra-fine grain Class I film has very high contrast and microscopic definition throughout the entire KvP range. It's designed for high definition radiography and the ultimate in image quality. For the X-ray " reliability" your components deserve, ask your GAF Representative about Ansco Superay 'H-D' Industrial X-ray films. Or write : X-ray film Dept. , Box E53 1 I Electronics May 31, 1965 m 1 GENERAL ANILINE a FILM CORPORATION 140 WEST 51 STREET · NEW YORK 10020 Circle 153 on reader service card 153 The highest quality Sub-miniature switches S-2022 SB-2061 MRY-106 SM-1 New Microwave tered. The result is target enhancement The WX4742 is the first of a family of ditherable magnetrons now in production at Westinghouse's tube division in Elmira, N. Y. It is a mechanical and electronic replacement for the WL7111, a nonditherable tube, which has been in production at Westinghouse for more than 6 years. Toaa le Pu$h Button Rotary N1karon MODEL NO s.2012 5· 2013 S -2022 S-2023 S-2025 SB-2011 SB-2061 SB-2085 MRX-110 MRX -205 MRY - 106 SM · I CIRCUIT SP.OT SP. OT OP. OT DP OT OP OT SP OT OP OT OP OT I Pole 2 Polei I Pole SP.OT CAPACITY IOA 125Y AC 6A 12SY AC IOA 1250 AC 6Al2SOYAC 6A 12SY AC 6A 12SY AC 6A 125V AC 6A 125Y AC IA 12SY AC IAl2SYAC JA 12SY AC JA 125Y AC CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT ON·ON ON-OFF ·ON ON -ON ON-OH -ON ON .QN(momenl·ryl ON -ON (momentary! ON -ON (moment·ry) ON - ON (double action) usable position 1-10 uuble positron l · S usable position 1-6 ON -ON lmomen 111yl Line of products: Toggle switch Push switch Rotary switch Motor timer Power relay See-saw switch Rotary solenoid Wanred dealers In England, Wesr Germany and lraly NIHON KAIHEIKI IND. CO., l TD. 3-644, Higashi, Magome, Ota-ku, Tokyo, Japan Cable Address: "NIKKAIELECTRO" TOKYO Circle 154 on reader service card SPECIAL OFFER: Reprints of Special Reports from Electronics Now, for your reference file-a complete set of Special Reports reprinted from the pages of Electronics in 1964. A total of 207 pages of valuable and informative articles combined in an attractive folder. The reports are individually bound. The special discount price for the reports is $2.50 which includes both handling and shipping costs. Order now, using the coupon below. The following reprints are included in this offer: Specifications Frequency Peak power Average power Duty factor Efficiency R-f bandwidth Pulling figure Pushing figure Stability Pulse width Pulse repetition Peak anode voltage Peak anode current Weight Cooling Life Operating temp- erature Availability 8.5 to 9.6 Ge 200 kilowatts 200 watts minimum .001 38% 2/pulse width 15 megacycles maximum 0.3 Mc per amp less than 0.5% 1 microsecond variable 200-4000 cycles persecond(dependent on the dither mode) 22 kilovolts 27.5 amps 12 lbs. forced air greater than 400 hours - 55 °C to 70°C 60 days after receipt of order Westinghouse Electronic Tube div., Box 284, Elmira, N.Y. [421] Telemetry transmitter operates at 2.2 to 2.3 Ge Field Effect Transistors 64 pages. Electronic Telephone Switching 16 pages. Direct Digital Control in Industry 24 pages. Transistor Heat Dissipators 32 pages. Oceanography 15 pages. Magnetics 24 pages. Digital Instrumentation 16 pages. Modern Electronic Packaging 16 pages. Send your order to: Electronics Reprint Dept. McGraw-Hill Inc. 330 W. 42nd Street, New York, N.Y. 10036 -- -- -- -- -- - ------ --- - ----- -- Reprint order form -- ------- - --- - -- --- - -- -- - -- ------ --- - -- -- - -- ----- ----- -----------------------A·2 ---·!''' .for reprints of feature articles or special reports fill in below: Send me .......... reprints of Key No.(s) . ... at ... . . .... .¢ each. For prices and listing please see the reader service card. Send me .. .complete set(s) of special reports listed above at $2.50 per set. Name ' ' !:, Number of street ... City. State, Zip code ......· ... . . .... . . _.. ___ ·. . ..·.... ... __ .... - . - - - - - ... - - - ·.. . ·--- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154 This telemetry transmitter produces 4 w of c-w output power at 2.2 to 2.3 Ge. The EM4575 has a volume of 280 cu in. and weighs 9.5 lbs. All specifications are met in aircraft operational environments, per MIL-T-21200D Class I and MIL-T-5422, including -54°C to +55°C temperature range. Interference controls also meet re- Electronics I May 31, 1965 quirements of MIL-I-6181D. All of the above specifications are met without mounting to a heat sink and in presence of solar radiation. Modulation frequency response of the EM4575 transmitter is Hat ± 1 db, 5 cps to 800 kc. Over-all efficiency is 10%. The h·ansmitter operates from a 100-150 v, 350-450 cps, single-phase primary supply. Delivery is quoted in 90 to 120 days. Eitel-McCullough, Inc., 301 Industrial Way, San Carlos, Calif. [422] Low-voltage magnetron delivers 100-mw power "My po. int is . .. A low-voltage, wide-band voltage tunable magnetron has been announced. The anode voltage required to tune the unit linearlv from 500 to 1,000 Mc is 250 to 500 v. The power output is 100 mw minimum and the power variation over the entire range is ± 1 db. The subminiature vtm weighs % lb and measures 2% in. by 1% in. Price is $950; delivery, two weeks. Mictron Inc.. 265 Osborne Road, Albany, N.Y.. 12211. [423] 3.5-pound twt rated at I kc A major reduction in size and weight is claimed for the L-3954 traveling-wave tube. The h1be weighs 3.5 lb., yet is rated at a minimum of 1 kw across the frequency range of 8 to 11 Ge. Small signal gain is rated at 33 db or greater, and duty is 0.01. The L-3954 is all metal and ceramic, ppm-focused and capable of operation in many of the more severe military environmental applications. Litton Industries Electron Tube division, 960 Industrial Rd., San Carlos, Calif. [424] I Electronics May 31, 1965 you have a right to expect all this in an analog multiplexer... " And the EECO 765 gives .it to you without shortcuts in fea- tures or construction : · 50 kc sampling rate · 0.01 % accuracy · built-in programming ease · gated display on ADC · inputs: -+-50 mv to -+-5v · high input Z · 10-100 channel capacity · minimum crosstalk It's quality throughout - with Field Effect Transistors used for switching and in the first stage of the buffer amplifier. For greater usefulness, frontpanel patchboards allow you to program any number of inputs (to 100) in any sequence ... including super-commutation. A real instrument value, the EECO 765 costs from $2,200 to $4,000 depending on options ... 100 channels at less than $4,000. Interesting? Write, phone or wire for the full story. · Electronic Engineering Company of California 1601 E. Chestnut Ave. (Box 58) Santa Ana, Calif. 92702 Phone: Kimberly 7-5501 Area Code 714 · TWX: S Ana 5263 Circle 155 on reader service card 155 Latronics New Production Equipment Seals Terminals Assemblies Hot probe for semiconductors You benefit by 25 years' experience in design and manufacturing. Standards from stock. Specials as needed. Mail drawings and specifications for quotation. f i Latronics ~ Corporation 995 Lloyd Ave., Latrobe, Pa. 15650, Phone 412-539-1626 TWX 412·594·7857 156 Circle 156 on reader service card Hot probing, reports Siliconix Inc., raises the percentage of integrated circuits or transistors that are rejected, but lowers the cost of producing them. This seems like a contradiction, but it isn't. Integrated circuits are cheap at the time they are probed -electrically tested with an array of needle-like contact fingers. Probing is done while the circuits are still part of a silicon slice on which hundreds of circuits are made simultaneously. Most of the cost of the circuits represents the handling, packaging and testing done after probing. Hot probing raises the reject rate during probing by testing the circuits at elevated temperatures. Conventionally, circuits are probed at room temperature and not tested at elevated temperatures until after packaging. The room-temperature probing may not reveal circuits that must later be rejected because their leakage current or other temperature - sensitive characteristics vary too widely at temperatures of 100°C or higher. For example, a leakage current variation of one nanoampere at room temperature might rise to tens of nanoamperes at 150°C, and the circuit would be unacceptable for high-temperature use. To detect such potential failures, Siliconix has developed a hot-probing modification which it is offering to purchasers of the $3,995 Waferprobe Mark III. A silver hotplate is built into the vacuumchuck stage which holds the silicon slice during probing. Temperature is controlled up to 150°C by thermocouples and transistorized feedback circuits which regulate electrical resistance heaters in the insert. According to the manufacturer, this device makes the Mark III the first commercially available hot prober. Specifications Machine rate Rotation Stepping, x axis Manipulator Vacuum chuck Probe points Wafer diameter Thickness variation Bonding pads 60-mil spacing, 1,300 cycles/ hour 20-mil spacing, 4,000 cycles/ hour 360° 10 to 150 mils 30:1 reduction electrically isolated up to 12 up to 1V2 inches 3 mils down to 2 mils Siliconix Inc.. 1140 W. Evelyn Ave., Sunnyvale, Calif. [451] I Electronics May 31, 1965 FREQUENCY NEEDS SULZER ANSWERS SULZER FREQUENCY STANDARDS MODEL FREQUENCY OUTPUTS 24 HOUR STABILITY SULZER 2.5 ..... 2.5 mc/s, 1 mc/s, 100 kc/s ...........± 1 x 10-10 SULZER SA..... 5 mc/s, 1 mc/s, 100 kc/s .... .......± 5 x 10-10 The SULZER Frequency Standards are rugged,all-silicon solid state devices used in standards laboratories and for timing and communication systems. SULZER CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS SULZER highly stable quartz crystal oscillators are compact, rugged frequency generators suitable for use as time base generators in equipment and systems requiring high .frequency stability. Models lB, lJ.and lK are 2\,1i"x 21,4"x 4\4". Models D 2.5 and D 5 are 4\4"x 41;.." x 67's". Model 2.5 frequency outputs are guaranteed stable to lxlo-10 or better over a 24-hour period with moderate ambient temperature and load variations, with power supply variations from 22 to 32 volts. Short term stability is better than 8x10-11 over 1 second and 8 x 10-10 over 0.1 second. Output frequency adjustment from front panel is lOOx 10-9. approximately 5xl0-11 per division. Internal adjustment approximately 300x10-9. Model 5A frequency outputs are guaranteed stable to± 5x10-10 or better over a 24-hour period with temperature variation -10°C to+ 60°C, with power supply variations from 22 to 32 volts, and for any load condition. Short term stability is better than 8x1Q-11over1.0 second and 8x10-10 over 0.1 second.Output frequency adjustment from front panel is 100x10-9, approximately lx1Q-10per division. Internal adjustment 600 x lQ-9. SULZER Model 5P Power Supply operates from 105-125 volts, 48-400 cps, and includes sealed nickel-cadmium cells for 10 hour standby operation. SULZER PORTABLE CRYSTAL CLOCKS FREQUENCY TYPICAL MODEL OUTPUTS 24-HOUR STABILITY SULZER AS-2.5 5 mc/s, 1 mc/s. 100 kc/s, 10 kc/s ± 2 microseconds SULZER AS-5 5 mc/s, I mc/s, 100 kc/s, 10 kc/s ± IO microseconds SULZER 1B 1 mc/s, IOO kc/s, IO kc/s ± 25 microseconds SULZER Portable Crystal Clocks generate a highly precise time reference under an extreme, moderate or restricted temperature range. Self powered operation at 25°C for Model As2.5 and A5-5 is 15 hours and Model lB 24 hours. Pulse outputs are provided at various frequencies down to one second. 1111111 SULZER CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS MODEL SULZER 1B OUTPUT FREQUENCIES* STABILITY 1 mc/s ± 2 x IO -9 per 24-hours ± 2 x IO -9 1s0 c to 35°C ± 1 x 10 -8 -s·c to +ss·c WEIGHT 1 pound SULZER lJ 1 mc/s ± 1 x IO -8 per 24-hours 10 ounces ± 2 x IO -9 15°C to 35°C ± 1 x IO -8 -s0 c to +ss·c SULZER lK 1 mc/s ± 5 x 10 -9 per 24-hours 10 ounces ± 2 x IO -9 15°C to 35°C ± I x 10 -8 -s0 c to +ss· c SULZER D 2.5 2.5 mc/s ± 2 x I0-11 per 24-hours ± 2 x I0-10 15°C to 65°C 3.5 pounds SULZER D 5 5 mc/ s ± 1x10-10 ±SxI0-10 ± 1 x IO -9 *1 volt rms into 50 ohm load per 24-hours 7°C to ss·c -29°Cto 90°C 3.5 pounds For immediate information telephone 512-476-6601. For literature on all SULZER products write TRACOR, Inc.· . 1701 Guadalupe Street, Austin, Texas 78701 ® Electronics I May 31, 1965 SULZER Precision Oscillators Circle 157 on reader service card 157 SPRAY COATER ORGANICALLY FINISHES ELECTRONIC ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS having axial leads (such as capacitors, fuses and resistors), at rates of up to 12,000 PER HOUR New Materials Polyurethane cures at room temperature Stycast CPC-16 is a room-temperature curing, polyurethane casting rubber compound. It is supplied as a relatively low viscosity liquid which, when mixed with a liquid catalyst, is converted to a tough flexible solid. The material can be cast to exact contour and can be used for potting electrical circuits and connectors. The resin shows excellent adhesion to a wide variety of materials. To improve adhesion to metal surfaces, Eccoprime PR-1 may be used. Stycast CPC-16 is usable from - 70°F to +300°F. At 300°F the unpigmented material will discolor but retain its physical characteristics. Typical properties: hardness (Shore A), 75; tensile strength, 3800 psi; elongation, 160%; brittle point, below -80°F. Emerson & Cuming, Inc., Canton, Mass. (441] The completely automatic, remote masking C/M Model HD-3 appllH a solvent and abrasion-resistant clear coating that protects color coding and labellng, or a llght· tight seal for silicon diodes. Coating Is confined to desired area whlle racks, loaded with diodes move contlnuously through spray station. The diodes, while In the racks, are spun so as ta assure an even coating and remain In the racks for both spraying and baking operations. Also inquire about the C/M Model PR-1 automatic powdered resin coating machine, the C/M Model TL-1 automatic tray loading ma· chine, and the C/M Model ML·l magazine loader. SEND FOR UTERATURE 815 NEW YORK AVINUI EDO 11, OHIO In Europe: Conforming Matrix Division Phoenix Telephones, ltd. Grove Park, London N.W. 9, England 158 Circle 158 on reader service card High·alumina material used for substrate A high-alumina material is available with a 20-microinch AA asfired finish. The material, of 99.5% alumina content, is suitable for use as a substrate for microelectronic circuitry and for mechanical seals. The surface is achieved without grinding or polishing, so the cost of the completed seal or substrate can be drastically reduced from previous levels. The specific gravity of this alumina material is 3.9, in contrast to the specific gravity of 3.6 to 3.7 of 85% to 95% alumina materials. Centralab, The Electronics Division of Globe-Union Inc., P.O. Box 591, Milwaukee, Wisc. 53201. (442] Hard dielectric film coatings Durafilm hard dielectric coatings are announced for lasers, rubies , glass rods, filters , dichroics, and mirrors. Designed to resist extreme thermal and mechanical shock, and to withstand high power, high pulsation rate, and fast rise time, Durafilm may be cleaned in water without thin film degradation or variation in optical performance. Performance loss from scattering and absorption is less than 0.1 %, resulting in reflectivity values of 99.9%. Maser Optics, Inc., 89 Brighton Ave., Boston, Mass., 02134. (443] Binary and ternary high-purity compounds A variety of high purity binary and ternary compounds are now in production. They have application in the manufacture of semiconductors, optics and sophisticated electron tubes. Such compounds as silver arsenic sulfide, copper antimony trisulfide, gadolinium telluride and zinc triantimonide are a few of the 47 types being offered. Many of the materials are available in either crystal, bar, lump or powder form. Allegheny Electronic Chemicals Co., 20 Leon St., Bradford, Pa., 16701. (444] I Electronics May 31, 1965 the product is only part of the deal The ultimate design of the most complex electronic apparatus may well be determined by one special component. It may be a magnetron, a visual display tube or a transistor; btlt whatever it is the design engineer must choose from many alternatives and equivalents. How does he make his choice? Not by specifications and measurements alone. Equally important are the supplier's research and applications know-how, technical data and assistance and his willingness to share problems before and after the products have been purchased. This is the kind of support that Mullard gives, and much of it stems from Mullard research. Scientists at the Mullard Research Laboratories are engaged on fundamental and target investigations in almost every field of electronics. They work in close co-operation with the applications and development engineers at Mullard factories and independently collaborate with universities and government departments. If we are not serving your Company already, please let us know if we can help you. M u l l a r d electro~ tubes . semiconductors magnetic and other components MULLARD LIMITED· MULLARD HOUSE. TORRINGTON PLACE· LONDON · W.C.1 ·ENGLAND Electronics I May 31, 1965 Circle 159 on reader service card 159 m 7 1---------------, I' CA···o·® roa· Catalog 700 11lSl'fllEJai. NEW FROM IEE I Supplement tfj i 1t's NEW! It's FREE! ,,, . IIlIl WORLD'S SMALLEST REAR· PROJECTION READOUT GIVES YOU CHARACTERS THIS BIG~ ',--------- I Give us a ring any time for your ~6ljj~i- f~~ !__ow_n _pe_rs_on_al _co_py______ _ The new supplement to CAMBION'S Catalog 700 gives you all the latest developments and technical advancements in CAMBION'S line of more than 15,000 standard electronic products. Together these two catalogs provide electronic design engineers with the industry's most complete file of technical I I The new Series 340 is the smallest rear· projection readout in the world! It's just %" x '12" x 2·-yet its %' characters are clear, sharp, and easily read. data on battery holders, panel and chassis hardware, digital modules, solder terminals, swagers, terminal boards, insulated terminals, coil forms, shielded coil forms, coils, RF chokes, capacitors, connectors - plugs and jacks, component clips, handles, kollet knobs, thermoelectric modules, magnetic bearings, etc. all built for guaranteed performance. If you don't have your free copy of Catalog 700 or the new sup- I Only IEE's patented rear-projection readouts give you your choice of any type face, symbol, color. Anything you can put on film! Use the single·plane Series 340 anywhere you need maximum clarity in minimum space. Send for complete technical information. c . , .® plement, call CAMBION right now. Cambridge Thermionic Corporation,401 Concord Ave., Cambridge, Mass. 02138. Tel: ~ (617) 876-2800. · .... INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS, INC. 7720 Lemona Avenue · Van ·Nuys, California Standardize on CAM BION ... The Guaranteed Electronic Components Circle 220 on reader service card Phone: (213) 787·0311 ·TWX (213) 781·8115 Representatives In Principal Cities Circle 221 on reader service card r--------------------------1 Planning to change your address? Use the form below to indicate a change of address. Because our issues are addressed in advance, please try to allow at least 5 weeks for change of address to become effective. Attach the address label from your most recent issue in the space provided below. [Please print the following information for proper service] Title or position Name . . Chief job responsibility SPECIFICATIONS: MODEL 602A - GAUSSIAN DISTRIBUTION: Symmetric1I non· clipped wive form 111 ranges . FREQUENCY RANGES: 20 cps to 20 kc, 20 cps to 500 kc , ind 20 cps to 5 me. OUTPUT SPECTRUM: Uniform from 20 cps to 20 kc within ± 1 db, 20 cps to 500 kc within ± 3 db, 500 kc to 5 me within ± 8 db. OUTPUT VOLTAGE: Maximum open circuit at least 3 volts for 20 kc range, 2 volts 500 kc range, ind 1 volt 5 me range . TYPICAL SPECTRAL DENSITY (with 1 volt rms output) : 5 mv/ ,I cps for 20 kc ranee. 1.2 mv/ ,t cps 500 kc ranee, and 0.4 mv/ ,tcps 5 me ronge . CONTINUOUS AMPLITUDE CONTROL - FIVE POSITION OUTPUT ATIENU· ATOR: Xl.O, XO .I. X.01. X.001. ind X.0001; Accuracy ± 3% to 100 kc , ±10% to 5 me . OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: Constant 900 ohms on direct output; 200 ohms on step attenuated output. OUTPUT VOLTMETER: 0·5 volt, calibrated to read rms value of Gaussian noise . Op1r1tinc Temperature: 0 to 50 degrees C. POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115/ 230 volts ± 10/ 20 volts, 50 to 1.000 cps, 1pprox. 5 watts; rechargeable battery option available. DIMENSIONS: 51A" hia:h x Bo/1 " wide x 11 " deep. Panel height for 19 " relay-rack mounting is 5 1A". PRICE: $290. DELIVERY: Stock to 30 days. Company and Div .. ....... : ........ .. . .. . ... . . Product or Approx. No. Service . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . of employees .. ... . Address City ........ Zone State or .. Prov. . ....... . Mail to: Fulfillment Manager, Electronics P.O. Box 430, Hightstown , N.J. 08520 *Paste present mailing label or address from wrapper or envelope here. 160 Circle 160 on reader service card I Electronics May 31, 1965 New Books Information Theory Probability and Information Theory With Applications to Radar P. M. Woodward Macmillan Co.. 136 pp., $5 This second edition of a classic monograph is essentially unchanged from the original edition published 12 years ago except for minor corrections, a revised index and a short addition on statistical decision. It is still one of the best expositions of modern techniques of statistical communication such as correlation detection and coding. While the technical literature dealing with these subjects has grown enormously and advances have been rapid, Woodward's book manages to hold its own because it deals with fundamental principles. In es.sence, this is what the book presents-a clear exposition of the basic principles of information theories, illustrated with simple, well-chosen numerical examples. The introductory material on probability and noise is adequate for readers already acquainted with the mathematics of probability. A welcome feature is a short discussion of the concept of entropy prior to the chapter on information theory. Entropy is a measure of the spread of statistical results. The chapter on information theory gives a clear distinction between information capacity of a channel (number of distinguishable states) and information content of a message (minimum average capacity). The reader is led into the statistical theory of reception, which in the end reduces to calculations of inverse probabilities. The calculations are employed in classical coin-tossing experiments and in detection of signals embedded in gaussian noise, and they are related to the general technique of correlation detection. These ideas, in turn, are applied to developing a theory of radar reception. The book is well written, and should be useful as a reference for scientists, engineers and students. However, instead of the new chapter on statistical decision-an area where pertinent information is already available-it would have been more appropriate to include a chapter on the quantum aspects of noise and information theory. Henri Hodara National Engineering Science Co Asadena, Calif. Materials Physics of 111 -V Compounds Dr. Otfried Madelung John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 409 pp., $13 . This book is an excellent comprehensive treatise on the physical properties of III-V semiconductor compounds. It includes a thorough discussion of optical properties, transport properties, impurity levels, metallurgy, junction phenomena, and mechanical properties. The discussed is based on th e work that has been reported in the literature. Kane's theory is described in detail and band structure is thoroughly studied. The book is written in a clear, appealing style with most parameters such as absorption edge and mobility carefully defined. The symbols for physical qualities and mathematical operations are standard and easy to follow. It is assumed, however, that the reader is familiar with solid state theory on a graduate physics level. The major part of the book is devoted to deducing band structure of the llI-V semiconductors from the physical data. The introductory discussions of Brillouin zone, and energy ellipsoids are not sufficiently detailed to enable an undergraduate reader to understand the importance of data correlation to band structure. The book does not discuss llI-V semiconductor devices at any great length. The properties of junction devices such as stimulated and spontaneous emission of radiation, tunneling probability, and transistor behavior are mentioned, but not discussed. As the title implies, the book is devoted to materials rather than to device physics. The theoretical results and physical data are excellently referenced throughout the book. Picatinny Arsenal Dover, N.J. Edgar J. Evans Electronics I May 31, 1965 · &.E. WROTE THE BOOK ON SlllCONE &REASES Lubrication ... Need a good lubricant for bearings, gears, and other mechanisms under rolling or sliding fri ction conditions, over temperature ranges from -100 ° F to + 450° F? G-E Versilube® provides a wide choice of lubricating greases ... and they won't evapora te, won't bleed and won't washout. Electrical Insulation ... Need protection against contamination and environmen tal extremes for electrical insulating, sealing, and heat transfer applications? G.E. has lnsulgrease® and lnsulgel® dielectric compounds that are water repellent and guard against solid particle deposits, with a useful temperature range from -65 °F to +300° F. General Purpose ... Need a general purpose compound for any number of water repellent and general sealing applications where you can't afford evaporation or bleeding? G.E. has compounds for use as corrosion inhibitors, non-curing seals, antiseize compounds, and for specialty release applications. As a matter of fact, G.E. has so many excellent silicone greases for so many applications, we've written a book about it. It's a 20-page Technical Data Book loaded with information such as physical and electrical properties and applications. And it's you rs for the asking. aDRegistered Trademarks of General Electric Company Send now for your FREE copy of G-E Silicone Greases Technical Data Book S-21 Write to Section N5151 , Silicone Products Dept., General Electric Co., Waterford, New York. GENERAL. ELECTRIC Circle 161 on reader service card 161 Technical Abstracts A preva iling problem with miniature sockets has been the ease of pulling the pin from the socket during either the manufacturing process, while servicing, or through general use. Garlock has solved this problem with a newly designed contact which will consistently withstand up to a 7 lb. pull test. GARLOCK MANUFACTURES A WIDE-RANGE OF STANDARD AND CUSTOM SOCKETS FOR TRANSISTORS, MICROMODULE AND MICRO-LOGIC ELEMENT APPLICATIONS. For complete information, ask for your copy of Cata log EP-169. NEW! . 12-PIN //_,, TRANSISTOR ~~u?1~;~;TFE (Flu oroca rbo n ~=:°=- c:::JI plastic) and ~ silver-plated , gold-flashed Beryllium cop- per, Garlock has developed a socket that exhibits unusually good electrical qualities with minimum pin-to-pin and pin to-chassis capacitance. Com- pression mounted. Ask for de- tails on Part No. 69012-0019. GARLOCK ELEC T RON IC PRODUC TS CHERRY HILL, N. J . 08034 162 Circle 162 on reader service card Inductive coupling Clamp-on transformer links underwater sensors to a sea cable N.L. Brown The Bissett- Berman Corp., San Diego, Calif. Oceanographic data gathered by deeply moored buoys or instrumented cables is frequ ently lost b ecau se of failure in the conn ectors and splices between the cabl es and th e sensor packages. A new meth od of mounting sensor packages on an undersea cable, th e " cl amp-on" system, has been developed to eliminate this source of failure. Signal s from th e sensors are indu ctively coupled into the cable usin g a clamp-on transform er, elimin ating th e need for direct electrical connection s or cable splices. and th eir attendant problems. The clamp-on technique makes use of th e same principles used in th e clamp-on ammeter, which has been available for many decades. Th e elec trical si gnals from the sensors are applied to a split-core tran sform er clamped around the sea cabl e. Th e insulated condu ctor of the cable, plus th e sea water return circuit, form a sin gle-turn secondary fo r th e transform er. It is th is second ary circuit th at convevs intelligence from th e sensor to ti1e surface receivers. Frequ ency-modulated telemetry was used in th e pro totype sys te~1 developed to demonstrate the fea sibility of th e clamp-on technique, bu t digital signals can also be transmitted. The pro totype sys tem measured underwater temperature, alth ough oth er variabl es such as depth , salinity, sound veloci ty, or any other da ta th at can be con verted to an f-m or digital signal, can be transmitted. Since th ere is a power loss of approxim ately 40 decibels b e tween the cable and th e clamp-on transform er, th e device h ad to h ave a battery-powered amplifier. It w as also equipped with a means of b ein g interrogated, to mini mize battery drain. The interrogate receiver requires zero stand-by power. A sensor is turned on by a ton e generator, which uses resonant reeds to ob- tain precise frequencies. The tone is amplified and passed through a ]ow-pass filter to the sea cable and then to th e clamp-on transformer; the outputs of the transformer are then applied to a tone-sensitive switching circuit in th e sensor. This circuit consists of an amplifier h avin g zero power drain in the absence of a signal to which a resonant reed relay responds. ' Vhen the in coming tone does correspond to th e resonant frequ ency of the reed relay, a tran sistor, actin g as a switch b etween th e battery and th e output amplifier and th e sensor, is turn ed on. The sensor output is th en transmitted up the cable to the monitoring station. Presented at the National Telemetry Conference, Houston, Texas, April 13-15. System synthesis Time-do main synt hesis tech nique fo r di stri buted-pa rameter control systems Donald A. Pierre, Department of Electrical Engineering, Montana State College and Thomas J. Higgins, Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Wisconsin A technique is presented for synthesizing linear control systems from distributed-p arameter elements ch aracterized b y nonra tional fraction transfer functi ons in the L aplace vari ables. With this synthesis procedure, a linear controller is realized that results in a svstcm with a prescribed resp onse to~ specified system input. Ra ther than synthesize the conh·oller directly, th e synthesis is p erformed on a sampled-data representa tion of the continu ous process. The meth od of applying the tech niqu e is illustrated by synth esizing a controller for a system which is ch aracterized in part b y the distributed-lag transfer-function, exponenti al [-(sD )!]. This technique is usefu1 b ecause design specifica tions are often given in the tim e-domain : tim e-delay, rise-time, oversh oo t, settlingtime and steady-sta te error th at rcsult from one or more specified input signals. In this paper, the time-domain specifi cations are satisfied directly with a general me thod for synthesizing linear distributed- Electronics J May 31, 1965 Breakthrough in performance and price-the facts about a new recorder A built-in power supply lets you (a) plug it in almost anywhere . AC from 105 to 230 volts, any frequency from 50 to 400 cycles. DC from storage batteries. (b) Uses lowcost 7" reels of 1/4 " instrumentation tape. (c) High tapespeed stability with a closed loop drive that incorporates a phase-locked capstan servo. (d) Records up to 8 tracks. (e) Direct on each channel to 100 Kc . (f) FM on each channel to 10 Kc . (g) S/ N ratios to 40 db. (h) Accepts input signals from 15 mV to 10 V for full scale deflection. (i) Complete, switchable channel electronics, Direct and FM, record and playback, in a plug-in module. (j) Start with one channel if you wish - add more at any time. (k) Record and playback in either direction . (I) Electronic co~· rol logic prevents tape damage by operator error. I Electronics May 31 , 1965 (m) Three tape speeds in the ratio of 1 to 10 to 100-use the decimal system in your calculations. (n) Switching recorder speeds automatically switches the electronics. (o) Dynamic braking . (p) In a portable case, or rack mount with a simple adapter. Also available, options that include a loop adapter, remote control , and built-in calibration. Some of these features are not available on any other recorder at any price, yet the Pl-6100 sells for less than half the price of most other data recorders. Get the detailed story, · and complete specifications from Precision Instrument Company, 3170 Porter Ddve, Palo Alto, Calif. . . pI @ . Circle 163 on reader service card 163 Technical Abstracts PRECISION GEARHEADS & SPEED REDUCERS · QUALITY · PRECISION · RELIABILITY · EXPERIENCE BACKED BY MORE THAN 25 YEARS OF CONTINUOUS LEADERSHIP IN THE ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY. WRITE FOR NEW GEARHEAD CATALOG & COMPLETE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. PEERLESS PEERLESS INSTRUMENT CO ., INC. 90-15 CORONA AVE ., ELMHURST, l. I., N. Y. TELEPHONE 212 HI 6-1100 164 Circle 164 on reader service card parameter systems. To some extent, the method has steps in common with other sampled-data time-domain synthesis techniques. This procedure is different because of the presence of fixed distributed- parameter elements. Presented at IEEE International Convention, New York, March 22-25. Latching circulator A latching ferrite junction circulator for phased-array switching applications P.C. Goodman, The Bendix Corp.. Research Laboratories division, Southfield, Mich. A latching three-port junction circulator, operating at X band, has been designed with wide bandwidth, small size and a switching time of less than one microsecond. It is particularly suitable for use as the switching element in differential time-delay networks and other switching networks required in phased-array antennas. Switching circulators have been either too slow or too bulky to be suitable for radio-frequency switching. In the new latching junction circulator, high speed and small size are combined by the use of a novel geometry for the ferrite section and the bias coil. The ferrite is designed to provide a closed magnetic path entirely within the material and, therefore, entirely within the waveguide walls. The remanent magnetization of the material provides the necessary magnetic bias in the ferrite . The sense of magnetization of the material, and therefore the sense of circulation in the device, may be rapidly reversed by passing a current through a bias wire properly located in the junction. In the experimental device a 15% bandwidth was achieved, centered at 10.5 gigacycles. Isolation was greater than 20 decibels, vswr less than 1.2 to 1, and insertion loss less than a microsecond with 75 microjoules of switching energy. The energy was supplied by a capacitor, which was discharged through the bias coil by a silicon controlled rectifier. Presented at the 1965 Microwave Theory and Techniques Symposium, Clearwater, Fla., May 5-7. HiBh-Protean Diet DI Optical Devices Photo-Coupled Transistors: ]:[ DC, AC, and pulsed signals · True electrical isolation (up to 25 kv in special packaging) · High current output · GaAs light source drives photosensitive multijunction device · Hermetically sealed T0-5 or T0-18 case; 4 leads Phototransistor: I > Quantum efficiency of photoconductive sen- sor 1000 · Spectral response, visible region to near infrared · Low unit cost · Applications for computer systems, industrial controls, optical tracking, optical relays · Standard enclosure, hermetically sealed T0-18 with lens · Special, line arrays and mosaics up to 100 x 100 Ultra-Low Capacitance Silicon Optical Detector: Capacitance down to 3 pf/ cm2 · Peak response at 1.06 microns · Available in singles, arrays, quadrants High D* Silicon Photovoltaic Sensor: D* to 10" · Peak at 9000A · Single chip and multiple chip mosaics up to 1000 detectors Two-Color Detector: ":11'"Pl"#t,O."· S''t"ll'P·ll"#ta'I l'U IR PUUtttll Antlreflection-coated Si detects visible and transmits infrared to rear detector (PbS or other). Circular and quadrant assemblies. Special hemispherical Si acts as a 211' front detector and as an IR lens. GaAs Light Sources: · High efficiency diodes for DC, AC, and pulsed operation · T0-5, T0-18, Varactor deimodisesimonoun>t l!0o.0-5·0wdaiatt.s/xste0r.a1d25ianL) · Peak DC at room temp. !T0-5 lens mount) For a rich and varied diet of technical data, write or call ENL. You're also invited to ask for special servings in configurations de· signed to meet the requirements of specific applications. ELECTRO-NUCLEAR LABORATORIES 2433 Leghorn St., Mountain View, Calif. 94041 Circle 222 on reader service card ENGINEERS 40,000 PROFESSIONALS CAN'T BE WRONG ABOUT ROCHESTER, NEW YORK - FOR CAREERS FOR LIVING Rochester has the largest percentage of professional people for a metropolitan region of its size (600 ,000) in the nation . The large en- gineering and scientific community, doctors, lawyers, teachers and musicians enfoy an unusual panoply of cultural, residential and recreational advantages. General Dynamics/ Electronics engineers find th is many-dimensional living a stimulating background to their careers. Concerts, theater, museums, art galleries, universities and colleges (9 in the area) offer an active intellectual participation usually associated with "big city" living. On the other hand, small town beauty and quietude prevail in Rochester's residential areas with the beautiful homes on tree-shaded streets, churches for all denominations, and in the 2, 777 acres of city parks. Four distinct seasons provide year-round sports challenging a variety of tastes. lake Ontario beaches are nearby. The famous Finger Lakes are only 40 minutes drive away. Besides all water sports, there's ample opportunity to golf, ride, fish, hunt and ski. Buffalo, Niagara Falls and Canada are all roughly 75 miles away. Just as General Dynamics/ Electronics' locat ion on the fringe of greater Rochester offers the engineer living that is rich and varied - so the design of extremely sophisticated electronic equipment fosters extremely challenging and interesting work. Often moving on the outer fringe of present state-of-the-art ad vances, our engineers work in a quiet environment in separate departmental groups and laboratories in the modern facility situated within greater Rochester. Assignments at All Experience Levels Are Presently Open in the Following: ASW e HYDROACOUSTICS e HF COMMUNICATIONS NAVIGATION RECONNAISSANCE /COUNTERMEASURES e RELIABILITY MAINTAINABILITY To arrange a confidential interview, send your resume to R. W. Holmes, Dept. 22 . GllllllllD GENERAL DYNAMICS ELECTRONICS 1400 N. Goodman St., Rochester 1, N.Y. An Equal Opportunity Employer Electronics J May 31, 1965 What do they mean by "an engineer's company"? Some very successful companies are "sales oriented" -others, equally successful, receive their primary impetus from accounting, legal or business-management directions. Probably because of the highly technical nature of its product, Motorola has always been a company wherein engineering has been the moving force. At any management conference at Motorola, you'll find men think like engineers, and talk like engineers, because so many in the management echelon are engineers. At Motorola the engineer achieves full professional status-because he is working in an environment where the state of the art has progressed to the point where only an "engineering oriented" management can direct the fl.ow of achievement. In this dynamic atmosphere, of course, the challenges are great-but equally rewarding for truly qualified engineers. Would you like to talk to us? SYSTEMS ENGi NEERS advanced R & D in radio communications systems related to Two-way, portable, mobile and radio-telephone equipment. EQUIPMENT DESIGN high performance solid state receivers, transmitters, and data processing equipment for radar, communications, command and control, tracking and telemetry. FAMILIARITY WITH STATE-OF-THE-ART statistical communications theory, advanced signal processing techniques, solid stater. f. techniques, ultra-reliability, antenna systems, advanced structural and thermal designs. SECTION MANAGER direct engineers and support personnel in state-of-the-art communications, includ ing r.f. systems and input-output devices. CHIEF ENGINEER technical management of R & D group in advanced technology related to solid state r.f. communications. CIRCUIT DESIGN ENGINEERS advanced R & D in receivers, transmitters, RF, digital, Color TV and automotive electronics. DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERS advanced communications products in consumer, industrial ·a~d military electronics. Excellent opportunities also available in Phoenix, Ariz. Mr. W. H. HAUSMANN, Engineering Personnel Mgr., Dept. E 4545 Augusta Blvd., Chicago 51, Illinois An equal opportunity employer. "MOTOROLA ·inc. 165 RADAR ENGINEERS WITH DATA PROCESSING EXPERIENCE · · . Positions immediately available in Lexington, Massachusetts for Radar Systems Engineers to augment a data processing team. . · . Experience in the analysis of radar information is required. Position involves the determination of radar cross-sections, scintillation rates and pulse spectrum densities. BS or MS in EE, Math or Physics is desired. $1 S ,000 Compensation to with excellent Benefits program. Send Resume To Department 810-KL PHILCO TECHREP DIVISION A Subsidiary of Ford Motor Company P. 0. Box 10 FORT WASHINGTON, PA. 19034 An Equal Opportunity Employer E. E.'s for FEE-PAID Positions . WRITE US FIRST! Use our confidential application for professional, individualized service ... a complete national technical employment agency. ATOMIC PERSONNEL, INC. Suite 1207l, 1518 Walnut Sl, Phlla. 2, Pa. POSITION VACANT Communications Engineer-Excellent opportunity for advancement with large midwestern gas and electric company. B.S.E.E. required. Experience in a Utility Communications Section desirable but not necessary. Must be experienced in system design and operation of mobile radio systems and microwave networks. Should be familiar with carrier systems, utility relay practices, supervisory control and telemetric equipment. Will be responsible for all company communications systems. Salary open but commensurate with qualifications and experience. Send complete resume detailing experience, personal data, and salary requirements to P-6624, Electronics. ~~SEARCHLIGHT SECTION e CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING e BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES e USED OR SURPLUS EQUIPMENT BATTERY CHARGER I-Gould Type GRF Silicon Controlled Battery Charger. New. never used. Model GRF 24S75 ··. input 110/ 220 Volts · · . 44 / 22 amperes ··· single phase 60 cycles ..· Output 25-29 volts D. C. 75 amperes. Complete factory assembly in cabinet I6lh" wide. 48" high-I6lh" deep. for details cal/, wire, or write F. J. BELLUSCIO Taylor Instrument Companies Rochester, N. Y. CIRCLE 951 ON READER SERVICE CARD CAPACITORS MFD VOLTS .025 50KV . 1 25KV *. 2 50 KV .25 15KV .25 50KV I 5000V I 7500V l 15KY l 25KV PRICE 29.00 24.00 55.00 14.95 42.50 5.95 2.60 39.50 49.50 MFD VOLTS 2 3000V 2 6000V 2 IOKV 2 16KV 3 12.5KV 4 4000V 4 5000V 5 IOKV 75 6000V PRICE 4 .35 12.95 35.00 69.95 59.50 9.25 14.75 51.95 65.00 32 mrd-600V ........................ . ..... S3.25 Comprising four 8 mfd sections; 5 solder lug terms Dims. 4o/.&. x 3%, x 3':4. J~arge Qua. aNnilable. * Case common. I NQUIR/FJS SOL ICITED MONMOUTH RADIO LABS BOX 247-0AKHURST, N. J. 212 -222 -0121 ART HANKINS, Prop. CIRCLE 952 ON READER SERVICE CARD COAXIAL CABLE RG 213U (former RG SU) RG 215U (former RGlOU) RG 219U (former RGlSU) LARGE QUANTITIESBELOW FACTORY COST Other types available Rigid-Flexible-Semi-flex Call or write for listing Sierra Western Electric Company P. O. Box 4668 Oakland, California 94623 Telephone AC 415-832-3527 166 CIRCLE 953 ON READER SERVICE CARD TUBES & COMPONENT FREE ··· CATALOG BARRY ELECTRONICS 512 BROAOWAY 212-WAlker 5·7000 NEW YORK 12, N.Y. TWX -5 7 1 - 0 4 8 4 * * CIRCLE 955 ON READER SERVICE CARD HEWLETT PACKARD 80 pieces of laboratory equipment VTVM's - Oscillators-counters-attenuators send 25¢ for list and picture. EASY-UP, INC . 2425 Bradley Rood, Rockford, Ill. or phone 877-5288 area code 815 CIRCLE 958 ON READER SERVICE CARD ROTRON COOLING FAN Computer pullouts. Like new. "Muffin Fan" . Inaudibly cools amplifiers, tuners, power supplie&, etc. Length ens tube and equipment life-improves their performance. 4 11/16" sq. x 1'12 " deep. 100 elm. For 110-120 v. 60 cy. AC. iv. lbs. $8.50 ea. Quantity discount. Good for 100,000 hrs. MARS SALES Eos0i1~0°e~e~~8Jiiit. 90016 CIRCLE 959 ON READER SERVICE CARD PROFESSIONAL SERVICES GIBBS & HILL, Inc. Consulting Engineers Syatemo En1lneerln1 Overa\.1ona Beaearcb · DHelopment Field Studies · Deal1n · Procurement Power · Transportation · Communicationa Water Supply · Waste Treatment 393 Seventh Avenue New York l. N. Y. Your Inquiries to Aclvertisers Will Have Special Value .·. -for you-the advertiser-and the publisher, if you mention this publication. Advertisers value highly this evidence of the publication you read. Satisfied advertisers enable the publisher to secure more advertisers and-more advertisers mean more information on more products or better service-more value-to YOU . Electronics I May 31 , 1965 New Literature Tantalum foil capacitors. Tansitor Elec· tronics, Inc., West Road, Bennington, Vt. Bulletin TES·2A includes data on 18 new case sizes of plug-in type tantalum capacitors distinguished by extra-high capacitances up to 14,000 µ, f . Circle 461 on reader service card Log frequency conversion. Houston Omnigraphic Corp., 4950 Terminal Ave., Bellaire, Tex., 77401. A new technique in precision wide frequency bandwidth logarithmic conversion is described in a two-page bulletin . [462] L·f oscillators. Accutronics, Inc. , 12 South Island, Batavia, Ill. A brochure entitled " How to Specify Low Frequency Oscillators" is now available. [463] Rotating components. Cl ifton Precision Products, division of Litton Industries, 5050 State Road , Drexel Hill , Pa . A 48page catalog gives electrical and mechanical characteristics on a wide line of synchros, servo motors, precision com puting resolvers, linear transformers, motor rate tachometers and other rotating components. [464] Precision bridge. Boonton Electron ics Corp., Route 287 , Parsippany, N.J. A technical bulletin describes the 33A precision bridge for high resolution r -f impedance measurements. [465] Heat sinks. The Staver Co., Inc., 41 -51 North Saxon Ave., Bay Shore, L.I. , N.Y., has published a four-page bulletin on a li ne of heat dissipaters for cool ing transistors. [ 466] Glass-to-metal seals. Uniform Tubes, Inc., Collegeville. Pa. , offers a data sheet on seamless metal tubing and tubular components for glass-to-metal seals. [467] Resin system selection. lsochem Resins Co., Cook St. , Lincoln, R.I., offers a resin selection and property chart that shows thirty basic systems. [468] Lab type power supplies. DressenBarnes Electronics Corp. , 250 N. Vinedo Ave ., Pasadena , Calif. Bulletin E-65 describes a series of regulated and un regulated vacuum -tube, laboratory d-c power supplies. [469] Connectors. The Deutsch Co. , Electronic Components division, Municipal Airport, Banning, Calif. Catalog DBX-65 covers the OBA series, said to be the first con nector and contact series to qualify under the National Aerospace Standards Committee qualifications. [470] P-m motor. Globe Industries, Inc., 2275 Stanley Ave., Dayton, Ohio, 45404. Twopage bulletin A-3600 gives performance and dimensional data on the type GRP permanent·magnet d-c motor rated to 1/10 h·p. [471] Medium power transistor. Silicon Transistor Corp. , East Gate Blvd., Garden City, N.Y., has available a technical bulletin covering its industrial medium power silicon transistor, type 2N3054 in the T0-66 package. [472] High power terminations. DeMornayBonardi, division of Datapulse Inc., 780 South Arroyo Parkway, Pasadena, Calif. Technical bulletin 1-65 describes three series of high power terminations for 2.60 to 90.0 Ge. [473] Miniature charge amplifier. Gulton Industries, Inc., 212 Durham Ave. , Metuchen , N.J. A miniature, 100 % humidity-proof airborne charge amplifier for use with long cable is described in bulletin 203a3.14. [474] Differential amplifiers. Melcor Electronics Corp., 1750 New Highway, Farming dale, L.I., N.Y., 11735. A new two-page data sheet discusses the application of d-c differential amplifiers. [475] Attenuators. Daven Division of McGrawEdison Co., Livingston, N.J .. has published a new 32-page comprehensive catalog on its complete line of attenu ators and attenuation networks. [476] Crimp type contacts. Methode Electronics, Inc. , 7447 W. Wilson Ave. , Chicago, Ill. , 60656, offers a data sheet on crimp type contacts in bulk or reel form , for industrial and military use. [477] Electronic computation. Mathatronics, Inc., 257 Crescent St. , Waltham , Mass. , 02154, has available an illustrated brochure on the Mathatron , a new concept in efficient, low-cost electronic computation . [478] Digital-to-analog converters. Scientific Data Systems, 1649 Seventeenth St., Santa Monica , Calif. An eight-page, illustrated brochure describes highspeed , solid state analog-to-digital con verters. [479] Surface measurement equipment. Brush Instruments division of Clevite Corp., 37th and Perkins, Cleveland 14, Ohio. A 12-page brochure covers a complete line of surface-finish analyzing instru ments and systems. [480] Ceramic substrates. American Lava Corp., Manufacturers Road, Chattanooga, Tenn ., 37405, has available bulletin 652 dealing with a line of ceramic substrates of interest to electronics engineers. [481] Coaxial cable. Uniform Tubes, Inc., MicroDelay division , Collegeville, Pa ., offers technical bulletin 202B describ· ing 25 miniature types of semirigid coaxial cable. (482) Electronics I May 31, 1965 Who needs a dual-output, dual-Eange poweE supply? You might- if you want to step up to the '1!ost versatile, sophisticated laboratory power supply available today! Consider the advantages. The new DL40-700 Silicon Dual-Lab supply gives you TWO independent outputs from one half-rack chassissimultaneously! Flexibility? Each of these outputs has TWO independently selectable ranges-40V at 350ma, or 20V at 700ma. Convenience? Each output is controlled by a concentric vernier voltage control and has its own switchable volt / ammeter. Versatility? Series or parallel the two outputs at will! Consider, too- at only $24.9, the DL40-700 costs only slightly more than a single output power supply with comparable features. Who needs it? If you want a power supply with real versatility and flexibility, ··OU two power supplies in one for your dual voltage laboratory needs . . . :;!' dof For all the exciting features, write TRYGON OWER SUPPLIES Roosevelt, New York TEL (516) 378-2800 ·TWX (516) 868-7508 Circle 167 on reader service card 167 I I I I I I I I I ' . I I ' SWEFf T 1F R E Q U £ N C Y MEEASUREEMEN7; /5 'Mc TQ J2.4Gc 0000 p o p g 8 Wc::i SWSEEPSF!.. ; j 1 I I j I I I ! ___._ I I I I I I / + I ;I I/I I f I I I I >F I I I I- I 00 oo / rMs-1 ~~~:=~,~/~~;~:.~~:Rr5N~:~:E~F.~~~=LE I I improvement Ip accuracy of about ioox for a frequency ranp extendinr from 5 Mc to 12.4 ac Test results can be ::,:~:~:di:'.~'/:m'::::ti:~~ck/y and reliably, with a low invest- N-. you can determine ·swept frequencies with accuraciei. approachinr ttrat of a frequency counter but at a fraction of the price. What's more, only one TMS-1 Generator is needed to cover this entire band rather than a costly series of .1% nve meters. FRfQUENCY RANGE .................. ....................:.....5 Mc to 12.4 Ge STANDARD MARKER INTERVALS ··········+··5, 10, 50, 100 Mc ACCURACY ......:................................................... ............................ool,Q POWER REQUIREMENTS ................,..................... .. 115V, 80 cycle CO~NECTIONS ..........................Sample In, External Oscillator, Marker Adder In, Marker Adder Out DIMENSIONS ...... ......................,.&" hilh x 8'' wide x t0Y2T' deep WEIGHT .....~................................ ,............,........................1.............15 lbs The TMS·1 provides sharply defined Bfrdy-type markers .on the 'scope trace (even on steep slopes) eve,Y 5, 10, 50, or 1DI Mc, selected by convenient push-buttons. Provision is ® alfO made for connecting an external oscillator tor any frequency from 2 Mc to 200 Mc if other Intervals are desired. I I . An extra push button and an RF connector are available fpr this purpoH. · E N G l N £ E R I N ,G I 0 I 'v IS I 0 N 0 F T t: l 0 N IC I N 0 U ' S TR ES , 1 N C If you would like to see the new TMS-1 in action contact your local TelDnlc nJpre19'tatlve for· demonstration write direct for complete details and specifications. , or i -uq Ph o Mermaid n e ( 714 J Street, 4 f 4. 7 La,.una 5 8 1, T 4 Beach, WX 71 ~C6a7l3ff· o1r1n2i~ --- ' · Representetives in ·II princip·I cities 1 ·----==-_:::::::---, I I -----,-- r r -- .... · 1 - ~ - ·- j I i --rr 1- 1 J I I II , I I I I· - t -I I I May 31, 1965 Electronics Abroad Volume 38 Number 11 International Counterattack While some electronics companies only mutter bitterly about foreign competition, the United States' biggest producer of television tuners is carrying the battle to the enemy. In 1961 the Oak Electronetics Corp. was a domestic company; today it has subsidiaries in Japan, Hong Kong, Britain, Canada, South Africa and the Netherlands. Last week Oak established a research and development center in the Netherlands, where 30 scientists and engineers will design tv and radio tuners. Meanwhile, the company has not neglected business at home; it has nine domestic plants today, compared with five in 1961. Sales have climbed proportionately: from $17.6 million in 1961 to $48 million last year, with 14% of its sales coming from abroad. Profit is rising less spectacularly: from $900,000 in 1962 to $1,180,000 last year. In the first quarter of 1965, profit rose 15% and sales 16% from the comparable period in 1964. New boss. Oak's international push began soon after E. A. Carter became president and chairman in 1960. In mid-1962 Oak bought the Hart Manufacturing Co., an American concern with switch-manufacturing subsidiaries in Britain, Canada and South Africa. A few weeks later, Oak entered into a joint venture with Teikoku Tsushin Industries, Ltd., in Japan. The following year, Oak established a subsidiary in Hong Kong, and last April it acquired Messa Electronics, N.V., of the Netherlands. Carter says the lowering of U. S. tariffs has encouraged foreign comp etition. "It was imperative," he declares, "that Oak gain positions in all geographic areas" that could be sources of competition. Round trip. Carter tries to take advantage of modern manufacturing systems in the U. S. and cheap labor in the Orient. The itinerary of one tuner part illustrates how he does it. The part is manufac- E.A. Carter, man with a mission abroad tured at Oak's plant in Crystal Lake, Ill., and shipped to Hong Kong, where it is assembled into a tuner. Then it's shipped back to America, where it will become part of a tv set. "We've found it's cheaper .. . than to do all the work here," he says. Has this reduced Oak's domestic employment? On th e contrary, "it has increased by 33%," Carter replies. Carter is also interested in Taiwan: far from being discouraged by Communist China's claim to the island, he considers this an advantage. He expects Taiwan to become part of China some day; he also expects trade barriers between the U. S. and China to be lowered. If these things happen, and the vast Chinese market is opened to American companies, he wants Oak to be among the first electronics concerns on the scene. Why Hong Kong? "Hong Kong will serve as our base for the Far East," Carter declares. He gives two main reasons: the British colony's status as a free port, and labor costs of 15 to 20 cents an hour, about half as low as in Japan. Another view of the future, as Carter sees it, has American concerns concentrating on the more profitable color tv, while Japanese companies gain command of the major share of the U. S. market for black-and-white tv sets. Oak wants most of these Japanese exports to the U. S. to contain Oak tuners. The next expansion could very well be in Argentina, where 250,000 tv tuners are sold each year and the market is expected to expand 10% a year. Carter confirms that Oak is "talking with" a licensee in Buenos Aires. France Air show A roar of jets will herald the opening of the Paris Air Show on June 11. Most of the expected one-million visitors will head for the star attraction: the capsule from which a Soviet cosmonaut took his historic stroll in space. But engineers may find more excitement in 50 to 60 electronics exhibits, b ecause avionics has come a long way since the previous show two years ago. To facilitate telecommunications stations in space, visitors at the 10day show will see a low-noise antenna that operates at 4 to 6 gigahertz. Made by the Compagnie Fran~aise Thomson Houston, the antenna is 39.3 feet in diameter and 169 Electronics Abroad has a gain of 53 decibels. Thomson Houston also will show thermionic-diode electrical generators that can utilize thermal energy from the sun or from nuclear or hot-gas sources. The TH 5800, used for converting nuclear energy, generates 80 watts with a conversion efficiency of 15%. There's a lot of advance interest in Secar, the secondary radar system developed jointly by Thomson Houston and the 1arconi Co., a subsidiary of the English Electric Co. [Electronics, May 3, p. 156]. The system provides a data link between air-traffic controllers and planes fitted with transponders. France's biggest. Space comunications will take the spotlight at the exhibit of France's biggest electronics company, th e Compagnie Generale de Telegraphic Sans Fil (CSF). One system, called Iris, is used by the French government's National Center of Space Studies. It contains remote-control transmitters in the very-high frequency band (148 to 150 megacycles per second), and receivers with phaselocking loops that assure precision measurement of the doppler effect. There are 20 preset channels in the transmission band. Another exhibit by CSF will show a device for extracting data from the video signals transmitted by the primary and secondary radars of air-traffic control stations. A digital computer processes the data. The system has been ordered for use at Orly Airport in Paris. The civilian and space versions of CSF's new cesium-vapor magnetometer will be shown. The device can be fitted into the nose of a ballistic missile or towed by a plane or helicopter. It's used for mapping and mineral exploration. Great Britain Advances in components While some segments of British industry feel squeezed in a competitive vise, production of electronic components, instruments and test equipment continues to soar. Last year's output was $531 million, up 12% from 1963; exports rose 20% to $210 million; and the gains are continuing this year. The biggest foreign customer is the United States, which imported $21 million worth of British components last year, mostly for the hi-fi audio market. Engineers had a preview of future products at a three-day conference on components and materials that ended May 20. At a concurrent exhibition, that was sponsored by the Radio and Electronic Component Manufacturers' Federation, 300 British companies exhibited more components. Monolithic vs. multichip. Despite a strong trend in the United States toward monolithic circuits, British manufach1rers are still weighing the technique against multichip. To help settle the argument for one application, an experiment was conducted and its results described at the conference by Standard Telecommunications Laboratories. Standard Labs used identical TA D-gate circuits in monolithic and multichip configurations, and declared multichip the winner on the basis of speed of operation and flexibility in manufacture. American observers noted, however, that European technology in monolithics is about a year behind the U. S. They also pointed out that production in large quantities is far less expensive for monolithics than for multichip. Standard Labs is the research facility of Standard Telephones and Cables, Ltd., a subsidiary of the International Telephone and Telegraph Corp. New approach. One result of the Standard tests is a new approach to increasing monolithic circuits' adaptability to more designs. The lab is studying a method of obtaining the horizontal patterns by spark erosion in a three-dimensional shaping technique or by using a two-dimensional cellular struchue. If this approach is successful, all combinations of vertical profiles may be mass-produced as wafers, and stored. Circuit functions could then be custom-made from these wafers, using computer-programed machining. Ubiquitous relays. If any new component can be said to have dominated the show, it was the reed relay, shown by 20 British companies in almost as many forms. Electrothermal Engineering, Ltd., exhibited a series of flatpack coil assemblies designed for mounting on printed circuit boards, each assembly accommodating up to six reed switches. Flight Refuelling, Ltd., showed a reed logic system that incorporates diodes and provides logic functions directly equivalent to those of a solid state diode-transistor logic system. Module units are priced at about $3. Specialists in millimeter-wave tubes sh1died a tunable oscillator invented by the government's Royal Radar Establishment. Operating as a line source, it is tunable from 2.1 to 3.9 millimeters, and generates power up to one watt. Second-harmonic operation extends the system to wavelengths of 1.06 to 1.44 millimeters. Easy to produce. The new tube eliminates the need to produce the small, delicate structures formerly required in millimetric tubes. Instead, radiation is generated by causing free electrons to orbit at the cyclotron frequency in a uniformly high magnetic field inside a cavity. Production methods can be simple because the radiation wavelength, defined by the cyclotronic resonance, is smaller than the tube's characteristic dimensions. The Radar Establishment also showed a range of submillimeter, far-infrared detectors with time constants of less than one microsecond. These photoconductive detectors cover from 10 micrometers to 2 millimeters. Trade with the East To instrument manufacturers in Britain, a trade wind seems to be coming from the East. While one concern conducts private exhibitions in Rumania, Bulgaria and Hungary, 31 members of the 170 Electronics I May 31, 1965 Electronics Abroad Scientific Instrument Manufacturers Association were opening a Moscow showing of $1.5 million worth of equipment. The show began May 26. George Kent, Ltd., is stressing its electronic integrator system for gas chromatographs before prospective buyers in Bucharest, Sofia and Budapest. Kent, the only British maker of process-control instrumentation without ties with United States companies, is also giving prominence to its transistorized electronic controllers and automatic Titrimeters. The industry association's Moscow exhibition will be its fifth. As usual, the members expect to sell most of the equipment off the stands at the end of the show. Chemical analysis. Th e Soviet Union is anxious to get analytical equipment to help in its drive to expand chemical production. The Russians should b e interes ted in a spectrophotometer that us es an airacetylene flame to determin e the magnesium and calcium content of biological fluids. The instrument, made by Hilger and Watts, Ltd., has readout either from a meter or a recorder chart. U. S.-based companies also are participating. The Perkin-Elmer Corp.'s British subsidiary will show gas chromatographs. The Bell and Howell Co.'s subsidiary will show ultraviolet oscillographs and blood-pressure transducers. Digital Measurements, Ltd., plans to show a digital voltmeter with a claimed accuracy of one part in 105. Th e instrument uses tapped transformers to perform th e voltage comparison against a standard; most digital voltmeters employ potentiometer chains that arc often susceptible to thermal drift and to aging. Floating relays A string of communication islands may one day fill in th e radio "blind spots" in transatlantic jet travel. The British Ministry of Aviation is spending $180,000 to study the feasibility of a system of four artificial manned islands floating in the North Atlantic, linked by underwater cable to each other and to a mainland base. Transatlantic planes can communicate with land now, but the veryhigh and ultrahigh frequency bands, which are basically line-ofsight links, become useless about 250 miles out. Pilots must switch to the high-frequency bands between 3 and 30 megacycles, and Station at sea would look like this artist's conception. must contend with noise and fading. U. S. tries Syncom. Last winter, a Pan American World Airways jet relayed a teletype message from th e Formosa Strait to California via Syncom , the communications satellite over th e Pacific. It was the first such transmission between a plane and an out-of-sight land station. But floatin g islands could carry more traffic than satellites are likely to be able to handle in the near future. The islands could be used in radio, radar and other navigation aids , and for private sky-to-shore conversations. Floating tube. The British study, which will be completed late this summer, is being conducted for th e Aviation Ministry by Seastation, a joint venture of Submarine Cables, Ltd., and Cammell Laird, a shipbuilding company. The sea station would be a platform atop a 400foot-long submerged tube 16 feet in diameter. The tube would provide stability to prevent drifting and tilting; it would be linked by three cables to the ocean floor. The superstructure would contain th e antenna sys tems, a landing platform for helicopters, and living quarters for the crew. Japan Fog index Often shrouded in fog from the sea and smoke from industries on shore, Japan's busy harbors are subject to hazardous traffic snarls if ships aren't warned of poor visibility. The Transportation Ministry, which is charged with the responsibility of issuing such warnings, employs automatic instruments for reporting every relevant aspect of the weather except one: visibility. For this measurement, the ministry hires men to look out over the water and report how far they can see. This last technical barrier to automatic weather reporting has been overcome with th e development of a visibility indicator. The instrument, devised by the Hayakawa Electric Co., operates on the principle of backscatter; the more light reh1rn ed by particles in th e atmosphere, the shorter is visibility. 2 flashes a minute. The light source is a xenon discharge hibe whose flash is focused into a beam 1° wide. Equivalent brightness of the one-millisecond flashes from the 60-watt-second tube is about 100 million candles. Flashes are at the rate of one every 30 seconds. Backscatter from the flashes is picked up by a self-generatin g silicon photocell, whose mount restricts its field of view to 1°. The signal from the photocell passes through an attenuator for calibration , then through an a-c amplifier. A-c amplification is used to prevent biasing of the signal by a directcurrent component resulting from ambient light. After amplification, the signal is fed into an integrator with an infinite time constant. The Electronics J May 31, 1965 171 Electronics Abroad VAP video audio pulse LABORATORY FILTER 20 cps. to 4 mcps. CONTINUOUS CONTROL IN FOUR MODES high pass low pass band pass band reject SKIRT ATTENUATION Over 40 db/octave 50µ volt NOISE FLOOR INSERTION LOSS: 0 db TRANSIENT OVERSHOOT less than 1010 BANOVVIOTH IN PASS BAND 20 cps. - 7 mcps. SOLID STATE DIMENSIONS 7 X 19 X 12 CHWDl PRICE $2250.00 write for complete specs SYSTEMS RESEARCH LABORATORIES, INC. S OC WOODS DRIV E, DAYTON, O H IO 172 Circle 172 on reader service card integrator's output voltage drives the meter that indicates visibility. Seven seconds after each pulse, the integrator is reset to zero. Calibration. Every eighth flash from the discharge tube is used to calibrate the system rather than to give an indication of visibility. Mechanically actuated vanes block off the backscattered light and simultaneously reflect a small fixed portion of th e discharge-tube flash to the silicon photocell. A loop in the unit automatically adjusts the attenuator that calibrates the system. All sensitive circuits are maintained at constant temperature to retain calibration. Besides visual indication, the detector provides an alarm. A value of integrator voltage is preset to indicate dangerously poor visibility. If this voltage is exceeded four times in succession, a bell rings and a light flash es. Repetition is required so the alarm won't sound because of stray reflections from birds, airplanes, etc. When the integrator voltage falls below the preset level for three Il)inutes, the alarm stops. Solid state. The indicator uses solid state circuits except for the xenon discharge tube that provides the light whose backscattering is measured. This tube is automatically exchanged for a spare if it fails in the interval between scheduled maintenance. Swedish version. Another device operating on the backscatter principle has been developed in Sweden by Sevnska AB Gasaccumulator (AGA), a producer of lighthouse equipment and electronics gear. It uses a perforated rotating disk as a shutter to chop a light beam into 750 flash es a second. When visibility drops to three nautical miles, a relay is closed and audible warning is given. Nigeria Dial L for Lagos Nearly one African in five lives in the Federal Republic of Nigeria. If the country's government achieves its goal, each of its 55-million residents will have telephone service available by 1970, either at home or nearby. The latest step in that direction came in mid-May, when a group of British companies won a $13.2million contract to supply crossbarexchange equipment. The biggest affiliates are th e Automatic T elephone and Electric Co., a member of the Plessey Group of companies, and British Insulated Callender's Cables, Ltd. Besides installing long-distance dialing facilities in Lagos, Enugu and Port Harcourt, the British companies will modernize and expand local exchanges. About 25,500 lines will be installed, in addition to telephones and supporting exchange equipment. Act two. Work is scheduled to be completed next year on this , the second of a four-stage expansion plan. The third stage, for which contracts are expected to be let shortly, will call for a nationwide system of long-distance dialing. The fourth stage, around 1970, will extend improved service into rural areas. Both Plessey and BICC say they expect the Nigerian project to open up new markets for them in Africa's rapidly expanding telephone systems. West Germany Digital dialogue If all engineers spoke with one voice, computers could b e built to respond to that single frequency, volume and dialect. But the enormous variety in speech patterns requires th e us e of an interpreterpunched cards or tape-between man and computer. Much effort is b eing devoted to perfecting the interaction of man and machine, but progress has been meager. Most of th e work has b een directed at converting sound waves into electronic signals by means of frequency analysis. In West Berlin, Electronics I May 31, 1965 a new approach has been demonstrated: structural analysis of the amplitude. Telefunken AG showed a recognition device, about the size of a signal generator, that can be connected to a typewriter to write out numbers as they are spoken. For the demonstration, men and women read out numbers from zero through nine in a wide range of pitch and dialect; only the volume was kept constant. The Telefunken device Hashed each number on a digital counter with 93% accuracy. Phonetics. The Telefunken approach was worked out by Heinz Kusch, a young physicist at Telefunken's Research Institute at Ulm. He began by examining innumerable oscillographs, comparing speech patterns and identifying the characteristic pattern that distinguishes the sound of one digit from every other digit. The recognition unit employs a simple microphone to transform sound vibrations into electrical oscillations, which are then analyzed. The characteristic curves for the sound of each digit are compared with those of known sounds. A coding matrix channels the results into "sound-group storages." When they are combined with another coding matrix and passed through a display storage, the correct shapes of the numbers are produced and displayed on the digital counter. China Electron tracer An automatic tracer of electron trajectories has been developed in Communist China, according to the New China Press Agency. Used in designing electronic instruments, the system can trace on paper the electron tracks made in various electrostatic fields. In the United States, the usual way to monitor particle tracks is to employ a beam of light that automatically scans tracks in bubble chambers. The light transmits the information to a computer, which can calculate the particles' momentum and position at any instant. Electronics I May 31, 1965 Circle 223 on reader service card Model 477 Elevated Temperature Life Test System LIFE TEST /BURN-IN SYSTEMS for: TRANSISTORS DIODES-RECTIFIERS INTEGRATED CIRCUITS SCR's, etc. Ambient, elevated or reduced temperatures using air or controlled liquid systems. AEROTRONIC ASSOCIATES, INC. 603-746-3141 Contoocook, N. H. Circle 173 on reader service card HELP YOUR POST OFFICE TO SERVE YOU BETTER BY MAILING EARLY IN THE DAY NATIONWIDE IMPROVED MAIL SERVICE PROGRAM 173 MIAL polystyrene capacitors outperform micas and other film capacitors ... cut costs, too! MIAL'S sealed polystyrene capacitors surpass all film .capacitors in life span ... reliability ... freedom from drift ·.. leakage resistance (more than 500,000 megs) and "Q" factor. MIAL offers the widest range of "polys" in production quantities. Capacitance, 20 pF to 600,000 pF; capacitance tolerance from ±0.3% to ±20%; temperature coefficient, NlOO and Nl50 ±50 PPM/ ·c; Voltage, 33 VDCW to 1000 VDCW. MIAL 602 High Reliability Precision Type ----iH-~- MIAL 603 Printed Circuit MountingHigh Reliability Precision Type MIAL 610 Sub-Miniature MIAL 611 General Purpose N150 MIAL 612 Printed Circuit Board Mounting MIAL 613 Axi al-Lead Close Tolerance MIAL 614 Radial Lead Close Tolerance MIAL 615 End Lead Close Tolerance MIAL 616 Axial Lead Polystyrene Capacitors Write today for new complete catalog. Gives environmental, electrical and mechanical characteristics, charts and dimensions. @M!IDM .l.A .L. U. S. A. I N G. 165B FRANKLIN AVENUE, NUTLEY, N .J . 07110 · (201) 667-1600-1601 174 Circle 174 on reader service card Reprints Available from Electronics Special Reprint Offer: For your reference file-a com plete set of Special Reports reprinted from the pages of Electronics in 1964. A total of 207 pages of valuable and informative articles combined in an attractive folder. The reports are individually bound . The special discount price for these reprints is $2.50 whi ch in cludes both handling and shipping costs. Order now using the coupon at the bottom of this page. The following reprints are included in this offer: Field Effect Transistors-A report on metal-oxide-semiconductor (MOS) and junction field-effect transistors. 64 pages. Electronics Telephone Switching-World-wide developments in fast, recorded logic, telephone switching that will replace all existing systems by the year 2,000. Direct Digital Control In Industry-This report analyzes seven DOC computer systems used in process control by seven major companies. Transistor Heat Dissipators-A survey of this industry including market data, list of manufacturers, and tips on buying these devices. Included are 7 outstanding technical articles giving the newest applications of these devices and how to make best use of them . 32 pages. Oceanography-A survey of the growing electronics technology associated with underseas exploration. 15 pages. Magnetics-A report on what's new in today's magnetic technology. 24 pages. Digital Instrumentation- A look at some new techniques in instrumentation. 16 pages. Modern Electronic Packaging-How to locate, connect and afford protection for electronic devices and com ponents. 16 pages. Remembe r to refer to this special offer w hen you ord er . Price is $2. 50 fo r the complete set or you m ay order them i nd ivi d ually at 50¢ per copy. Send you r ord er to : Electronics Reprint Dept. 330 West 42nd Street New York, N .Y. 10036 A2 Reprint order form For reprints of the latest special report: Experiments On Gemini Send me reprints of Key no . R-71 at 50¢ each. For reprints of previous special reports: Send me reprints of Key no(s). at . ........ . ¢ each. For complete set of special reports (See above offer) Send me ... ..... complete set(s) of special reports. .''' ' ' 1'---- Name Number & City, State, - --- -- -- -- -- -- - Street ...... . Zip code . .... - - -- - -- -- - - - -- - -- - - -- ... ............. . .. . . . .......·.... .. . ..... . . -------- - - -- ------ - - -- -- -- - - - - - - -- -- - -- --·''''''''''''''''' I Electronics May 31 , 1965 Electronics advertisers May 31, 1965 · AMP Incorporated 53 Garceau, Hargrave & McCullough Inc. Adage Incorporated 149 Fuller & Smith & Ross Inc. Aerotronic Associates Inc. 173 Air Express Div. of REA Express 107 Ketchum , Macleod & Grove Inc. Airpax Electronics Inc. 59 Welch, Mirabile & Co. Inc. Air Products & Chemicals Inc. 146 Arthur Falconer Associates Corp. Ammon Instruments Inc. 150 Culver Advertising Inc. · Amphenol-Borg Electronics Corp., Connector Division Marsteller Inc. 98, 99 Anaconda American Brass Company 127, 128, 129 Wilson, Haight & Welch Inc. Astrodata Inc. 11 Bonfield Associates Inc. Barber-Colman Company 142 Howard H. Monk & Associates Inc. Bausch & Lomb Inc. Wolff Associates, Inc. 39, 148 Bell Telephone Laboratories 105 N .W . Ayer & Son Incorporated Bishop & Company J. 38 Richardson, Thomas & Bushman Inc. Boonton, Div. of Hewlett Packard Company 2 George Homer Martin Associates Bramco Controls Div. Ledex Inc. 139 Yeck and Yeck · Brush Instruments, Div. of Clevite Corp. Carr Liggett Adv. Inc. 3rd Cover · Bussmann Mfg. Co. Div. of McGraw Edison Co. 122, 123 Henderson Advertising Company Cambridge Thermionic Corporation 160 Chirurg & Cairns Inc. Cerro Corporation 27 Feeley Advertising Agency Cherry Electrical Products Corp. 108 Jd cu lea Advertising Inc. · Cinch Manufacturing Company 103 Stral Advertising Company Inc. · Cinch-Graphik Div. of United Carr 133 Reach, McClinton & Company Cominco Products Inc. 144 McKim Productions Limited Conforming Matrix Corporation 158 Wendt Advertising Agency Corning Glass Works 46 The Rumrill Company Inc. · Dale Electronics Inc. 113 Swanson, Sinkey, Ellis Inc. Advertising Datak Corporation 140 Einhorn -Stern Inc. Delevan Electronics Corporation 152 Clayton A. Stahlka Advertising Company Dow Corning Corporation Church & Guisewite Adv. Inc. 12, 13 DuPont de Nemours & Co. E.I., Electrochemicals Dept. The Rumrill Company Inc. 109, 110 DuPont de Nemours & Co. E.I. 45, 97 Batten.Barton, Durstine & Osborn Inc. Electro-Nuclear Laboratories 164 Hal Lawrence Incorporated Electronic Engineering Co. of California 155 Barnes Chase Advertising Elgenco Incorporated Erie Technological Products Co. Inc. Altman -Hall Associates 160 114, 115 Fairchild Scientific Instruments, Dumont Laboratories Div. 150 The Roger & Wilbur Co. Inc. Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. 14 Johnson & Lewis Inc. Franklin Electronics Inc. 134 James J. Cavella Advertising · Fujitsu, Limited 141 Fuji Agency ·Garlock Inc. Clawges Associates Inc. Garrett Corporation, Airesearch Mfg. Div. J. Walter Thompson Company General Aniline & Film Corporation Hazard Advertising Company Inc. · General Electric Company, Lamp Metals & Components Div. Dix & Eaton Incorporated ·General Electric Company, Silicone Products Dept. Ross Roy Inc. General Radio Company K.E . Morang Company Genisco Technology Corporation Getz and Sandborg Inc. Gudebrod Bros. Silk Co. Inc. Lee Ramsdell & Co. Inc. 162 102 153 136 161 7 124 28, 29 · Hewlett Packard Company l Lennen & Newell Inc. Hull Corporation 138 The Michener Company · lmtra Corporation 141 S. Gunnar Myrbeck & Company Industrial Electronic Engineers Inc. 160 Gumpertz, Bentley & Dolan Advertising · International Rectifier Corp. 42 Communication Associates ITT-Cannon Electric Inc. 120 West, Weir & Bartel Inc. Kassay, I. 140 Harmony Impressions Keithley Instruments Inc. 137 The Bayless Kerr Company Krohn-Hite Corporation 37 Stern/Frank Advertising Inc. · Laboratory for Electronics 147 Hepler & Gibney Adv. ·Lambda Electronics Corporation 118, 119 Michel Cather Inc. Latronics Corporation 156 Downing Industrial Advertising Ling-Temco-Vought, LTV Electrosystems Inc. Div. 100 Wyatt, Dunagan & Williams Inc. Machlett Laboratories Inc., The Fuller & Smith & Ross Inc Mallory & Company, Inc. P.R. The Aitkin·Kynett Company Markem Machine Company Culver Advertising Inc. Mathatronics Inc. Kalb & Schneider Inc. Matsuo Electric Co., Ltd. Asahi Advertising Agency & Co. Mial U.S.A., Inc. Keyes, Martin Company Motorola Inc., Military Electronics Div. Charles Bowes Advertising Inc. · Mullard Ltd. Stuart Adv. Agency Ltd. 8 49 151 145 132 174 50, 51 159 · NRC Equipment Company 54 S. Gunnar Myrbeck & Company Nihon Kaiheiki Ind. Co. Ltd. 154 Eastern Promotions, Inc. North Atlantic Industries Inc. 117 Murray Heyert Associates · Ohmite Mfg. Company 125 The Fensholt Adv. Agency Peerless Instrument Co. Inc. 164 Mark Snyder Incorporated Pennsalt Chemicals Corporation 104 The Aitkin -Kyn ett Co. · Philbrick Researches Inc., George A. 58 Culver Advertising Inc. Potter & Brumfield Div. of American Machine & Foundry Co. 16 Grant, Schwenck & Baker Inc. Precision Instruments Company 163 William E. Clayton & Associates Princeton Applied Research Corp. 30 Mort Barish Associates Printed Motors Inc. Sub. of Photocircuits Corp. 135 Duncan -Brooks Inc. Radio Corporation of America Al Paul Lefton Company 47, 4th Cover Raytheon Company, Microwave & Power Tube Div. 106 Fuller & Smith & Ross Inc. Shizuki Electrical Mfg. Co. 144 New Asia Trading News Agency Ltd. Sigma Instruments Inc. The Marschalk Company lnc.,The 56, 57 · Sorensen Inc. 143 Fuller & Smith & Ross Inc. Spectra Electronics Stadler /Cowman Advertising 144, 150 Spectrol Electronics Corporation 55 Bonfield Associates Inc. Speer Carbon Company 60 Hazard Advertising Company Sprague Electric Company The Harry P. Bridge Co. 5, 6, 10 Stackpole Carbon Company 52 Meek and Thomas Inc. ~~~~u~it2:64~~g~4~.c~;~\:~i~c~~~wah~l~~r~i.~~~ft!~;~to~f~:ap~~N~a~~~d~n~ivfsf~nyv~~~1i~~dF~~=~·t·t,:;rd~~~~·v7c:··P1r~~i~~·nis~1ef~~enpeh A~~aA1?~~.e cfp1e2rit?o1~~;3i3a'b!~{e?:p~oTg~~ Administration; John R. Callaham, Editorial; Ervin E. OeGraff, Circulation; Donald C. McGraw, Jr., Advertising Sales; An gelo R. Venezian , Marketing. Officers of the Corporation: Donald C. McGraw, President; L. K_eith Goodrich and Hu gh J. Kelly , Executive Vice Presidents; John J. Cooke, Vice President and Secretary; John L. McGraw, Treasurer. Title R regis· tered U.S. Pa tent Office; © copyright 1965 by McGraw-Hill, Inc. All rights reserved , including the right to reproduce the contents of this publication, in whole or in part. I Electronics May 31, 1965 175 Electronics advertisers 31 1965 May · Great editorial is something he takes home (What a climate for selling!) Electronics -' A McGraw-Hill Market-Directed Publication 330 West 42nd Street, New York, N .Y. I 0036 176 Sylvania Electric Products Inc. Kudner Agency Inc. Systems Research Laboratories Robert Frame Adv. Inc. 19 to 26 172 TRW Electronics Corporation Fuller & Smith & Ross Inc. Technical Appliance Corporation Lescarboura Advertising Inc. Tektronix Inc. Hugh Dwight Adv. Inc. · Telonic Engineering Company Jansen Associates Texas Instruments Incorporated Industrial Products Group Robinson·Gerrard Inc. Texas Instruments Incorporated Semiconductor-Components Division Don L. Baxter Inc. Tracor Inc. David G. Benjamin Inc. Transformer/Electronics · Trygon Electronics The Wexton Company Inc. · Trylon Inc. George Moll Adv. Inc. · Tung-Sol Electric Inc. E.M. Freystadt Associates Inc. 35 36 101 168 130, 131 40, 41 157 132 167 173 108 · United Transformer Corporation 2nd Cover Philip Stogel Company Inc. Westamp Inc. 141 Siegmeister /Grant Westinghouse Semiconductor Division 9 ITSM · Weston Instruments lncorpor.ated 48 Basford Inc. Classified advertising F.J. Eberle, Business Mgr. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES EQUIPMENT (Used or Surplus New) For Sale 165-166 166 Classified advertisers index Atomic Personnel Inc. 166 · Barry Electronics 166 Easy-Up, Inc. 166 · Fishman Co., Philip 166 General Dynamics 165 Keystone Electronics Corp. 166 Mars Sales 166 · Monmouth Radio Laboratories 166 Motorola Inc. 165 Philco Techrep Div. Subsidiary of Ford Motor Co. 166 · Radio Research Instrument Co. 166 Sierra Western Electric Co. 166 Taylor Instrument Co. 166 Advertising sales staff Gordon Jones [212] 971-2210 Advertising sales manager Atlanta, Ga. 30309: Gus H. Krimsier, Michael H . Miller, 1375 Peachtree St. N .E., (404] TR 5-0523 Boston, Mass. 02116: William S. Hodgkinson M(6c1G7]racwo- Hill Building, 2-1160 Copley Square, Chicago, Ill. 60611: Robert M. Denmead, J. Bradley MacKimm 645 North Michigan Avenue, (312] MO 4-5800 Cleveland, Ohio 44113: Paul T. Fegley, 55 Public Square, (216] SU 1-7000 Dallas, Texas 75201: Richard P. Poole, The Vaughn Building, 1712 Commerce Street, [214] RI 7-9721 Denver, Colo. 80202: Joseph C. Page, David M. Watson, Tower Bldg., 1700 Broadway, (303] AL 5-2981 Houston, Texas 77025: Kenneth George, 2270 Humble Bldg ., (713] CA 4-8381 Los Angeles, Calif. 90017: Ashley P. Hartman, John G. Zisch, 1125 W. 6th St., (213] HU 2-5450 New York, N. 'V. 10036: Donald R. Furth (212] 971-3615 Frank LeBeau [212] 571-3615 George F. Werner (212] 971-3615 500 Fifth Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19103: William J . Boyle, Warren H. Gardner, 6 Penn Center Plaza, [215] LO 8-6161 San Francisco, Calif. 94111: James T. Hauptli, 255 California Street, (415] DO 2-4600 London Wl: John W. Patten, Edwin S. Murphy Jr.. 34 Dover Street, Hyde Park 1451 Milan: Ludovico Greco, 1, via Baracchini Phone: 86-90-617 Frankfurt/ Main: Gerd Hinske, 85 Westendstrasse Phone: 77 26 65 and 77 30 59 Genva: Michael R. Zeynel, Joseph Wuensch, 2 Place du Port 244275 Paris VIII: Denis Jacob, 17 Avenue Matignon ALMA-0452 Tokyo: Nobuyuki Sato Shiba, Minato-Ku (502) 0656 Osaka: Kazutaka, Miura, 163, Umegee-cho, Kilta -ku [j62] 8771 Nafioya: International Media Representatives, Yamagishi Bldg., 13, 2-Chome, Oi ke.cho Na ka-ku Hugh J. Quinn: [212] 971-2335 Manager Electronics Buyers' Guide David M. Tempest: (212] 971-3139 Promotion manager Milton Drake: (212] 971-3485 Market research manager Richard J. Tomlinson: (212] 971-3191 Business manager Theodore R. Geipel: (212] 971-2044 Production manager · For more information on complete product line see advertisement in the latest Electronics Buyers' Guide Electronics I May 31, 1965 . ~ i Mark 10 newest addition to the Brush line Anew strip chart recorder that's all solid state ... even the ink! A solid capsule is t he ink supply in this new 10" servo-type recorder. Heated to flow freely from the pen . . . it dries instantly on contact with the paper. Modular electronic and mechanical assemblies simplify operation and maintenance. In addition, you have the complete flexibility of plug-in units. Check out these performance facts ... Full scale span of 5 mv to 200 volts in 15 steps Zero positioned to within 0.1% Zero suppression-up to 10 full scales Selectable input signal filtering Accepts common mode voltages up to 500 volts 140 db common mode rejection 1 ~egohm input impedance 10 chart speeds E ver see "solid state" ink? Send for free sample today! Brush Instruments Division, Clevite Corporation, 37th & P erkins, Cleveland, Ohio 44114. Circle 901 on reader service card CLEVITE I ,.., C' T n I l ·· r ... T "" ,... I ' , · ,..., ........ RCA 2N2857 high-frequency, low noise amplifier 100% tested for gain and noise figure Designed for critical aerospace/military applications 450-Me INPUT ev x + ev RF amplifier and mixer stages of a 450-Mc UHF communications receiver using the new RCA 2N2857 low-noise transistors The low-noise RCA 2N2857 uses a unique miniature structure to achieve these outstanding characteristics: ·Extremely Low Noise Figure (NFJ . . . 4 db typ· ical in 450 Mc common-emitter RF amplifier · High Gain ... 14 db typical at 450 Mc in neutralized 20 Mc bandwidth amplifier · Excellent 450-Mc Mixer Performance ... NF = 7.5 db, Gain = 15 db (typical) · Excellent UHF Oscillator Performance ... Power Output = 40 mw typical at 500 Mc, 20 mw typical at l Ge ·Maximum Ratings ...Veso = 30 V, VeEo = 15 V, Pr = 200 mw at 25°C free air · Gain-Bandwidth Product = 1200 Mc Typical Every RCA 2N2857 is tested for maximum noise figure and minimum power gain @ 450 Mc as a part of the extensive test procedures de· veloped to assure high reliability. Specified 2N2857 values are based on V2-inch leads. With shorter leads, gain can be improved as much as 1.5 db and noise figure as much as 0.25 db. RCA also offers new 2N3600 npn silicon planar epitaxial transistors intended specifically for applications to 200 Mc. Here are some of the features: · 200 Mc Wideband RF Amplifier . .. 17 db min, gain (neutralized common-emitter) · NF = 4.5 db max at 200 Mc, le = 1.5 ma · NF = 3.0 db typ. at 60 Mc, le = l ma ·Maximum Ratings ...Veso = 30V, VeEo = 15V, VEBo = 3V · Gain-Bandwidth Product ... 850 Mc min Also available from RCA: 2N917 and 2N918 Call your RCA Representative today for complete information on these outstanding RCA transistors. For special versions to meet particular reliability requirements or environmental conditions ask for a quotation. For further technical data, write: RCA Commercial Engineering, Section CN5-5, Harrison, N.J. AVAILABLE THROUGH YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR · RCA Elootrno;, Compoooot· '"d °"';m, Hw;~o . N. J. :.t:.-:i.: _The Most Trusted Name in Electronics ~ "" Circle 902 on reader service card